Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Free cbc schemes of work term 2 Grade 5

Get free access to all the latest Grade Five (5) CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the cost as these schemes are absolutely free of charge. Visit the Teachers’ Resources Portal for limitless free teaching materials.

GRADE 5 TERM 2 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK.

Music Grade 5 Term 2 Schemes

Physical Education Grade 5 Term 2 Schemes

German Grade 5 Term 2 Schemes

Grade 5 Art and Craft

Grade 5 Kiswahili Language Activities 

Grade 5 Kiswahili Language Activities Schemes

Grade 5 English Language Activities

Grade 5 English Language Activities

Grade 5 Mathematical Activities

Grade 5 Environmental Activities

Grade 4 Hygiene and Nutrition Activities

Grade 5 Religious Education Activities

Grade 5 Movement and Creative Activities

Grade 5 Social Studies

Grade 5  Home Science

HOT DOWNLOADS!!

Grade 2 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Free Primary School schemes of work for all schools (CBC and 8-4-4)

KCPE 2023 Prediction Exams: JESMA, Signal, Revealed, Trial Exams Free

KCPE 2023 Prediction Exams: JESMA, Signal, Revealed, Trial Exams Free Downloads

-KCPE KNAS THIRD PREDICTION 2022.pdf
-KCPE KNAT EXAM-2022.pdf
-KCPE KNES 2ND PREDICTION 2022.pdf
-KCPE PREDICTION EXAM 2022.pdf
-KCPE PREDICTION KNE 2022.pdf
-KCPE PREDICTION SET 2 2022.pdf
-KCPE THIRD KNES PREDICTION-2022.pdf
2019-KCPE-PAPERS.pdf
BLUEPRINT KISWAHILI 8 (2).pdf
BLUEPRINT KISWAHILI 8.pdf
BLUEPRINT SCIENCE 8-1 (2).pdf
BLUEPRINT SCIENCE 8-1.pdf
G6 JESMA 008 EXAM 2022.pdf
KCPE 2021 MARKING SCHEME.pdf
KCPE BLUE PRINT MATHS 8 (2).pdf
KCPE BLUE PRINT MATHS 8.pdf
KCPE BRILLIANCE 001.pdf
KCPE COMPASS 001.pdf
KCPE CONQUEROR OO1.pdf
KCPE COUNTRY MOCK 001.pdf
KCPE CROSSCOUNTRY MOCKS 001.pdf
KCPE ENG FINAL PREDICTIONS (2).pdf
KCPE ENG FINAL PREDICTIONS.pdf
KCPE ENG LAST PREDICTION (2).pdf
KCPE ENG LAST PREDICTION .pdf
KCPE HEADSTART 001..pdf
KCPE JESMA 003 EXAM.pdf
KCPE KIS LAST PREDICTION (2).pdf
KCPE KIS LAST PREDICTION .pdf
KCPE KISW FINAL PREDICTIONS (2).pdf
KCPE KISW FINAL PREDICTIONS.pdf
KCPE MARVELLOUS 001.pdf
KCPE MASTER EXAMS 001.pdf
CLASS 8 KNPT 2022 EXAM (3).pdf
DISTINCTION KCPE TRIAL 2.pdf
JESMA KCPE TRIAL 2.pdf
KCPE 2023 PREDICTOR TRIAL 2.pdf
KCPE DISCOVERY NATIONAL TRIAL 3.pdf
KCPE DISTINCTION 001 2023 (3).pdf
KCPE DISTINCTION TRIAL 1-23 (3).pdf
KCPE JESMA 001 2023 (3).pdf
KCPE JESMA SHINE TRIAL 1-23 (3).pdf
KCPE JESMA SHINE TRIAL 2.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 1-21 (3).pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 2 (3).pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 3-20.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 3-22.pdf
KCPE JESMA TRIAL 5-22 (3).pdf
KCPE KISTE TRIAL 3.pdf
KCPE KNEB TRIAL 1-23 (3).pdf

 

Free schemes of work pdf

Download free Primary schools Competency Based Curriculum, CBC, schemes of work for all grades, here. These schemes and other resources are absolutely free.

GRADE 1 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

GRADE 1 KISWAHILI-1

GRADE 1 RELIGIOUS

GRADE 1 TERM 1 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES-1

ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 1

HYGIENE GRADE 1

CRE GRADE 1

CREATIVE ART GRADE 1

ENGLISH GRADE 1

art-and-craft-activities schemes-of-work-term-1 bookmark-

KISWAHILI GRADE 1 TERM 1

MATHEMATICS GRADE 1 TERM 1

ENVIRONMENTAL GRADE 1 TERM 1

MOVEMENT GRADE 1 TERM 1

GRADE 2 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

GRADE 2 TERM 1 HYGIENE & NUTRITION SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 ENGLISH SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1,2,3 ENGLISH TUSOME SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1,2,3 KISWAHILI TUSOME SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1  ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES SCHEMES (ms word)

GRADE 2 TERM 1  KISWAHILI SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 LITERACY SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 CRE SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 ART SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 CRAFT SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 MUSIC SCHEMES (visionary)

GRADE 2 TERM 1 MOVEMENT SCHEMES

GRADE 2 TERM 1 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES

GRADE 2 foundation-movement-activities-grade-2-term-1

GRADE 2 our-lives-today-environmental-activities-schemes-of-work-term-1

GRADE 2 focus-on-hygiene-and-nutrition-schemes-of-work-term-1

GRADE 2 mathS-pupils-book-schemes-of-work-term-1

GRADE 2 TERM 1 LITERACY SCHEMES

GRADE 3 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

KLB visionary-grade-3-cre-activities-schemes-of-work-term-3

Grade-3-hygiene-and-nutrition-schemes-of-work-term-3

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-MATHEMATICS

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-HYGIENE

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-ENGLISH

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-ENVIRONMENTAL-ACTIVITIES

ENG GRADE 3 TERM 2

grade-3-cre-activities-scheme-term-1

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-LITERARY-ACTIVITIES

GRADE-3-SCHEMES-OF-WORK-CRE

Also download; Free Updated Primary school schemes of work Downloads for all classes, grades and PP1-2 (Term 1-3)

GRADE 4 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

MUSIC GRADE 4 TERM 1

SOCIAL GRADE 4 TERM 1

PE GRADE 4 TERM 1

ART & CRAFT GRADE 4 TERM 1-2

CRE GRADE 4 TERM 1

AGRICULTURE GRADE 4 TERM 1

HOME SCIENCE GRADE 4 TERM 1

KISWAHILI GRADE 4 TERM 1

MATHEMATICS GRADE 4 TERM 1

Grade 4 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Also get more schemes here; Latest primary school schemes of work for all grades and classes (Complete CBC schemes)

GRADE 5 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES ART AND CRAFT

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES CRE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES ENGLISH

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES IRE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES MATHEMATICS

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES PHE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES SCIENCE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES SOCIAL STUDIES

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES PHE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES SOCIAL STUDIES

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES SCIENCE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES ENGLISH

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES MATHEMATICS

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES CRE

GRADE 5 TERM 1 SCHEMES ART AND CRAFT

ALL GRADE 5 SCHEMES

GRADE 6 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK DOWNLOADS.

CRE END TERM 3 EXAMS FORM 2

NAME: ……………………………        Adm. No. ………………..….

STREAM:: ……………                 Candidate’s signature: …………….….……

U.P.I NO: ………………………       Date: ………..………………..

CRE

FORM 2 

END YEAR EXAMINATION

TIME: 2 ½ HOURS

 DUDI GIRLS SECONDARY SCHOOL

CRE

FORM 2 

END YEAR EXAMINATION

Instructions to candidates:

 

  • This paper consists of SIX
  • Answer any FIVE questions in the answer booklet provided.

 

FOR EXAMINER’S USE ONLY

 

 

QUESTIONS

 

MAX SCORE

 

CANDIDATE’S SCORE

1 20  
2 20  
3 20  
4 20  
5 20  
6 20  
TOTAL 100  

 

  1. (a) From the Genesis stories of creation, identify four teachings on the relationship between human

being and environment.                                                                                                                           (8marks)

(b)   Give six responsibilities that God gave to man from the Genesis accounts of creation.     (6marks)

(c)   State the causes of evil in the traditional African community.                                                   (6 marks)

  1. (a) Identify seven activities that took place on the night of Exodus.                                        (7 marks)

(b)   Write down the importance of the Ten Commandments to the Israelites.                          (5 marks)

(c)   State lessons Christians learn about God from the ten plagues.                                                (8 marks)

  1. (a) State reasons that contributed to the division between Judah and Israel.                     (7 marks)

(b)   Identify seven failures of King Ahab.                                                                                                       (7 marks)

(c)   Give reasons why political leaders in Kenya fail to perform their duties effectively.       (6marks)

  1. (a) Explain the differences between the traditional African Prophets and old testament prophets.                                                                                                    (8 marks)
  • State Amos teaching on Israel’s election.                                                      (6 marks)

(c)   Give six ways through which the church prepares her converts for membership.               (6marks)

  1. (a) Outline Zechariah’s message about John the Baptist in the Benedictus. (Luke 1: 76 – 79)                                                                                                                                                                                                                   (6marks)

(b)  State the similarities between the work of John the Baptist and that of Jesus Christ. (8marks)

(c)  With appropriate examples from the book of Luke, give six lessons Christians learn from the life of

John the Baptist.                                                                                                                                                   (6marks)

  1. (a) Describe the incident when Jesus healed a man possessed by a demon in a Synagogue at apernaum.

(Luke 4:31-37)                                                                                                                                               (7marks)

(b)  State seven qualities of a disciple of Jesus taught in the sermon on the plain.                   (7marks)

(c)   State six challenges facing Christianity today.                                                                                    (6marks)




END OF YEAR EXAMINATION 

FORM 2

MARKING SCHEME

 CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION MARKING SCHEME

  1. (a) Teaching on the relationship between human beings and the environment.

(i)        Both have a common origin. They are created by God

(ii)       Human beings are superior to all other creatures

(iii)      Human beings should take care of the environment

(iv)      Human beings have authority over the rest of creation

(v)       Human beings should enjoy Gods creation

(vi)      Human beings should treat the rest of creation with respect

(vii)     Human beings and the environment are interdependent

(viii)    Human beings and the rest of Gods creation have a common destiny

(ix)      Both were made to reveal Gods glory                                               4 x 2 = 8 marks

 

(b)       Give the responsibilities given to man by God from genesis from chapter 1 and 2

(i)        To procreate/have children

(ii)       To rule over the rest of creation

(iii)      To cultivate the garden of Aden

(iv)      To guard the garden of Aden

(v)       To eat the fruit of the garden

(vi)      To obey Gods commands

(vii)     To get married

(viii)    To name Gods creation                                                                      6 x 1 = 6 marks

(c)       Causes of evil in the traditional African communities

(i)        Evil spirits

(ii)       Malicious ancestral spirits

(iii)      Evil people like witches, sorcerers, wizards

(iv)      Breaking the taboos

(v)       Curses by parents and elders

(vi)      Breaking of oaths

(vii)     Bad omen                                                                                6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

  1. (a) Activities that took place on the night of the exodus

(i)        Animals were slaughtered

(ii)       Blood was put on the door post of the house

(iii)      The slaughtered animal was to be roasted

(iv)      Israelites ate unleavened bread /bitter herbs

(v)       They ate while fully dressed for the journey in hurry

(vi)      They stayed in door until morning

(vii)     They burnt all the leftovers of the meal

(viii)    The killing Egyptian firstborns by the angel of death

(ix)      The mourning by the Egyptians when they realized their firstborns were dead

(x)       The pharaoh allowing the Israelites to leave Egypt                          7 x 1 = 7 marks

 

(b)       Importance of the Ten Commandments to the Israelites

(i)        To help them relate well with God

(ii)       To help them relate well with one another

(iii)      To protect them from the polytheistic Canaanite religion/ influences

(iv)      The Ten Commandments formed the foundation of their lives and their nation

(v)       To make the Israelites live as Gods people and be a model to other people/to

help them live according to the covenant

(vi)      To create order in the community.                                                    5 x 1 = 5 marks

 

 

 

(c)       Lessons Christians can learn about God from the then plagues

(i)        God is powerful

(ii)       God uses people to pass his message

(iii)      God is just/God punishes those who go wrong

(iv)      God is all knowing

(v)       God is merciful he delivered the Israelites

(vi)      God is omnipresent

(vii)     God is faithful/god keeps his promises

(viii)    God demands obedience

(ix)      God saves

(x)       God is the lord of nature                                                                    8 x 1 = 8 marks

 

  1. (a) Reasons that contributed to the division of the kingdom

(i)        Solomon had married foreign wives who brought idols with them

(ii)       Solomon built high places of worship for idol god which displeased God

(iii)      Solomon overtaxed the Israelites

(iv)      He introduced force labour in Israel to accomplish the building of the place

and the temple

(v)       The availability of Jeroboam to be a spokesman of the people of Israel

(vi)      Rejection of Rehoboam of the advice of the old men

(vii)     Rehoboam accepted the advice of the young to rule harshly

(viii)    The readiness of jeroboam to rule the people of the North               7 x 1 = 7 marks

 

(b)       Failures of King Ahab

(i)        He allowed the idol worship Israel

(ii)       He allowed his wife Jezebel to bear false witness against Naboth

(iii)      He coveted Naboths vineyard

(iv)      He killed Naboth

(v)       He failed to protect the weak/poor as demanded by the law

(vi)      He took Naboths vineyard unlawfully

(vii)     He worshipped idols

(viii)    He stole Naboths vineyard stealing

(ix)      He used the name of God in vain when he said that Naboth had

blasphemed God                                                                                 7 x 1 = 7 marks

 

(c)       Reasons why political leaders fail to perform their duties effectively

(i)        Lack of leadership skills

(ii)       Divisions/conflicts within/between parties

(iii)      Women leaders are discriminated

(iv)      Inability to live to the expectation of the electorate

(v)       Inadequate funds to initiate development projects to help their electorate

(vi)      Cultural/religious tribal/ethnic/racial corruption

(vii)     Conflict/division of ideologies

(viii)    Insecurity /threats/harassment

(ix)      Ridicule from member of society

(x)       Lack o adequate forum to meet with the electorate                          6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

2

  1. (a) Difference between testament prophets and traditional African prophets

(i)        The Old Testament prophets stressed the worship of one God/Monotheism

while in traditional African Communities prophets recognized many, gods,

and goddesses

(ii)       The Old Testament prophets faced opposition from their people while traditional African prophets were respected in their communities

(iii)      The Old Testament received their power, guidance, directly from God, while the

African traditional prophets got their power from God through spirit

(iv)      The Old Testament prophets prophesied to other communities and nations but traditional African prophets were configured to their ethnic communities

(v)       The work of Old Testament prophets were recorded and reserved while in

traditional African it was handed through oral tradition                  4 x 2 = 8 marks

 

(b)       Amos teaching on Israel election

(i)        Israelites were chosen by God

(ii)       Israelites was chosen /elected from many other nations

(iii)      By being elected it put at a point of responsibility

(iv)      Israel was to obey God/be faithful

(v)       Failure to be faithful would lead to punishment

(vi)      Israel election was due to the love for their fore father

(vii)     God would choose many other nations

(viii)    Israel election was not supposed to be used to manipulate God but serve him

6 x 1 = 6 marks

(c)       Ways through which the church prepares converts for full membership

(i)        The converts were taught the bible, the history of the church and its doctrines

(ii)       The converts are counselled on the Christian values and principles

(iii)      They are taught their responsibilities in the church

(iv)      They are taught catechism to prepare them for baptism and confirmation

(v)       They go through the sacrament of baptism and confirmation

(vi)      They are instructed on how to study the bible

(vii)     They are introduced to the members of the church /congregation

(viii)    In some churches, they are given a chance to affirm their faith practically

through public confession

(ix)      The leaders of the church and other members pay the pastoral visit

(x)       They are given uniform and badges

(xi)      They undergo ordination ceremonies

(xii)     Married couples are encouraged to solemnize their marriage          6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

  1. (a) Zechariah’s message about John the Baptist in the Benedictus. (Luke 1: 76 – 79)
  • John will be the Prophet of the Most High.
  • He will be the forerunner of the Messiah / He will prepare the way of the Messiah.
  • He will give knowledge of salvation to the people of God.
  • John will give light to those who sit in darkness and in the shadow of death.
  • He will direct God’s people to tender mercy of God which they will receive forgiveness of sins. (any 3×2 = 6mks)

(b)

  • Both preached the message of salvation / They preached the Good News.
  • Both preached about social justice / They condemned social injustices.
  • They advised people to repent their sins in order to attain salvation.
  • Both condemned hypocrisy in the Jewish society.
  • Both predicted what would happen in the future / They foretold the future / Both were prophets.
  • John and Jesus encountered opposition from the Jewish leaders.
  • Both died for what they stood for.
  • Both fulfilled what was prophesized in the Old Testament / Their ministry had been prophesied in the Old Testament. (any 4×2 = 8mks)

(c)

  • Christians should be courageous in their work, John did not fear to condemn Herod.
  • They should be honest like John who revealed the hypocrisy in the lives of Israel.
  • They should be ready to suffer just as John was jailed for the sake of the Gospel.
  • Christians should have faith. John had a strong conviction that the Messiah would be coming very soon.
  • John obeyed God by proclaiming His message. Christians should also obey God.
  • Christians should be ready to lead a life of self-denial. John lived in the wilderness.
  • Christians should be ready to serve God. John served God by baptizing people and preaching the gospel.
  • John was humble as he acknowledged the greatness of Jesus. Christians should be humble.                                                                       (any 6 x 1 = 6mks)
  1. (a)
  • Jesus went to Capernaum after the rejection at Nazareth.
  • He taught people in a synagogue.
  • People were astonished at his teaching because he taught with authority.
  • There was a man in the synagogue who had a demon.
  • The man cried out to Jesus with a loud voice. Ah! What have you to do with us Jesus of Nazareth?
  • Jesus rebuked the demon and commanded it to be silent.
  • The demon threw the man down and left without hurting him.
  • People were amazed.
  • Reports about Jesus spread. (any 7×1 = 7mks)

(b)

  • He should love his enemies.
  • Should pray for those who mistreat them.
  • A true disciple should give without expecting to be paid back.
  • A disciple should be merciful as God is merciful.
  • He / she should not judge / condemn others.
  • He should forgive others so as to be forgiven also.
  • A disciple should obey God / should set a good example.
  • A disciple should not revenge / not strike back when offended.(any 7×1=7mks)

(c)

  • Advancement in science has challenged the basic beliefs of Christianity.
  • There are false doctrines which are opposed to Christianity / cults that spread false teachings.
  • Negative influence by the mass media / competition from modern entertainment.
  • Competition from other faiths such as Islam, Hinduism and Budhism.
  • Different interpretation of the Bible on issues such as homosexuality, same sex marriage and lesbianism.
  • Secularization of the society prevents Christians from practicing their faith freely.
  • Failure by some Christians to measure up to the teachings of the church / Hypocrisy is rife in Christianity.
  • Schism in the church especially between the third world and developed countries.
  • The influence of prosperity gospel / materialism in the church.
  • The diminishing numbers of people who attend the church / Reduction of church membership especially in western world.
  • Lack of adequate training / mentorship of church leaders. (any 6×1 = 6mks)

Grade 4 Free Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work

Grade 5 Free Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work

Grade 9 Rationalized Schemes

Been looking for Get Free Grade 9 Rationalized Schemes of Work? Look no more. Download these and many more unlimited CBC resources on this site at zero cost:

Free G9-rationalized-creative-arts-and-sports-schemes-of-work-term-2

Free G9-rationalized-kiswahili-schemes-of-work-term-2-klb-top-scholar

Free G9-rationalized-mathematics-schemes-of-work-term-2–klb-top-scholar

Free GRADE 9 RATIONALIZED INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK-TERM 2_

Free  GRADE 9 TERM 2 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES

Free GRADE 9 TERM 2 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES mtp

Free GRADE_9_TERM_2_CRE_SCHEMES

grade9-rationalized-english-schemes-of-work-term-2-skills-in-english

grade-9-rationalized-pre-technical-schemes-of-work-term-2 

 

KISWAHILI FASIHI SIMULIZI FREE NOTES

FASIHI SIMULIZI

Fasihi ni sanaa inayotumia lugha kuwasilisha ujumbe unaomhusu binadamu.

Sanaa ni ufundi wa kuwasilisha fikra na hisia za binadamu kama vile maneno, maandishi, uchoraji, uchongaji, ufinyanzi n.k.

Fasihi simulizi ni sanaa kwa vile:

  1. Huwasilisha ujumbe kuhusu binadamu kuhusu utamaduni na uchumi.
  2. Huwa na umbo mahsusi k.m. hadithi huwa na mwanzo, kati na mwisho na mashairi huwa na beti, mishororo, n.k.
  3. Hutumia lugha kwa ufundi k.v. ya kitamathali.
  4. Husawiri mandhari/mazingira mahsusi kwa ufundi mkubwa.
  5. Hujenga wahusika kwa ustadi mkuu ili kusawiri tabia za watu katika jamii.

Tofauti Kati ya Fasihi na Sanaa Nyingine

fasihi sanaa nyingine
ü  Kutumia lugha

ü  Sanaa tendi

ü  Kutumia wahusika kuwasilisha maudhui

ü  Kutumia maudhui na fani kuwasilisha ujumbe

ü  Kujikita katika mazingira na wakati maalum

ü  Kutotumia lugha

ü  Si tendi

ü  Hutumia maumbo kumithilisha watu

ü  Kutumia maumbo na sura za vitu

 

 

ü  Hazijikiti katika muktadha na wakati maalum.

Aina/makundi ya fasihi

  1. Fasihi simulizi
  • Fasihi inayowasiolishwa kwa njia ya mdomo.
  1. Fasihi andishi
  • Fasihi inayowasilishwa kwa njia ya maandishi.

Tofauti kati ya fasihi simulizi na fasihi andishi/sifa za fasihi simulizi/zinazofanya utanzu uwe wa fasihi simulizi

  1. Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa kwa njia ya mdomo ilhali fasihi andishi huwasilishwa kwa njia ya maandishi.
  2. Fasihi simulizi huhifadhiwa akilini ilhali fasihi aandishi huhifadhiwa kwa maandishi.
  3. Fasihi simulizi ni mali ya jamii ilhali fasihi andishi ni mali ya mtu binafsi/mwandishi.
  4. Fasihi simulizi ina wahusika wa kila aina k.v binadamu, wanyama na ndege, mazimwi na majitu, miungu, mizimu, mashetani na vitu visivyo na uhai k.v. mawe na miti ilhali fasihi andishi ina wahusika binadamu kwa kiasi kikubwa.
  5. Fasihi simulizi ina tanzu nyingi kuliko fasihi andishi.
  6. Uwasilishaji wa fasihi simulizi huweza kuandamana na utendaji k.v matumizi ya ishara, nyimbo, makofi, kuimba, kubeba zana katika majigambo n.k ilhali ule wa fasihi andishi hauandamani na utendaji isipokuwa inapowasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
  7. Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira ilhali fasihi andishi si lazima iwasilishwe mbele ya hadhira.
  8. Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa mahali maalum k.v jandoni, matangani, arusini, n.k ilhali fasihi andishi haina mahali maalum.
  9. Fasihi simulizi huandamana na shughuli fulani ya kitamaduni ilhali fasihi andishi haiandamani na shughuli ya kitamaduni.
  10. Fasihi andishi huhitaji muda kutunga ilhali baadhi ya fasihi simulizi huzuka papo hapo k.m. semi, maigambo.
  11. Fasihi simulizi ina uwezo mkubwa wa kubadilishwa na fanani anapowasilisha ufaraguzi) bali fasihi andishi haibadiliki isipokuwa mwandishi aiandike upya.
  12. Fasihi simulizi ina historia ndefu kuliko fasihi andishi kwa kuwepo tangu mwanzo wa maisha ya binadamu
  13. Fasihi simulizi huwasilishwa wakati maalum k.v. usiku, kipindi fulani cha mwaka ilhali andishi haina wakati maalum.
    • Tofauti kati ya hadhira
  14. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huweza kuwasiliana moja kwa moja na mwasilishaji ilhali ile ya fasihi simulizi sio lazima iwasiliane na mwandishi.
  15. Hadhira huchangia katika uwasilishaji wa fasihi simulizi k.v kwa kuimba, kupiga makofi n.k (hadhira tendi/hai) ilhali hadhira ya fasihi andishi haichangii katika uandishi.
  16. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huonana na mwasilishaji ilhali ile ya fasihi andishi si lazima ionane na mwandishi.
  17. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi ni kubwa kuliko ile ya fasihi andishi kwani huhusisha hata wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  18. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi ni hai yaani inajulikana na fanani ilhali ile ya fasihi simulizi si hai yaani haijulikani na mwandishi.
  19. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi hainunui kazi ilhali ile ya fasihi andishi hununua kazi.
  20. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi yaweza kumiliki kazi ya fanani lakini ile ya fasihi andishi haiwezi kumiliki kazi ya mwandishi.
  21. Hadhira ya fasihi simulizi huchagua kwa kulenga watu wa rika fulani lakini ile ya fasihi andishi hailengi watu wa rika yoyote.

Jinsi Fasihi Simulizi na Andishi Zinavyofanana

  1. Zote mbili hushughulikia masuala yanayohusu maisha maisha ya binadamu.
  2. Zote mbili Huhumia lugha kwa ubunifu kuwasilisha maudhui.
  3. Zote mbili huwa na vipengele viwili vikuu, maudhui na fani (jumla ya mbinu msanii alizotumia kuwasilisha maudhui).
  4. Zote mbili majukumu sawa k.v. kuburudisha, kuadilisha, kuhifadhi na kuendeleza utamaduni, n.k.
  5. Zote mbili zina utendaji-pale tamthilia na riwaya zinapoigizwa.
  6. Zote mbili huzaliwa, hukua na hufa kutegemea mabadiliko ya wakati.
  7. Zote mbili huwa na wawasilishaji-fanani k.m. mtambaji/mganaji au manju/yeli katika fasihi simulizi na mwandishi upande wa fasihi andishi .
  8. Fasihi simulizi imekopa tanzu za fasihi simulizi k.v. methali, mashairi, n.k.

Majukumu ya Fasihi Simulizi/Umuhimu wa Kufunza Fasihi Simulizi Katika          Shule za Upili

  1. Kuburudisha-kustarehesha, kufurahisha, kuchangamsha, kutuliza, kusisimua na kupumbaza akili na kiwiliwili – nyimbo, hadithi, vitendawili
  2. Kufunza maadili kwa wanajamii kwa kuwahimiza kuiga sifa chanya na kukataa sifa hasi za wahusika.
  3. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri/kudadisi k.m vitendawili na chemshabongo.
  4. Kufariji k.m mbolezi na methali k.m. ‘Baada ya dhiki faraja’.
  5. Vipengele vya fasihi simulizi k.v mashairi, nyimbo, nahau, hutumiwa katika uandishi wa fasihi andishi.
  6. Kuhifadhi historia ya jamii k.m. mighani, visaviini, mapisi, tarihi n.k.
  7. Kukejeli tabia zinazokiuka matarajio ya jamii k.v soga, methali, n.k.
  8. Kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii kwani husawiri imani na desturi za jamii. k.v kitendawili ‘Nyumbani mwetu mna papai lililoiva lakini siwezi kulichuma.’ – Mtu hawezi kumwoa dadake.
  9. Kuunganisha watu pamoja kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja wakati wa ngoma, kuimba, utambaji, n.k.
  10. Kukuza lugha k.v. misimu inapokita kimatumizi na kujumuishwa katika lugha sanifu.
  11. Kukuza uwezo wa kutumia lugha kadiri mtu anapoendelea kuwasilisha k.v. hotuba, vitanza ndimi husaidia kuboresha matamshi na kutofautisha maana za maneno.
  12. Kuza uwezo wa kubuni k.v. malumano ya utani, vitanza, ndimi ngonjera, n.k.
  13. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kufanya wanajamii kuonea fahari jamii zao na kuiga mashujaa au watu waliotendea jamii makuu.
  14. Kuonya na kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya tabia hasi k.v. ulafi, uchoyo, n.k.

Sababu za Ufaraguzi/Kubadilika kwa Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Kuwasilishwa vibaya.
  2. Fanani kusahau na kubadilisha yaliyomo na mtiririko.
  3. Kubadilisha ili kukidhi mahitaji ya hadhira k.m. umri na uelewa wao- kutumia lugha nyepesi kwa watoto na pevu kwa watu wazima.
  4. Mabadiliko ya mandhari/mazingira-vitu vilivyo katika mazingira halisi kukosekana katika mazingira ya usimulizi na msimulizi kutumia vitu katika mazingira yake vinavyokaribiana navyo.
  5. Kutoeleweka na hivyo kuhifadhiwa vibaya.
  6. Mabadiliko ya wakati k.m kitendawili cha wakati wa mkoloni kutumia mzungu na cha wakati wa mwarabu kutumia mwarabu na maana ni ile ile-Mzungu/mwarabu amesimama kwa mguu mmoja-mwavuli.
  7. Mabadiliko ya falsafa ya vizazi na maingiliano katika jamii kusababisha kurithisha tu yale ambayo ni muhimu na kuacha mengine.
  8. Kila fanani huwa na mtindo wake wa kuwasilisha/kisanii.
  9. Ubunifu wa fanani ili uwasilishaji uweze kuvutia saidi na uwezo wake wa lugha.
  10. Teknolojia kusababisha kuhifadhiwa na hivyo kuiua.

Wahusika katika Fasihi Simulizi

  • Wahusika ni viumbe wa sanaa ambao hutumiwa katika kazi ya fasihi kuwasilisha maswala mbalimbali.
  1. Fanani-anayetunga na kuwasilisha fasihi simulizi.
  2. Hadhira-kusikiliza, kutazama, kushiriki wa kuimba, kuuliza maswali, kutegua vitendawili, kupiga makofi, n.k. kuna aina mbili za hadhira: (i) hadhira tendi/hai na (ii) hadhira tuli.
  3. Wanyama-wanaofanya kama binadamu na kuwakilisha sifa kama vile ujanja, ulaghai, tamaa na ujinga na wanaobakia wanyama tu.
  4. Binadamu
  5. Mazimwi na majitu-viumbe vyenye matendo na maumbile ya kutisha kama vile jicho moja, vichwa viwili au zaidi, nusu mtu na nusu myama, wenye tamaa iliyokithiri ya kuweza kumeza kila kitu, kuhifadhi na kutunza binadamu ananyoyapendeza.
  6. Wahusika vitu (visivyo na uhai) mawe, miti, vijaluba, vibuyu-hutumiwa kuibua imani za kidini.
  7. Mizimu-roho za waliokufa-hutembea, hula na huathiri binadamu.
  8. Miungu-viumbe vyenye uwezo mkubwa dhidi ya binadamu k.m. katika mighani na visasili.

Njia za Kukusanya Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Kuchunza/utazamaji
  • Kutazama kwa makini yanayotokea na kuandika.

Umuhimu/ubora/uzuri

  1. Kupata habari za kutegemewa na kuaminika.
  2. Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
  3. Ni njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika
  4. Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
  5. Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji

Udhaifu

  1. Shida ya mawasiliano.
  2. Ugeni wa mtafiti kusababisha washiriki kumshuku na kusitisha uwasilishaji
  3. Ghali kwa kumbidi mtafiti kusafiri
  4. huhitaji muda mrefu
  1. Kusikiliza wasanii wakiwasilisha tungo zao.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
  2. Kupata habari za kutegemewa na kuaminika.
  3. Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
  4. Kikwazo cha mawasiliano-Si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  5. Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji.

Udhaifu

  1. Shida ya mawasiliano-Si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  2. Huhitaji muda mrefu-kusafiri na kusikiliza.
  3. Ugeni wa mtafiti kusababisha washiriki kutowasilisha ipasavyo.
  4. Ghali kwa gharama ya usafiri.
  1. Mahojiano
    • Kuhoji wanaofahamu mengi kuhusu fasihi simulizi.

Umuhimu                                                                                              

  1. Kuweza kung’amua wakati mhojiwa anatoa habari zisizo za kweli.
  2. Kuweza kufafanulia mhojiwa maswali ili kuweza kupata habari sahihi zaidi.
  3. Kuweza kupata sifa za uwasilishaji k.v. toni/kiimbo, ishara n.k.
  4. Ni rahisi kurekodi k.v. kwa vinasa sauti, video, n.k.
  5. Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika

Udhaifu

  1. Huhitaji muda mrefu.
  2. Mhojiwa kutotoa habari kwa kutomwamini mtafiti kwa ugeni wake.
  3. Kikwazo cha mawasiliano-si njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  4. Ghali kwa gharama ya usafiri.
  1. Kurekodi katika kanda za sauti/tepurekoda

Umuhimu

  1. Kuweza kudumu na kufikia vizazi vingi.
  2. Sifa za uwasilishaji/uhai kama vile toni na kiimbo kuhifadhiwa.
  3. Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa.
  4. Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika
  5. Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji

Udhaifu

  1. Chaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
  2. Hakiwezi kunasa uigizaji.
  3. Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
  4. Ghali kwa kuhitaji kununua kifaa na kumbidi mtafiti kusafiri.
  1. Kurekodi kwa filamu na video
    • Hunasa picha zenye miondoko na sauti.

Umuhimu

  1. Video huhifadhi uigizaji, ishara na kiimbo/toni.
  2. Kuonyesha uhalisi wa mandhari
  3. Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa
  4. Kazi iliyokusanywa hivi hudumu kwa muda mrefu.
  5. Njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika
  6. Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika

Udhaifu

  1. Chombo chaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
  2. Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
  3. Njia ghali.
  4. Fanani huenda asiwasilishe vyema akijua anarekodiwa.
  5. Ghali kwa gharama ya ya usafiri na kununua filamu na kamera ya video.
  6. Data yaweza kufisidiwa na hivyo kutowafikia walengwa.
  7. f) Kupiga picha kwa kamera
    • Hunasa picha zisizo na miondoko na sauti

Umuhimu

  1. Huonyesha uhalisi wa mandhari.
  2. Huweza kuhifadhi ishara.
  3. Mkusunyanyaji aweza kurudia uwasilishaji ikiwa hakuelewa.
  4. Kupata habari za kuaminiwa na kutegemeka.

Udhaifu

  1. Ghali kwa gharama ya ya usafiri na kununua kamera.
  2. Sifa za uhai kama vile kiimbo haziwezi kuhifadhiwa.
  3. Yaweza kukosa nguvu za umeme na utafiti kuathirika.
  4. Data yaweza kufisidiwa na hivyo kutowafikia walengwa
  1. Kushiriki katika kazi ya fasihi simulizi k.v. ngoma, soga, n.k.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuweza kupata hisia halisi za uwasilishaji.
  2. Kupata habari za kutegewa na kuaminika.
  3. Njia bora kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  4. Kukuza utangamano wa mtafiti na wanajamii.
  5. Kuweza kunasa na kuhifadhi sifa za kiimbo, toni na ishara.

Udhaifu

  1. Kuchukua muda mrefu.
  2. Ugeni wa msanii kusababisha washiriki kuwa na wasiwasi na kutotenda kama kawaida.
  3. Njia ghali kwa kuhitaji mtafiti kusafiri mbali.
  4. Mtafiti aweza kusahau kwa kuhifadhi akilini.
  1. Kutumia hojaji
  • Fomu yenye maswali funge au wazi.

Umuhimu

  1. Gharama ya chini.
  2. Yaweza kutumika katika mahojiano.
  3. Huokoa muda kwani mtafiti aweza kuituma na kuachia mhojiwa kujaza.
  4. Hupatia habari za kuaminika na kutegemeka.

Udhaifu

  1. Utata wa maswali kusababisha majibu yasiyo sahihi.
  2. Si nzuri kwa wasiojua kusoma na kuandika.
  3. Kutopata sifa za uwasilishaji kama vile kiimbo, toni na ishara.
  4. Wahojiwa kukataa kuijaza kutokana na mwelekeo hasi dhidhi ya hojaji na hivyo kukwamiza utafiti.

Vifaa vya Kukusanya Fasihi Simulizi na Udhaifu Wake

  1. Vinasa sauti/tepu rekoda
  2. Kamera
  3. Filamu na video
  4. Diski za kompyuta
  5. Kalamu na karatasi

Umuhimu

  1. Kuweza kudumu na kufikia vizazi vingi.
  2. Si rahisi kusahaulika-hubakia vile vile.
  3. Si njia ghali kama vile video

Udhaifu

  1. Sifa za uwasilishaji kama vile toni, kiimbo/toni na ishara haziwezi kuhifadhika hivyo kupotea.
  2. Hupunguza hadhira kwa kulenga tu wanaojua kusoma na kuandika na hivyo kuathiri usambazaji wake.

Mbinu za Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Huhifadhiwa na binadamu akilini k.m. ngano hupokewa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
  2. Katika maumbile au mazingira k.m. fisi daima huchechemea , kinyonga naye hutembea pole pole.
  3. Katika vifaa meme k.m. nyimbo, hadithi, maigizo n.k. huweza kuhifadhiwa katika kanda za sauti, video, sidi na diski za kompyuta.
  4. Katika michoro k.m. picha huhifadhi matukio maalum k.v. za kabila fulani likiwinda au likisherehekea.

Umuhimu wa Kukusanya/Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Ili isipotee k.m. kwa kusahaulika.
  2. Kuirekodi ili kuiendeleza kwa kuirithisha kwa vizazi vijavyo.
  3. Ili kulinganisha fasihi simulizi za jamii mbalimbali na kuonyesha tofauti zake.
  4. Ili kuhakikisha mtiririko katika uwasilishaji.
  5. Kutunza historia ya jamii ili vizazi vijavyo viijue.
  6. Ili kuziba mapengo ya utafiti yaliyomo kwa vile kuna tungo ambazo hazijatafitiwa kwa kina.
  7. Kuendeleza elimu ya jadi ya jamii.
  8. Kuingiliana na jamii iliyo chanzo cha fasihi humwezesha kuelewa na utamaduni na fasihi yake kwa ujumla
  9. Humwezesha mwanafunzi kuona vipengele hai vya fasihi k.v. uigizaji, toni na kiimbo ambavyo husaidia kuielewa kwa kina.
  10. Husaidia kuhifadhi tamaduni za jamii kwa nia ya kuzipitisha kwa vizazi vijavyo.
  11. Husaidia kuelewa utamaduni wa jamii nyingine.
  12. Humwezesha mwanafunzi kupata maarifa ya kufanya utafiti katika taaluma nyingine k.v. sosholojia.
  13. Kujua fasihi simulizi za jamii nyingine humfanya mtafiti kuzielewa na kuzikubali jamii hizo na hivyo kuendeleza amani katika nchi.
  14. Ili kusahihisha mawazo mapotovu kuhusu baadhi ya tanzu na vipera vya fasihi simulizi.

Matatizo Yanayomkabili Mkusanyaji wa Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Gharama ya utafiti kuwa kubwa kiasi cha mtafiti kutoimudu k.v. kusafiria, kununulia vifaa.
  2. Kutojaziwa hojaji kutokana na mtazamo hasi wa jamii dhidi ya ujazaji wake.
  3. Wanajamii kukataa kutoa habari wakishuku mtafiti anawapeleleza au kwa kuona haya.
  4. Wanajamii wengine kudai walipwe kabla ya kutoa habari na hivyo kukwamiza utafiti.
  5. Mbinu nyingine k.v. hojaji huhitaji watu wanaojua kusoma na kuandika na ikiwa mhojiwa hajui utafiti utakwamizwa.
  6. Uchache wa wazee na wataalamu wa fasihi simulizi kusababisha kukosekana au kupatikana kwa data isiyo ya kutegemewa.
  7. Utawala kukataa kutoa idhini ya kufanya utafiti.
  8. Kukosa ufadhili na utafiti kutofanywa kwa kutomudu gharama.
  9. Muda wa utafiti kutotosha na hivyo kutopata habari za kutosha kuhusiana na mada yake.
  10. Kikwazo cha mawasiliano ikiwa mtafiti na mhojiwa hawatumii lugha moja na mhojiwa hajui lugha nyingine na kumbidi mtafiti kukodi mkalimani na gharama kuongezeka.
  11. Ukosefu wa vyombo vya usafiri kunakochelewesha utafiti na kutomalizika katika muda uliopangwa.
  12. Ukosefu wa usalama k.v. kuvamiwa kwa kushukiwa anapeleleza na kuibiwa vifaa.

Changamoto Zinazokabili Ukusanyaji wa Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Ukosefu wa utafiti wa kutosha kwani kuna vipera ambavyo bado havijaandikwa.
  2. Uchache wa wataalamu wa kutafitia na kuendeleza utafiti.
  3. Watu kuhamia mijini na kuingiliana na wa jamii nyingine na kufanya uhifadhi na urithishaji wa fasihi kutowezekana.
  4. Mtaala wa elimu kupuuza lugha ya kiasili inayotumiwa kuhifadhia na kurithisha fasihi simulizi na hivyo kukatiza ukuaji wake.
  5. Fasihi simulizi kuhusishwa na ukale na hivyo kutoona haja ya kuirithisha na kuihifadhi.
  6. Kuhifadhiwa kwa fasihi simulizi akilini kusababisha kusahaulika, kubadilika hata kufa kwake.

Jinsi Jamii ya Sasa Inavyojaribu Kuhifadhi Fasihi Simulizi

  1. Tamasha za muziziki kunakokaririwa na kuimbwa mashairi.
  2. Sherehe za arusi, jando, mazishi mawaida.
  3. Utegaji na uteguaji wa vitendawili kupitia redio na runinga.
  4. Sarakasi za wasanii huhifadhi kipera cha vichekesho.
  5. Ngoma za kienyeji kama isukuti katika hafla za kisiasa na harusi.
  6. Utambaji wa hadithi hasa katika sehemu za mashambani.

Tanzu za Fasihi Simulizi

  • Tanzu ni aina za tungo zenye muundo uliokaribia kufanana.
  1. hadithi
  2. semi
  3. ushairi
  4. mazungumzo
  5. maigizo
  • Kipera ni utungo wa fasihi simulizi unaowasilishwa mbele ya watu.

HADITHI

  • Masimulizi yanayotumia lugha ya mtiririko au nathari.

Sifa

  1. Hutumia ya lugha ya mtiririko au nathari-kueleza matukio moja kwa moja.
  2. Hurithishwa jamii kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
  3. Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira
  4. Hutambwa mahali maalum k.v. ndani ya nyumba, chini ya mti, uwanjani, n.k.
  5. Huweza kutokana na matukio halisi (kihistoria) au ya kubuni.
  6. Huwa na mafunzo fulani kwa jamii/hadhira.
  7. Hutumia wahusika wa aina tofauti k.v. nyumbani, wanyama, ndege, mazimwi, n.k.
  8. Hutumia aina nyingine za sanaa k.v nyimbo, methali, ushairi, n.k.
  9. Huwa na utendaji k.v. mtambaji kuiga fisi anavyokula.
  10. Aghalabu hutambwa jioni.

Sababu za Ngano Kutambwa Jioni/Usiku

  1. Ndio wakati watu walikuwa wamejumuika nyumbani baada ya kazi.
  2. Utambaji ulikuwa njia ya kupitisha wakati chakula kikingojewa.
  3. Wakati huu ulihakikisha mwanajamii hapotezi wakati wa kazi.

Majukumu ya Hadithi

  1. Kufunza maadili yaliyo nguzo kuu kwa wanajamii.
  2. Kukuza ujasiri wa kuzungumza hadharani.
  3. Kuburudisha baada ya kazi ya kutwa.
  4. Kukuza uwezo wa watoto wa kukumbuka ili kutamba baadaye.
  5. Kueleza asili ya mambo k.m visaviini, visasili na ngano za usuli.
  6. Kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya kufanya mambo yasitofaa.
  7. Kuunganisha watu katika jamii wanapojumuika pamoja kusikiliza utambaji.
  8. Ngano za mtanziko hukuza uwezo wa kutathmini na kutoa uamuzi ufaao.
  9. Kukuza lugha hasa kwa hadhira ya watoto.
  10. Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza historia ya jamii k.v. mighani, tarihi, n.k.
  11. Kuelimisha hadhira kuhusu utamaduni wao.
  12. Njia ya kupokeza kizazi historia na utamaduni wa jamii.

Sifa za Mtambaji/Mganaji Bora

  1. Asiwe mwoga ili kuweza kuzungumza hadharani.
  2. Asiwe na haya ili kuweza kuzungumzia mambo ya aibu inapobidi.
  3. Awe na uelewa wa mazingira na masuala ibuka katika jamii ili kuweza kuwasilisha dhana zisizopatikana katika mazingira yake k.m. kutumia rais kuelezea dhana ya mfalme.
  4. Awe na ufahamu mpana wa lugha ili aweze kuitumia kwa uhodari na kuwasilisha kwa wepesi.
  5. Awe mchanganfu na mcheshi ili kunasa makini ya hadhira na kuzuia isikinai.
  6. Awe na ufahamu mpana wa utamaduni husika ili kuzuia kutumia maneno na ishara zinazoweza kuwaudhi au kupingana na imani za hadhira.
  7. Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira k.v. kuimba, maswali ya balagha ili isikinai, n.k.
  8. Aweze kujua, matarajio, kiwango cha elimu na tajriba ya hadhira ili kuweza kubadilisha kwa kiwango kinachofaa.
  9. Awe na uwezo wa kuingiliana vizuri na hadhira ili aivutie.
  10. Awe na kumbukumbu nzuri ili usimulizi wake utiririke vizuri.
  11. Awe na uwezo wa kudramatisha ili kuonyesha picha fulani k.v. kuiga toni, sauti, na kiimbo kulingana na swala analowasilisha.
  12. Kubadilisha toni au kiimbo ili hadhira isikinai.
  13. Awe na ujuzi wa kutumia ishara za uso, mwili na miondoko kulingana na hali anayoigiza.
  14. Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
  15. Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo kulingana na hali tofauti anazoigiza k.v. huzuni
  16. Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira kwa nyimbo na maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu wa kutazama na kusikiliza.
  17. Awe na uwezo wa ufaraguzi/ kubadilisha utambaji wake papo hapo kutegemea hadhira yake na kutoa mifano inayofahamika kutoka katika mazingira ya hadhira.
  18. Awe na uwezo wa kutumia mtuo wa kidrama ili kuongeza taharuki, kusisitiza ujumbe na kuteka makini ya hadhira.

Aina za Hadithi

  1. Hadithi za Kubuni
  • Hazisimulii matukio ya kweli bali ya kutungwa
    1. Hadithi za Kisalua/Kihistoria
      • Zinazosimulia matukio yaliyowahi kutendwa na wahusika waliowahi kuishi.
      • Huongezewa ubunifu ili kuvutia zaidi.
        1. Hadithi za Kubuni

Ngano

  • Hadithi zinazosimulia kisa chenye funzo na zenye wahusika aina ya binadamu, viumbe na vitu visivyo na uhai.

Sifa za Ngano

  1. Zina fomyula ya kuanzia/mwanzo maalum.
  2. Zina fomyula ya kumalizia/mwisho maalum.
  3. Zina wahusika aina mbalimbali.
  4. Zina matumizi ya nyimbo.
  5. Hutumia takriri (usambamba) ili kusisitiza k.m. zimwi likakimbia, likakimbia.
  6. Huwa na na maadili/mafunzo
  7. Hutumia maswali ya balagha kuongeza taharuki.
  8. Hutumia tanakali za sauti.
  9. Zina matumizi ya fantasia au matukio yanayokiuka uhalisi/mambo ya ajabu k.v. binadamu kuruka kama ndege, zimwi kumeza watu na baadaye kutapika wote, n.k.
  • Kutambua mbinu zilizotumiwa katika hadithi/ngano
  • Kutambua wahusika

Aina za Fomyula za Kuanzia/Mianzo Maalum

  1. Paukwa, Pakawa. Sahani. Ya mchele. Giza. La mwizi. Na kiboko je? Cha mtoto mrorofi…
  2. Hapo zamani za kale/za kongamawe…
  • Ilitokea…
  1. Hadithi! Hadithi! Hadithi njoo…
  2. Kaondokea chenjangaa, kajenga nyumba kakaa, mwanangu mwanasiti, kijino kama chikichi, cha kujengea kikuta, na vilango vya kupita…
  3. Hapo jadi na jadudi…

Umuhimu wa Fomyula ya Kuanzia/Mwanzo maalum

  1. Kuvuta makini ya hadhira.
  2. Kumtambulisha mtambaji kwa hadhira.
  • Kuashiria mwanzo wa hadithi.
  1. Kutoa hadhira kutoka ulimwengu halisi hadi ule wa hadithi.

Aina za Fomyula za Kumalizia/Miishio Maalum

  1. Hadithi inaishia hapo.
  • Tangu siku hiyo…
  1. Wakaishi raha mustarehe.
  2. Maadili

Umuhimu wa Fomyula ya Kumalizia/Mwisho Maalum

  1. Kuashiria mwisho wa hadithi.
  2. Kutoa hadhira katika ulimwengu wa hadithi hadi ule halisi.
  • Kumpisha/kumpa fursa mtambaji anayefuata.
  1. Kupisha shughuli inayofuata.
  2. Kutoa funzo la hadithi kwa muhtasari.
  3. Kupa hadhira nafasi ya kupumzika baada ya kuwa makini kwa muda.

Umuhimu wa Nyimbo katika Ngano

  1. Kushirikisha hadhira.
  2. Kusisimua hadhira na kuondoa ukinaifu
  • Kuteka makini yao.
  1. Kuwasilisha mafunzo/maadili.
  2. Kutenganisha matukio katika hadithi.
  3. Kuburudisha hadhira.
  • Kupunguzia hadhira mwemeo.

Umuhimu wa Tanakali za Sauti/Onomatopeya katika Ngano

  1. Kuongeza utamu.
  2. Kusaidia msomaji kupata picha kamili.
  • Kusaidia kupata hisia halisi

Aina za Ngano

  1. Hurafa
  • Hadithi zenye wahusika wanyama na ndege.
  • Hurafa za kijanja ni hadithi ambapo wanyama wadogo hutumia ujanja wa hali ya juu ili kujinasua na hali ngumu au mitego wanayotegewa.

Sifa

  1. Wahusika ni wanyama au na au ndege.
  2. Wanyama na ndege hupewa sifa za binadamu
  3. Ni kazi ya ubunifu.
  4. Hutoa mafunzo kwa njia ya kuchekesha na isiyoumiza.
  5. Huwa na ucheshi mwingi.
  6. Hutumia mbinu ya uhuishi.
  7. Huwa na sifa zinazohimizwa na zinazoshutumiwa.
  8. Ujanja au uongo hujitokeza katika hurafa za kijanja.
  9. Ushindi hujitokeza katika hurafa za kijanja.

Umuhimu

  1. Kutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kuwa wa danganyifu/kudanganyika kwa urahisi.
  2. Kuonyesha jinsi tabia ya udanganyifu inavyoweza kujitokeza na kuathiri watu.
  3. Hurafa za kijanja hufunza jinsi ya kupampana na hali ngumu.
    1. Hekaya/Ngano za Kiayari
  • Hadithi zinazomsawiri mhusika anayetumia ulaghai kupata matilaba yake kutoka kwa wengine (Abunuwasi).

Sifa

  1. Wahusika wakuu ni binadamu.
  2. Huwa na ubunifu mkubwa.
  3. Hustaajabisha na kuchekesha.
  4. Ujanja na uongo hujitokeza.
  5. Ushindi hujitokeza.
  6. Ni za kubuni.

Umuhimu

  1. Hutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kuhadaika kwa wepesi.
  2. Huonya dhidi ya matokeo yanayoweza kuwapata wanaojinyakulia mali kwa udanganyifu.
  3. Kuonya dhidi ya usaliti.
  4. Kukashifu viongozi dhalimu na matendo maovu.
  5. Kukejeli wanaotumia nguvu badala ya akili/hekima.
    • Visasili
  • Hadithi zinazoeleza asili ya matukio fulani katika jamii k.m. kifo, jua, lugha, zilizala n.k.

Sifa

  1. Husimulia mambo ya kiimani na kidini.
  2. Huwa na misingi ya kihistoria.
  3. Hueleza asili ya matukio katika jamii.
  4. Wahusika ni wanyama na binadamu.
  5. Huwa na maadili.
  6. Hurithishwa kizazi hadi kingine.

Umuhimu

  1. Kueleza asili ya mambo kama vile kifo, utamaduni n.k.
  2. Kueleza utaratibu wa kutekeleza desturi k.v. mahari.
  3. Kuhalalisha baadhi ya mila na desturi za jamii k.v. ulipaji mahari, uabudu miti, n.k.
  4. Kukitisha mizizi imani fulani ya watu.
  5. Kupunguza athari za majanga kama vile kuhalalisha kifo.
  6. Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila jamii ina aina yake ya visasili.
  7. Kuhifadhi historia na utamaduni wa jamii
    1. Ngano za usuli
  • Hadithi zinazoeleza asili ya hali, tabia, mahusiano au wasifu. k.v. asili ya kuku kuchakura, asili ya kinyonga kwenda kwa tahadhari, n.k.

Sifa

  1. Wahusika ni wanyama na binadamu
  2. Ni kazi ya kubuni.
  3. Hueleza kuhusu asili ya sifa, tabia au hali.
  4. Hutumia mbinu ya uhuishi.
  5. Huwa na maadili.

Umuhimu

  1. Kueleza sababu ya tabia, hali au sifa Fulani.
  2. Kuonya dhidi ya tabia hasi kama vile ulafi.
    1. Ngano za mazimwi
  • Hadithi ambazo wahusika ni mazimwi.

Sifa

  1. Wahusika ni mazimwi
  2. Mazimwi huwakilisha sifa hasi za binadamu k.m ulafi, ukatili, uovu n.k.
  3. Hujaa uharibifu.
  4. Huwa na matumizi mengi ya fantasia.
  5. Kipengele cha safari hujitokeza k.v. kwenda nchi za mbali kutafuta suluhisho.
  6. Ushindi hujitokeza (mazimwi hushindwa).
  7. Ni kazi ya kubuni.
  8. Huwa na maadili.
  9. Mazimwi huwa na sifa zinazokiuka mipaka ya binadamu k.m. kinywa kisogoni, jicho moja kubwa, n.k.

Umuhimu

  1. Kukashifu tabia ya uovu, ulafi, na ukatili.
  2. Kutahadharisha dhidi ya kuwa na ulafi, ukatili n.k.
  3. Kutia moyo waliodhulumiwa kuwa waliowanyanyasa wataadhibiwa siku moja.
    1. Ngano za Mashujaa
  • Ambazo zinazohusu watu waliotenda matendo ya kishujaa katika jamii zao kama vile kuokoa jamii.

Sifa

  1. Kipengele cha motifu au kusafiri nchi za mbali, kupigana na mazimwi kuokoa jamii.
  2. Husawiri mapigano kati ya wema (lila) na ubaya (fira).
  3. Uovu huwakilishwa na mazimwi au viongozi dhalimu
  4. Hatimaye wema hushinda uovu kwa juhudi za mashujaa
    • Ngano za mashujaa ni za kubuni ilhali katika mighani, mashujaa wanaaminiwa waliishi.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuhimiza uzalendo na ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
  2. Kuhimiza ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
  3. Kusifu mashujaa katika jamii
  4. Kuelimisha jamii kwa kuwapa maarifa ya kukabiliana na changamoto, inda na ila.
  5. Kuhimiza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga mashujaa na kupigania jamii.
  6. Kuonya dhidi ya matendo hasi k.v. ukatili.
  7. Kuhimiza watu kutokata tamaa
    • Ngano za mtanziko
  • Hadithi ambapo mhusika hukabiliwa hali ngumu ya kuamua baina ya mambo wawili au zaidi yanayomkabili.

Sifa

  1. Wahusika ni wanyama au binadamu.
  2. Ni kazi ya kubuni.
  3. Mhusika hulazimika kufanya uteuzi mgumu.
  4. Hali mbili au zaidi zinazotatanisha huwepo.

Umuhimu

  1. Hutuerevusha jinsi ya kupambana na hali ngumu.
  2. Kuonya/kutahadharisha dhidi ya kujiponza.
  3. Kukuza uwezo wa kupima mambo na kuteua lililo muhimu.
  4. Kuonya dhidi ya kutenda bila kuwaza kwa kina.

viii)   Ngano za Kimafumbo

  • Ambazo huwa na maana ya ndani/iliyofichika.
    1. Istiara
  • Hadithi ambayo maana yake huwakilisha maana nyingine iliyofichika k.v. hurafa ambapo wanyama huwakilisha binadamu.
  1. Mbazi
  • Hadithi fupi inayotolewa inayotolewa kama mfano kumkanya au kumwelekeza mtu k.v. katika biblia.
    1. Hadithi za Kisalua/Kihistoria
  1. Mighani
  • Hadithi za mashujaa/majagina wa jamii fulani k.m. Rwanda Magere wa Waluo, Fumo Liyongo wa Wapate, Koome Njue wa Wameru, Wangu wa Makeri wa Wakikuyu na Syokimau wa Wsakamba.

Sifa

  1. Huhusu mashujaa wa jamii fulani.
  2. Wahusika hupambana na hali ngumu inayosababishwa na maadui.
  3. Wahusika hupewa sifa na uwezo usiokuwa wa kawaida k.v. ukubwa wa ajabu, nguvu katika kivuli, nguvu katika nywele, kutoulika n.k.
  4. Wahusika hupigania haki za wanyonge.
  5. Mhusika hukomboa jamii yake dhidi ya maadui.
  6. Mhusika hufa kifo cha huzuni (tanzia) kwa kusalitiwa na mtu wa karibu k.v. mwanamke au jamaa zao.
  7. Mashujaa huuliwa kwa njia ya ajabu kama vile kunyolewa nywele, kivuli kuchomwa mkuki, kuchomwa shindano ya shaba kitovuni
  8. Mighani huzungumzia matukio ya kihistoria.
  9. Kuna tabia ya kupiga chuku matukio yaliyo hadithini.
  10. Mighani hurithishwa jamii kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
  11. Huchukuliwa na jamii kama hadithi zenye ukweli na jamii hujinasibisha na mighani hiyo.
  1. Husimulia mambo ya kiimani na kidini.

Umuhimu

  1. Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila jamii ina aina yake ya mighani.
  2. Kuhifadhi na kumbusha historia yajamii.
  3. Kusifu mashujaa katika jamii.
  4. Kuhimiza ujasiri miongoni mwa vijana.
  5. Kuelimisha jamii kwa kuwapa maarifa ya kukabiliana na adui au changamoto.
  6. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga mashujaa na kupigania jamii.
  7. Kuonya dhidi ya matendo hasi kama vile usaliti.
  8. Kuhimiza watu kutokata tama.

Tofauti Kati ya Mighani na Visasili

mighani visasili
Þ    Husimulia kuhusu mashujaa.

Þ    Husimulia historia ya jamii.

Þ    Wahusika wakuu ni majagina.

 

Þ    Hueleza sifa za majagina.

Þ    Husimulia asili ya vitu.

 

Þ    Husimulia mianzo ya vitu au mambo.

Þ    Wahusika ni k.v. binadamu, miungu, wanyama, n.k.

Þ    Hueleza mianzo ya desturi.

 

  1. Visakale
    • Masimulizi ya matukio yaliyotendeka zamani k.v. vita, majanga kama njaa na magonjwa na hamahama za jamii k.v. waisraeli kutoka misri.
  • Visaviini
    • Hadithi zinazoeleza chimbuko la jamii Fulani
  1. Mapisi
    • Maelezo ya kihistoria yasiyo na ubunifu wowote k.v. chimbuko la kundi la wabantu kutoka Afrika ya Kati na kuenea sehemu mbalimbali za Afrika.
  2. Tarihi
    • Maelezo kuhusu matukio ya kihistoria kulingana na yalivyofuatana ki wakati
  3. Kumbukumbu
    • Maelezo ya kitawasifu kuhusu mtu au jamii inayotambulika kwa kutoa mchango fulani mkubwa.
      1. Vipera Vingine vya Hadithi
  1. Soga
  • Hadithi fupi za kuchekesha zinazolenga kutania au kudhihaki.

Sifa

  1. Wahusika ni wa kubuni.
  2. Hutaja ukweli unaoumiza.
  3. Hutumia vichekesho kupunguza ukali wa dhihaka.
  4. Hutumia chuku kupita kiasi.
  5. Huhusu tukio moja.
  6. Ni fupi.

Umuhimu

  1. Kukashifu matendo hasi kwa njia ya ucheshi
  2. Kuonya na kutahadharisha dhidi ya matendo hasi k.v. ulaghai.
  3. Kufunza maadili.
  4. Kuburudisha kwa kuchekesha.
    1. Vigano
  • Hadithi fupi zinazosimulia kuhusu matendo mabaya katika jamii na wakati uo huo kuonya na kuelekeza dhidi yayo.
  • Aghalabu huandamana na methali kwa lengo la kufafanua linalokusudiwa au kudhibitisha funzo la methali fulani.

Sifa

  1. Huwa vifupi.
  2. Husimulia kisa kimoja tu.
  3. Wahusika ni binadamu na wanyama.
  4. Hufunza maadili kutokana na methali.
    • Kisa
  • Masimulizi mafupi yenye tukio moja lenye funzo kwa njia ya kufurahisha.

Mambo ya Kuzingatia katika Uchambuzi wa Hadithi/Ngano

  1. Kueleza aina ya ngano kwa kuzingatia wahusika na maudhui
    • Ngano yaweza kuwa ya mazimwi na ya mashujaa kwa wakati mmoja.
    • Ngano yaweza kuwa hurafa, ya usuli na ya kiayari.
  2. Kutaja wahusika
  3. Kufafanua sifa za wahusika wakuu
  4. Maadili/mafunzo yanayojitokeza katika hadithi
  5. Kubainisha sifa za ngano/hurafa/hekaya, n.k. zinazojitokeza katika hadithi.
  6. Kueleza umuhimu wa fomyula ya kuanzia/wimbo uliotumiwa katika hadithi.
  7. Kubainisha tamathali za usemi zilizotumiwa katika hadithi fulani
  8. Kuonyesha jinsi ngano inavyoshughulikia maudhui fulani.
  9. Kufafanua ufaafu wa methali fulani zilizotumiwa katika hadithi.
  10. Katika ngano ya mtanziko, ungekuwa mhusika mkuu ungefanya nini?
  11. Kubainisha matumizi ya mbinu ya fantasia
  12. Kufafanua maswala ibuka/maudhui yaliyoshughulikiwa k.m. usaliti, ujinga, ulaghai, n.k.
  13. Kuchanganua utungo kifani-ploti, wahusika, mbinu za lugha, fantasia, nyimbo, n.k.
  14. Kueleza majukumu ya hadithi.

SEMI

  • Tungo fupi zinazowasilisha ujumbe kwa kufumba au kuchora picha.

Sifa

  1. Huwa fupi kwa kuwasilisha ujumbe mrefu kwa maneno machache.
  2. Ni tanzu tegemezi kwa hutegemea tanzu nyingine kama vile hadithi, mazungumzo, n.k.
  3. Hazibadiliki vivi hivi.
  4. Baadhi ni kielelezo cha maadili k.v. methali.
  5. Hutumia lugha ya kimafumbo.
  6. Huibua taswira.
  7. Huwa na mchezo wa maneno.
  8. Baadhi huwa na muundo maalum k.v. methali na vitendawili.
  9. Nyingine ikikosa kutumika hutoweka k.v. misimu.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuonya k.m methali, ‘Asiyesikia la mkuu huvunjika guu.’
  2. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri k.m. vitendawili na chemsha bongo.
  3. Kutafsidi lugha au kupunguza ukali wa maneno k.m. nahau ‘jifungua’ badala ya ‘zaa’.
  4. Kuburudisha k.m. vitendawili, chemsha bongo na vitanza ndimi.
  5. Kuhifadhi siri k.m. nahau, misemo, misimu.
  6. Kuelimisha k.m. kutofanya mambo kwa pupa-mla kwa pupa hadiriki kula tamu.
  7. Kuongeza utamu katika lugha.
  8. Kuboresha matamshi k.m. vitanza ndimi.
  9. Kukuza lugha k.m misimu.
  10. Kukuza utangamano katika jamii kwa kuleta watu pamoja wakati zinawasilishwa.

Vipera vya Semi

  1. Methali
  • Semi fupi ambazo hueleza kwa muhtasari au mafumbo ukweli fulani wa kimaisha.

Sifa

  1. Huwa fupi k.m. ‘Msafiri kafiri.’
  2. Hutumia tamathali za usemi.
  3. Hutumkia lugha ya kimafumbo.
  4. Huwa na maana ya ndani na nje.
  5. Kunazo hufanana kimaana k.m. ‘Haraka haraka haina baraka’ na ‘Polepole ndio mwendo.’
  6. Hupingana zenyewe k.m ‘Polepole ndio mwendo’ na ‘Chelewa chelewa utamkuta mwana si wako.’
  7. Huwa na sifa za kishairi k.v. ukwapi, utao na vina -Haba na haba, hujaza kiba
  8. Sifa za utegemezi kwa kuingiliana na tanzu nyingine za fasihi.
  9. Huwa na muundo maalum wa sehemu mbili:
  1. m ‘Haba na haba…’
  2. Kukamilisha wazo ‘…hujaza kibaba.’

Umuhimu

  1. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri kwani mpokezi hufikiri ili kupata maana ya ndani.
  2. Kuonya dhidi ya matendo yasiyofaa k.m. ‘Mchimba kisima huingia mwenyewe’na ‘Ukiambiwa jiambie usijeishia kumbe.’
  3. Kufariji walio katika hali ngumu, Baada ya dhiki faraja, Hakuna marefu yasiyo na ncha, Liandikwalo ndilo liwalo, Ajaliwalo ndilo apatalo.
  4. Kuhimiza watu kujitahidi maishani/kuonyesha jambo jema huja kwa kufanyiwa kazi k.m. ‘Mtaka cha mvunguni sharti ainame,’ ‘Chumia juani ulie kivulini.’
  5. Kupamba lugha iwe na mvuto kwani huwa na usanii mkubwa.
  6. Kuhimiza ushirikiano, ‘Umoja ni nguvu utengano ni udhaifu, ‘Jifya moja haliijiki chungu.’
  7. Kuelimisha mtu ajue jambo muhimu k.m. ‘Usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi’, ‘Pema usijapo pema ukipema si pema tena.’
  8. Kushauri k.m. ‘Enga kabla ya kujenga’ na ‘Mchama ago hanyeli.’
  9. Kufupisha maadili katika ngano.
  10. Kubuni lakabu k.m. ‘kikulacho.’
  11. Kufunza maadili k.m. kuwa na subira-‘Subira huvuta heri.’
  12. Kuhimiza kutokata tama k.m. ‘Bandu bandu huisha gogo’ ‘Papo kwa papo kamba hukata njiwe.’
  13. Kuonyesha umuhimu wa kuthamini jamaa zako kuliko marafiki k.m. ‘Damu ni nzito kuliko maji’ ‘Mla nawe hafi nawe ila mzaliwa nawe.’
  14. Kuonyesha umuhimu wa kuthamini vitu vyako-‘Usiache mbachao kwa msala upitao’ ‘Afadhali dooteni kama ambari kutanda,’
  15. Kukashifu ubinafsi k.m. ‘Mwamba ngoma huvutia kwake’ ‘Kila mchukuzi husifu mzigo wake.’
  16. Kukashifu kiburi k.m. ‘Maskini akipata matako hulia mbwata’ ‘Zingwi zingwi lipe nguo utaona mashauo.’

Mbinu za Lugha/Fani /Tamathali za Usemi katika Fasihi

  • Maneno au vifungu vya maneno vinavyotumiwa kutia fasihi urembo ili kufanya ujumbe ueleweke vyema zaidi.

Aina

  1. Tashbihi
  • Ulinganishi kwa kutumia viunganishi kama, mithili, mfano na sawa.
  1. Sitiari/ Istiara
  • Ulinganishi usio wa moja kwa moja.
  1. Tashhisi/Uhaishaji
  • Kukipa kitu sifa ya uhai.
  1. Taashira/ Ishara
  • Kitu kuwakilisha kingine.
  1. Chuku/udamisi
  • Kutia chumvi au kufanya kitu kionekane kikubwa sana au kidogo sana.
  1. Takriri
  • Urudiaji wa neno au mafungu ya maneno.
  1. Tanakuzi
  • Maneno yaliyo kinyume
  1. Tabaini
  • Msisitizo kwa njia ya kinyume kwa kutumia kikanushio si.
  1. Ritifaa
  • Kusemesha asiyekuwapo kama yupo.
  1. Taharuki
  • Kuacha msomaji akiwa na hamu ya kutaka kujua kipi kitakachojiri halafu.
  1. Majazi
  • Majina yanayooana na sifa za wahusika, vitu au mahali.
  1. Mbinu rejeshi
  • Kukumbusha mambo yaliyopita.
  1. Methali
  • Semi fupi ambazo hueleza kwa muhtasari au mafumbo ukweli fulani wa kimaisha.
  1. Nahau
  • Fungu la maneno lenye maana tofauti na maana ya kawaida ya maneno hayo.
  1. Misemo
  • Semi zinazobeba ukweli wa kujumla Mifano:
  1. Mdokezo
  • Mambo kuachwa bila kumalizwa.
  1. Balagha
  • Maswali yasiyohitaji majibu.
  1. Taswira
  • Ujenzi wa picha akilini.
  1. Kinaya
  • Mhusika kutumia maneno au matendo yaliyo kinyume cha inavyotarajiwa.
  1. Koja
  • Kuorodhesha maneno na vitenzi kwa kutumia koma.
  1. Kejeli
  • Kudharau au kubeza.
  1. Jazanda
  • Kufananisha vitu kwa mafumbo k.m. katika biblia.
  1. Nidaha/ Siyahi
  • Maneno ya kuonyesha hisia za moyoni.
  1. Tanakali/onomatopeya
  • Miigo ya sauti zinazotokea baada ya kitendo.
  1. Uzungumzi nafsia
  • Kujisemesha mwenyewe.
  1. Dayalojia
  2. Utohozi/ Uswahilishaji
  3. Kuchanganya ndimi
  • Kutumia lugha ngeni.
  1. Tafsida/usafidi
  • Kutumia lugha ya adabu au kupunguza ukali wa maneno.
  1. Mkengeuko
  • Kwenda kinyume na matakwa ya jamii k.v. usenge, ndoa ya watu wasio wa rika rika moja, mapenzi nje ya ndoa.
  1. ulinganuzi
  • Kuweka pamoja mambo yanayopingana ili kulinganisha
  1. Kweli kinzani
  • Hoja mbili zinazopingana/kutowezekana.

Matumizi ya Lugha Katika Methali

Sitiari

  1. Mgeni ni kuku mweupe.
  2. Ahadi ni deni.
  3. Upweke ni uvundo.
  4. Mgeni ni kuku mweupe.
  5. Ujana ni moshi.
  6. Mapenzi ni kikohozi.
  7. Kukopa arusi kulipa matanga.

Tashbihi

  1. Kawaida ni kama sheria.
  2. Riziki kama ajali ijapo huitambui.
  3. Usilolijua ni kama usiku wa giza.
  4. Ufalme kama mvua hupiga na kupita.

Tashhisi

  1. Siri ya mtungi muulize kata.
  2. Paka akiondoka panya hutawala.
  3. Jembe halimtupi mkulima.
  4. Ukupigao ndio ukufunzao.
  5. Adhabu ya kaburi aijuaye maiti.

Takriri

  1. Haba na haba hujaza kibaba.
  2. Chovya chovya humaliza buyu la asali.
  3. Hauchi hauchi unakucha.
  4. Hayawi hayawi huwa.
  5. Mtoto wa nyoka ni nyoka.
  6. Bandu bandu huisha gogo.

Balagha

  1. Pilipili usiyoila yakuwashiani?
  2. Angurumapo samba mcheza ni nani?
  3. Wameshindwa wenye pembe seuze wewe kipara?
  4. Simba mla watu akiliwa huwani?
  5. Mzigo uko kichwani, kwapa lakutokeani jasho?
  6. Mavi usiyoyala wayawingiani kuku?
  7. Mla ni mla leo mla jana kalani?

Taswira

  1. Mpanda farasi wawili hupasuka msamba.
  2. Mti mkuu ukigwa wana wa ndege huyumba.
  3. Mtupa jongoo hutupa na ung`ong`o wake.
  4. Angeenda juu kipungu hafikii mbingu.

Chuku

  1. Mzigo wa mwenzio ni kanda la sufi.
  2. Maji ya kifuu bahari ya chungu.
  3. Usipoziba ufa utajenga ukuta.

Tanakali za sauti

  1. Chururu si ndondondo!
  2. Ndo! Ndo! Hujaza ndoo.
  3. Kiliacho pa kijutie.

Kinaya

  1. Bara Hindi ndiko kwenye nguo na waendao uchi wapo.
  2. Kwenye miti hakuna wajenzi.
  3. Asante ya punda ni mateke.
  4. Kigumba kwa nguruwe kwa binadamu ki uchungu.
  5. Kikiharibika cha fundi kikiongoka cha bwana Sudi.

Kejeli/dhihaka/stihizai

  1. Umekuwa mung`unye waharibikia ukubwani.
  2. Hawi Musa kwa kubeba fimbo.
  3. Ucha Mungu si kilemba cheupe.
  4. Kichwa cha kuku hakistahili kilemba.
  5. Kichwa cha nyoka hakibandikwi mtungi.

Jazanda

  1. Joka la mdimu hulinda watundao
  • Mtu mwovu huwanyima wengine vitu asivyovihitaji.
    1. Kupanda mchongoma kushuka ndio ngoma
  • Ni rahisi kujitia katika matata kuliko kujitoa.

Taashira

  1. Kimya kingi kina mshindo mkubwa.
  2. Kuku mgeni hakosi kamba mguuni.

Kweli kinzani

  1. Wagombanao ndio wapatanao.
  2. Ukupigao ndio ukufunzao.
  3. Kuinamako ndiko kuinukako.
  4. Mwenye kelele hana neno.
  5. Kimya kingi kina mshindo mkubwa.

Tanakuzi

  1. Tamaa mbele mauti nyuma.
  2. Mpanda ngazi hushuka.
  3. Usione kwenda mbele kurudi nyuma si kazi.
  • Kuainisha methali kutokana na matumizi ya lugha ni kusema mbinu ambazo imetumia.

Vigezo vya Kuainishia Methali/Kuziweka Pamoja na kuzichambua

  1. Mandhari/mazingira k.m. kilimo.
  • Ukipanda pantosha utavuna pankwisha.
  • Jembe halimtupi mkulima.
    1. Maudhui k.m. ulezi
  • Samaki mkunje angali mbichi.
  • Mcha mwana kulia hulia yeye
  1. c) fani/tamathali k.m. takriri
  • Haba na haba hujaza kibaba
  • Mtoto wa nyoka ni nyoka.
  1. d) Jukumu k.m. kuonye
  • Asiyesikia la mkuu huvunjika guu.
  • Ukiambiwa jiambie usijeishia kumbe.
    1. Maana k.m. sawa
      • Haraka haraka haina baraka.
      • Polepole ndio mwendo.

Vigezo zaidi vya kuchambua methali

  1. Inarejelea vitu gani? K.m. Hindi ndiko kwenye nguo na waendao uchi wapo.
  • Nchi-Hindi
  • Vitu-nguo
  • Watu-waendao uchi
    1. Inakupa wazo gani kuhusu jamii husika?
  • Utamaduni na njia za kiuchumi.
    1. Vitendawili
  • Semi ambazo hutolewa kwa mtu kwa mfano wa swali ili azifumbue.

Sifa

  1. Huwa vifupi kimaelezo.
  2. Hutumia lugha ya kimafumbo.
  3. Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
  4. Hutumia ufananisho wa kijazanda.
  5. Kunazo huhusiana na methali k.m. mzee amekufa vyombo vimevunjikavunjika.
  6. Huwa na wakati maalum wa kutolewa yaani jioni.
  7. Huwa na mchezo wa maneno k.m. Ukiona njigi utadhani njege.
  • Maziwa na tui
  1. Hujisimamia vyenyewe.
  2. Kunavyo huwa na jibu zaidi ya moja k.v. Gari la kila mtu
  • miguu, kifo au jeneza
  1. Hutumia tamathali za lugha kwa ufanifu mkubwa
  2. Huweza kuwa na fomyula/muundo maalum
    1. Mteguaji: Kitendawili
    2. Mteguaji: Tega
  • Mteguaji: Kitendawili chenyewe- Popoo mbili zavuka mto
  1. Mteguaji : Mlango
  2. Mtegaji: Umenoa. Nipe mji.
  3. Mteguaji: Ninakupa Nairobi.
  • Mteguaji: Nilienda Nairobi watu wa Nairobi wakaniambia nije niwasalimu. Jibu ni macho.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuburudisha jioni baada ya kazi.
  2. Kukuza ubunifu wa kuvitunga kwa kulinganisha vitu katika mazingira ili kuviunda.
  3. Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka.
  4. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri kwani mfumbiwa huhitaji kufikiri sana ili kupata jibu.
  5. Kuleta umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kuleta watu pamoja wakati vinategwa.
  6. Kuimarisha ujuzi wa kujieleza kwa lugha.
  7. Kupanua ujuzi wa mazingira wa mtoto.
  8. Kuendeleza utamaduni wa jamii k.m. Nyumbani mwetu mna papai lililoiva lakini. siwezi kulichuma
  • Ndugu wa kiume asimuoe nduguye wa kike.
  1. Kukejeli au kudharau tabia mbaya k.m. Wazungu wawili wanachungulia dirishani
  • makamasi

Aina za vitendawili

  1. Sahili
    • Vina muundo rahisi/maneno machache k.m Akiona mwangaza wa jua hufa-samaki.
  2. Tata
  • Vyenye majibu tofauti
    1. Kisimulizi
  • Masimulizi k.m. Kulikuwa na baba ng’ambo moja ya mto na binti zake wawili ng’ambo ya pili. Alikuwa na maembe mawili aliyopaswa kuyavukisha pamoja apelekee binti zake. Angefanya nini?
    1. Vya tanakali k.m. Parrrr! Mpaka Makka-utelezi.
    2. Mkufu
  • Vyenye sehemu zinazochangizana kimaana k.m. Nikitembea yuko lakini nikiingia nyumbani hupotea-kivuli.

Matumizi ya Lugha Katika Vitendawili

Tashhisi

  1. Amefunika kote kwa blanketi lake jeusi-giza.
  2. Akivaa nguo hapendezi, akiwa uchi hupendeza mno-ndizi.
  3. Anakula lakini hashibi-kifo/mauti.
  4. Amchukuapo hamrudishi-kaburi.
  5. Akizungumza kila mtu hubabaika-radi.
  6. Daima nasababisha mafarakano-uke wenza.
    • Tashbihi
  7. Boi wangu kazama kaibuka kama mzungu-mwiko wa ugali.

Sitiari

  1. Bibi hatui mzigo-konokono.
  2. Mamangu hachoki kunibeba-kitanda.
  3. Fatuma mchafu-ufagio.
  4. Saa yetu kadiri inavyotembea ndivyo inavyopunguza nguvu-moyo.
  5. Mzungu kujishika kiuno- kikombe.
  6. Nina mapapai yangu mawili ambayo siwezi kuyala- matiti ya mwanamke.
  7. Ng`ombe wangu nisipomshika mkia hali nyasi-jembe.
  8. Kitu changu kitumiwacho na wengine kuliko mimi-jina.
  9. Popoo mbili zavuka mto-macho.
  10. Gari la kila mtu-miguu.
  11. Dada ni mrembo lakini akiguzwa analia-papai.

Takriri

  1. Huku ng`o na kule ng`o-giza.
  2. Amezaliwa Ali, amekufa Ali, amerudi Ali-nywele.
  3. Huku fungu katikati bahari-naz.i

Tanakali

  1. Parrr! Mpaka Makka-utelezi.
  2. Huku pi kule pi-mkia wa kondoo atembeapo.
  3. Ba funika ba funua (Bak bandika, bak bandua)-nyayo.
  4. Tang! Yaanguka-sarafu.

Kweli kinzani

  1. Ana meno lakini hayaumi-kitana.
  2. Ajenga ingawa hana mikono-ndege.
  3. Hukopa lakini halipi-kifo.
  4. Nina shamba langu kubwa lakini nikivuna halijai hata kofi-nywele.
  5. Hufa akifufuka-bahari kupwa.
  6. Nameza lakini sishibi-mate.

Taswira

  1. Adui tumemzingira lakini hatumwezi-moto.
  2. Nyama nje, ngozi ndani, mchanga ndani-firgisi ya kuku.
  3. Wanatazamana tu lakini hawaamkiani-ardhi na bingu.
  4. Askari wangu wote wamevaa kofia upande-mahindi shambani.
  5. Samaki wangu aelea kimgongomgongo-merikebu.
  6. Babu amebeba machicha meupe kichwani- mvi.

Stihizai/dhihaka/kejeli

  1. Akivaa miwani hafanyi kazi vizuri-mlevi.
  2. Mzungu anachungulia dirishani-makamasi.
  3. Uzi mwembamba umefunga dume-usingizi.
  4. Mtani wangu hata akiishi majini hatakati-chura.
  5. Kisiki chetu hakikui-mbilikimo.
  6. Nimemuona bi kizee amejitwika machicha-mvi.

Jazanda

  1. Mungu alinipa shilingi mbili, moja nitumie nyingine niweke-ardhi na mbingu.
  • Kuchambua kitendawili kwa kueleza mbinu za lugha zilizokiunda.

Kulinganisha vitendawili na methali

Kufanana

  • Zote mbili ni tungo fupi.
  • Zote mbili huwa na maana fiche.
  • Zote mbili hutumia lugha inayojenga taswira.
  • Zote mbili hupata maana kulingana na jamii.
  • Zote mbili Huwa na muundo maalum.
  • Zote mbili hufumbata ukweli fulani wa kijamii.

Tofauti

Vitendawili Methali
ü  Vina fomyula maalum ya uwasilishaji.

ü  Fumbo lazima lifumbuliwe papo hapo.

ü  Maarufu zaidi miongoni mwa watoto/vijana.

 

 

ü  Hutolewa katika vikao maalum.

ü  Hadhira tendi inayotoa maana

ü  Hutumia lugha ya majibizano.

ü  Hazina fomyula.

 

 

ü  Fumbo halifumbuliwi papo hapo.

ü  Kuonyesha hekima hasa miongoni mwa watu wazima na wazee.

ü  Si lazima zitengewe vikao.

ü  Hadhira si tendi.

 

ü  Kauli moja ya msemaji

  • Chemsha Bongo
  • Maswali ambayo huhitaji mtu kutumia akili na ujuzi kuyajibu.
  • Mafumbo ni kauli zenye maana iliyofichika na hujumuisha vitendawili na chemshabongo.

Mifano

  1. Kilo moja ya chuma na kilo moja ya nyama ipi nzito?
  2. Amada ana wafanyikazi saba, wanne hufanya kazi vizuri, wawili ni kama wamekufa, mmoja ni kama mwenda wazimu- miguu, pembe na mkia wa ng’ombe.
  3. Kipungu alipita juu, mama na ndege wawili wakamwangalia. Je macho mangapi yalimuona kipungu?- manne.
  4. Nina watu wangu watatu, wawili ni watoto na wawili ni baba- mtoto, baba na babu.
  5. Chura alitumbukia katika shimo la futi 30 na anaruka futi 10. Aruke mara ngapi ili atoke?- Hawezi.
  6. Watu watatu wanavuka mto. Mmoja aliyaona maji na kuyakanyaga. Wapili aliyaona lakini hakuyakanyaga. Watatu hakuyaona wala kuyakanyaga. Watu hao ni kina nani?

Sifa

  1. Ni kauli fupi au ndefu.
  2. Hutuia lugha ya kimafumbo.
  3. Hutumia ufananisho wa kijazanda.
  4. Huhitaji mtu kuwaza ili kupata jibu.
  5. Hujengwa na vitu vinavyotokana na mazingira.
  6. Hazina muundo maalum kama methali, nahau na vitendawili
  7. Hupima uwezo wa msikilizaji wa kutambua jambo lililofichwa.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuimarisha stadi ya kusikiliza.
  2. Kunoa uwezo wa kufahamu.
  3. Kutoa mawaidha.
  4. Kufunza kuhusu maumbile.
  5. Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka.
  6. Kufunza mambo kuhusu mazingira na maumbile.
  7. Kukuza uwezo wa kutumia lugha.
  8. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri.
  9. Kuburudisha na kuchekesha.
  10. Kukuza uwezo wa kubuni.
    1. Vitanza Ndimi
  • Sentensi zenye mfuatano wa sauti zinazotatanisha kimatamshi zinapotamkwa kwa haraka.

Mifano

  1. Wataita wataita Wataita wa Taita.
  2. Waite wale wana wa liwali wale wali wa liwalii
  3. Kupa mpe akupao kumpa asokupa si kupa ni kutupa.
  4. Shirika la Reli la Rwanda limefungwa.
  5. Hilo lililoliwa ndilo nililolitaka.
  6. Mchuuzi wa mchuzi hana ujuzi wa mjusi wa juzi.
  7. Cha mkufuu mwanafuu ha akila hu cha mwanafuu mkufuu hu akila ha
  8. Pema usijapo pema ukipema si pema tena
  9. Nguo zisizotakikana zitachomwa zote.

Sifa

  1. Ni kauli fupi.
  2. Huwa na mchezo wa maneno.
  3. Huundwa kwa sauti zinazokaribiana kimatamshi.
  4. Hutumia maneno yenye maana zaidi ya moja au yenye sauti sawa.
  5. Hutanza/hutatiza ndimi za wengi wakalemewa kutamka.
  6. Hukanganya kimatamshi.

Umuhimu

  1. Kukuza matamshi bora mtu anapoendelea kutamka.
  2. Kukuza uwezo wa kufikiri haraka ili kujua maana za maneno ili kutamka ipasavyo.
  3. Kupanua ujuzi wa msamiati.
  4. Kuburudisha kwa kufurahisha na kuchangamsha.
  5. Husaidia kutofautisha maana za maneno.
  6. Kujenga stadi ya kusikiliza.
  7. Kukuza ubunifu kwa kuteua maneno yanayotatanisha kisauti na kimaana.
  8. Kujenga uhusiano bora kwa ucheshi.
    1. Lakabu
  • Jina la msimbo/kupanga/ambalo mtu hupewa au hujipa kutokana na sifa zake.

Asili ya Lakabu

  1. Tabia
  2. Sifa za kimaumbile
  3. Matendo
  4. Nasaba atokayo mtu.
  5. Tabaka
  6. Jinsi mtu anavyotamka maneno k.m. ung’eng’e.

Mifano

  1. Nyayo
    • Moi
  2. Simba wa Yuda
  • Haille Selassie
  1. Mkuki uwakao
  • Kenyatta
  1. Nyundo/Tingatinga
  • Raila
  1. Baba wa taifa
  • Rais
  1. Mama wa Taifa
  • Mke wa Rais

Sifa

  1. Huwa neno au fungu la maneno kadha.
  2. Huwa na maana iliyofumbwa.
  3. Huoana na sifa hasi au chanya za aliyepewa.
  4. Huwa za kusifu au kudhihaki.
  5. Huweza kudumu hata kusahaulisha jina halisi la mtu.
  6. Hutumia sitiari k.m. chui kumaanisha mkali.
  7. Hutumia taswira.
  8. Hushika sana kimatumizi miongoni mwa watu.

Umuhimu

  1. Kufahamisha sifa za mtu kwa kifupi.
  2. Huwa njia ya washairi ya kujitangaza bila kujisifu moja kwa moja.
  3. Hutumiwa kama ishara ya heshima kwa anayestahili heshima k.m. kiongozi.
  4. Kuficha utambulisho au jina halisi la mtu.
  5. Hutumiwa katika majigambo na mhusika kuonyesha ubingwa wake.
  6. Kuficha siri ili anayemrejelewa asijulikane k.m. kikulacho.
  7. Kukuza uhusiano bora miongoni mwa watani wanaporejeleana kwa lakabu.
  8. Kusifu tabia njema kwa kumpa mtu lakabu nzuri.
  9. Kudhihaki au kukashifu tabia mbaya kwa kumpa mtu lakabu mbaya
  10. Kutambulisha asili ya mtu.
    1. Misemo
  • Semi zinazobeba ukweli wa kijumla.

Mifano

  1. Binadamu ni udongo.
  2. Mwili haujengwi kwa mbao.
  3. Umaskini si kilema.
  4. Lila na fira havitangamani.
  5. Ndio kwanza mkoko ualike maua.
    • Mambo kuzidi kushika kasi.
  6. Mgomba haupandwi changaraweni ukamea
  • Jambo halifanywi mahali pasipofaa likapendeza.

Sifa

  1. Hutumia lugha ya muhtasari.
  2. Hutoa ukweli kwa jumla.
  3. Hazina muundo maalum.

Umuhimu

  1. Kusisitiza ujumbe.
  2. Kuongeza utamu katika lugha.
  3. Kusisitiza jambo fulani.
  4. Kufunza maadili au kuhimiza.
  5. Kuchochea hisi fulani.
    • Nahau

Fungu la maneno lenye maana tofauti na maana ya kawaida ya maneno hayo.

Mifano

 

  1. Kuasi ukapera
    • kuoa
  2. Kupiga vijembe
  • sema kwa mafumbo
  1. Ndege mbaya
  • bahati mbaya
  1. Kidudu mtu
  • mfitini
  1. Paka mafuta kwa mgongo wa chupa
  • Danganya au hadaa mtu
  1. Visha kilemba cha ukoka
  • Mpa mtu sifa za uongo ili umpumbaze
  1. Kubali shingo upande
  2. Kuyavulia maji ngu
  • kumaliza jambo fulani ulilolianzia
  1. Arusi ya ndovu kumla mwanawe
  • kubwa

 

Sifa

  1. Hutumia lugha ya kimkato.
  2. Maneno huwa na maana tofauti na ya kawaida.
  3. Kunazo huwa na maana zaidi ya moja k.v. kuja jamvi-kumaliza shughuli au kuondoka.
  4. Huundwa kwa neno moja, mawili au zaidi.
  5. Huibua taswira.
  6. Zina muundo maalum/huundwa kwa aina mbalimbali za maneno.

 

  1. T+T
  • kufa kupona
  • kufumba na kufumbua
    1. T+N
  • kupiga domo
  • kata kamba
    • T+E
  • Kujikaza kisabuni
  • kufa kiofisa
    1. N+N
  • donda dugu
  • domo kaya
    1. N+V
  • nyota njema
  • dege mbaya
  1. N+T
  • damu kumkauka
  • akili kumruka

 

Umuhimu

  1. Kukuza na kuendeleza msamiati wa maneno.
  2. Kupunguza ukali wa maneno (tafsida).
  3. Kuongeza utamu/ladha katika lugha.
  4. Kuhifadhi siri kwani sio wote wanajua maana.
  5. Kujaribu uwezo wa msikilizaji kufichua maana iliyofichika.
    • Misimu/simo
  • Semi ambazo huzuka katika mazingira na kipindi fulani.

Aina za Mizimu

  1. Inayotumika na kutoweka
  2. Inayokita kimatumizi kuingizwa katika Kiswahili sanifu k.m. toa chai, chokora, n.k.

Asili

 

  1. Ufupishaji maneno
    • komp
  2. Utohozi
  • Fathee
  • hepi
  1. Sitiari/jazanda
  • nyani-mlinda lango
  • fisi- mlafi
  1. Tanakali
  • mtutu- bunduki
  • ndala- malapulapu
  1. Uundaji maneno mapya
  • hanya
  1. Kupa maneno maana mpya
  • chuma-gari
  • toboa- faulu
  1. Kugeuza maneno
  • risto-stori
  1. Kuboronga lugha
  • ashu-ashara/kumi

Mifano

  • Jisikia sukari
    • kuringa
  1. Kaa ngumu
  • kutotishika/kuvumilia
  1. Chongoa mtu
  • mfanyia mzaha
  1. Kula njaro
  • kupuuza kazi
  1. Piga nduthe
  • kimbia/toroka
  1. Piga ngeta
  • kukaba koo
  1. Leta diambo
  • zozana/lalamika
  1. Ingia baridi
  • kuogopa
  1. Pewa msomo
  • gombezwa
  1. Kusota
  • kuishiwa na pesa
  1. Ingia mitini
  • toweka/toroka
  1. Kung`ara
  • kuvaa vizuri
  1. Marehemu George
  • nguo za mitumba
  1. Vaa chupa
  • vaa suruari nyembamba
  1. Kujisikia poa
  • kuwa na furaha
  1. Kula hepi
  • kuburudika
  1. Lala kibahasha
  • tulia tuli baada ya kushindwa katika jambo

 

Sifa

  1. Ni kauli fupi.
  2. Hutumiwa na kundi dogo la watu.
  3. Huzuka katika mazingira na kipindi maalum.
  4. Ni lugha ya kimafumbo.
  5. Hutumiwa na kundi dogo la watu katika jamii.
  6. Huzuka na kutoweka baada ya muda.
  7. Kunazo hudumu na kukubaliwa kama lugha sanifu k.v. matatu, bodaboda, chai, chokora, daladala, n.k.
  8. Huwa na maana nyingi k.m. ‘mahewa’ humaanisha mziki, uongo au ulevi wa dawa za kulevya.
  9. Maneno yana maana tofauti na ya kawaida.
  10. Si lugha sanifu na hivyo haipaswi kutumiwa katika mazungumzo rasmi.
  11. Hupendeza miongoni mwa watumizi.
  12. Hutoweka baada ya matumizi kwa muda.
  13. Hubadilika k.m. mbuyu na buda humaanisha baba.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuficha siri ya wanaoitumia.
  2. Kupanua lugha kimsamiati ikikubalika.
  3. Kurahisisha mawasiliano kwa kuondoa uchovu wa urasmi.
  4. Kuonyesha ubingwa wa lugha kwa kuhisi huonyesha umaarufu wa lugha
  5. Kutenga wasio wana kikundi.
  6. Kutafsidi/kupunguza ukali wa maneno k.m. Amepata bol-mimba.
  7. Kupamba lugha na kuifanya ivutie
  8. Kufanya wanakikundi wajihisi kuwa pamoja.
  9. Kujitambulisha na watu wa kikundi fulani.
    1. Shirikina
  • Semi ambazo huonyesha imani fulani ya kundi ya watu

Mifano

  1. Ukijikuna kiganja cha mikono utapata pesa.
  2. Ukila chakula gizani utakula na shetani.
  3. Kuzaliwa ukiwa na vidole sita ni kuwa na bahati.
  4. Bundi akilia karibu na nyumba mtu mmoja wa nyumba ile atafariki.

Umuhimu

  1. Kukataza maovu.
  2. Kuhifadhi utamaduni.
  3. Kuchangia umoja wa kitaifa kwa aina moja ya itikadi kupatikana katika jamii nyingi.
  4. Kutujulisha kuhusu itikadi za watu.
    1. Tanakali za Sauti (Onomatopeya)
  • Maneno ambayo huiga sauti ya jambo, tendo au tukio fulani

Mifano

  1. Boboka bobobo!
  • payuka ovyo ovyo
  1. Bwakia bwaku
  • akia upesi upesi
  1. Bwatika bwata
  • enda chini kwa mshindo
  1. Bweka bwebwebwe!
  • lia kama mbwa
  1. Chaga ngungundu
  • shikilia jambo
  1. Ng’o!
  • kutoambulia chochote
  1. Legalega lege
  • kosa kuwa imara
  1. Chakua nyakunyaku
  • tafuna kwa kutoa sauti ya kuudhi
  1. Bingirika bingiribingiri!
  • pinduka
  1. Birua biru!
  • angusha na kupindua
  1. Shindilia ndi!

       Mianguko

  1. Pu/kacha
  • tawi
  1. Pu, pu, pu
  • mfululizo
  1. Pukupuku!
  • mvua
  1. Pwa!
  • kwa matope
  1. Pwata!
  • kitu kinene
  1. Tang’!
  • sarafu pagumu
  1. Tapwi
  • matopeni
  1. Tifu
  • mchangani
  1. Tubwi/ chubwi
  • majini

 

Sifa

  1. Ni kauli fupi.
  2. Ni miigo ya sauti zinazotokea baada ya tendo fulani.
  3. Hazina muundo maalum.
  4. Hujumuishwa katika fani nyingine.
  5. Hutumia takriri.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuwezesha kuunda taswira ya jinsi mambo yanavyotokea.
  2. Kuonyesha hisia fulani.
  3. Kuongeza uzito kwa maneno.
  4. Kuongeza utamu katika mazungumzo.
  5. Kusisitiza jambo.
  6. Kuipa lugha ladha na mvuto.
  7. Kujenga tabia ya kusikiliza kwa makini ili kutambua mlio.
  8. Kukuza ustadi wa kuiga na kuigiza.
  9. Ni mbinu mojawapo ya mawasiliano.
    1. Takriri za maana
  • Mafungu ya maneno yanayosisitiza na kueleza maana zaidi ya kitendo.

Mifano

  1. Haambiliki hasemezeki
  2. Siku nenda siku rudi
  3. Tilia huku ukitolea kule
  4. Hasikii la mwadhini wala la mteka maji msikitini

Umuhimu

  1. Kutia ladha katika lugha na kuifanya iwe na mnato.
  2. Kusisitiza jambo.
  3. Kuonyesha ukwasi wa lugha ya mnenaji.
    • Tashbihi
  • Misemo ya ulinganisho

Sifa

  1. Ni fupi.
  2. Hutumia viungio kama, mithili ya, n.k.
  3. Huwa na ujumbe wa kina.
  4. Hutoa taswira ambayo husaidia keleza hulka kikamilifu.

Umuhimu

  1. Kueleza sifa za kinazozungumziwa
  2. Kuongeza lugha utamu
  3. Kuonyesha umilisi wa lugha wa mtumizi

USHAIRI

  • Utanzu wa fasihi unaotumia lugha ya mkato inayoeleza maudhui yake kwa ufupi.

Sifa

  1. Hutumia lugha ya kimkato.
  2. Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
  3. Huwasilishwa na mtu mmoja au kundi la watu.
  4. Huwa na muundo maalum k.v. beti, vipande na vina.
  5. Hutegemea sauti iliyo kipengele muhimu.
  6. Huandamana na ishara za mikono, uso n.k.
  7. Una mpangilio maalum wa maneno.
  8. Una uteuzi maalum wa maneno.
  9. Uwasilishaji wake huandamana na vitendo/uigizaji.
  10. Hurithishwa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine kwa mdomo.
  11. Huandamana na shughuli maalum k.v. matanga, kazi, n.k.
  12. Huwa na mapigo ya kimziki au huweza kuimbika.
  13. Huweza kuambatana na ala za mziki.
  14. Hadhira hushiriki katika uwasilishaji wa ushairi simulizi.

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha watu katika sherehe au shughuli fulani ya kijamii.
  2. Kutakasa hisia au kutoa hisia zinazomsumbua mtu.
  3. Kufunza maadili au tabia zinazokubalika na jamii.
  4. Kufariji watu kutokana na maafa, kifo au kushindwa.
  5. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga waliotendea jamii mambo makuu k.v. mashujaa.
  6. Kuhifadhi historia ya jamii k.m. maghani simulizi na tenzi.
  7. Kuhifadhi na kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
  8. Kuelimisha kuhusu suala fulani.
  9. Kukashifu/kukejeli sifa mbaya za wabaya.
  10. Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
  11. Kusifu na kutukuza mashujaa katika jamii (tenzi).
  12. Kukanya/kutahadharisha dhidi ya matendo maovu.
  13. Kukuza urembo au usanii wa lugha kwa kuwa una ufundi mkubwa wa matumizi ya lugha.
  14. Kuhamasisha jamii k.v. kisiasa.
  15. Kukuza ubunifu kwa mtunzi na mwasilishaji
  16. Kukuza ubunifu kwa kutunga kwa kuzingatia beti, mizani, vina na uteuzi maalum wa maneno.

Vipera vya Ushairi

  1. wimbo
  2. maghani
  3. mashairi mepesi (utungo unaokaririwa)
  4. ngojera (kwa majibizano)
  5. tendi au rara (husimuliwa kwa mapigo ya kishairi)
    1. Wimbo
  • Uungo wenye mahadhi ya kupanda na kushuka

Sifa

  1. Huwasilishwa kwa njia ya mdomo.
  2. Hutolewa kwa mahadhi ya kupanda na kushuka kwa sauti.
  3. Hutumia lugha ya mkato.
  4. Hadhira yaweza kuwepo au isiwepo.
  5. Huwa na mwimbaji au waimbaji wanaoimba.
  6. Waimbaji wanaweza kujivika maleba.
  7. Huweza kuambatana na ala k.v. ngoma, zeze, kayamba n.k.
  8. Huwa na urudiaji wa mstari au kifungu.
  9. Aghalabu huimbwa na kupokezanwa baina ya kiongozi na waimbaji
  10. Huimbwa tu au huambatana na kucheza.
  11. Huweza kuandamana na shughuli fulani k.v. arusi, kazi, matanga, n.k.
  12. Huwa na muundo maalum wa beti, mistari, vina, k.

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha k.m. tumbuizo.
  2. Nyenzo ya kiuchumi kwa baadhi ya watu.
  3. Kuliwaza k.m. mbolezi.
  4. Kuhimiza watu wakiwa kazini k.m. hodiya.
  5. Kuelimisha kuhusu suala fulani k.m. ukimwi, ufisadi, n.k.
  6. Kuhimiza uzalendo k.m. za siasa na taifa.
  7. Kumbembeleza mtoto aache kulia au alale k.m. bembelezi.
  8. Kukashifu/kukejeli mwenendo mbaya k.v. uchoyo, vivu, n.k.
  9. Kufunza maadili au tabia inayokubaliwa na jamii k.v. ukarimu, uaminifu, n.k.

Ubaya wa nyimbo

  1. Kutumiwa kueneza hisia za kikabila.
  2. Kutia watu kasumba.
  3. Hutumiwa kueneza propaganda ili kushawishi watu.
  4. Kupotosha kimaadili k.v. kuhimiza zinaa.
  5. Mtu akizizoea humlevya.

Aina za nyimbo

  1. Bembelezi/bembea
  • Nyimbo zilizoimbwa kumbembeleza/kumwongoa mtoto aache kulia au alale.

Sifa

  1. Huimbwa na mama au walezi.
  2. Aghalabu huwa fupi.
  3. Huimbwa kwa sauti ya chini.
  4. Huimbwa kwa sauti nyororo.
  5. Zina mapigo ya polepolena taratibu.
  6. Huwa na mahadhi mazuri.
  7. Huimbwa aghalabu mtoto akiwa amebebwa kwa mbeleko na mwimbaji akimpapasapapasa.
  8. Zina urudiaji wa maneno ya kibwagizo.
  9. Huwa na lugha ya kushawishi k.v. kutoa ahadi ya kununulia mtoto zawadi.

Majukumu

  1. Kumnyamazisha mtoto anapolia.
  2. Kuwaongoa watoto walale.
  3. Kutumbuiza watoto.
  4. Kusuta wasiowapa watoto malezi mema.
  5. Kuonya mtoto dhidi ya tabia hasi k.v. kulia ovyo.
  6. Kusifu mtoto.
  7. Kuonyesha msimamo wa jamii kuhusu mtoto.
  8. Kumfariji mtoto k.m. kutokana na kuumia akicheza.
    1. Nyimbo za watoto/chekechea
  • Zilizoimbwa na watoto wakati wa kucheza/shughuli zao

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha watoto.
  2. Kuwaelimisha watoto kuhusu jamii.
  3. Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano baina ya watoto kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja na kucheza bila kujali kabila, tabaka, n.k.
  4. Kukashifu tabia hasi miongoni mwa watoto k.v. uchoyo.
  5. Kukuza ubunifu miongoni mwa watoto wanapobuni nyimbo zinazooana na michezo yao.
  6. Kuifanya michezo ya watoto ipendeze.
  • Nyimbo za sifa/sifo
  • Za kujisifu au kusifu mtu kwa mchango wake katika jamii.

Sifa

  1. Zaweza kuwa nyiso, za arusi za kutawazwa n.k.
  2. Huimbwa katika muktadha maalum k.v. arusini, jandoni, n.k.
  3. Hutumia sitiari au kufananisha na mnyama, mkuki, n.k.
  4. Hupiga chuku sifa za anayesifiwa.

Majukumu

  1. Kusifu mtu kutokana na matendo yake mazuri.
  2. Kutangaza mchango na mafanikio ya anayesifiwa.
  3. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga matendo mazuri ya anayesifiwa.
  4. Kuburudisha watu katika sherehe fulani.
  5. Kuangazia matendo ya wahusika.
    1. Hodiya/yimbo za Kazi
  • Zilizoimbwa wakati wa kazi.

Sifa

  1. Huimwa watu wakifanya kazi k.v. uwindaji, ukulima, uvuvi, ubaharia, n.k.
  2. Huimbwa na mfanyakazi mmoja au kundi lao.
  3. Zina maneno ya kuhimiza.
  4. Urefu wake hutegemea kazi.
  5. Mdundo hutegemea kasi ya kazi ikama inafanywa kwa kasi mdundo ni wa kasi, kama polepole mdundo ni wa polepole.

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha watu wakifanya kazi.
  2. Kurahisisha kazi kwa kupunguza fikra za uchovu.
  3. Kuhimiza bidii kazini.
  4. Kuhimiza watu wapende kazi zao.
  5. Kuondoa uchovu na ukinaifu wakati wa kazi.
  6. Kuwatia moyo wafanyakazi wasikate tamaa.
  7. Kutambulisha jamii kwa kuonyesha shughuli zake za kazi.
  8. Kusifu kazi.
  9. Kukashifu uvivu.
  10. Kuonyesha matatizo na changamoto za wafanyikazi.
  11. Kujenga umoja na ushirikiano baina ya wafanyakazi wanapoziimba pamoja. Aina za hodiya
    1. Wawe/vave
  • Zinazoimbwa wakati wa kulima.
    1. Nyimbo za uwindaji
  • Zilizoimbwa watu wakienda au kutoka katika uwindaji.

Majukumu

  1. Kumburudisha mwindaji.
  2. Kumtoa mwindaji upweke.
  3. Kusifu mnyama.
  4. Kujasirisha wawindaji.
  5. Kimai
    • Zinazoimbwa katika shughuli za majini k.v. uvuvi na ubaharia.

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha wavuvi na mabaharia.
  2. Kuwajasirisha ili kukabili adha za baharini.
  3. Kuwatoa upweke.
    1. Nyimbo za mapenzi
      • Zilizoimbwa kutoa hisia za mapenzi.

Sifa

  1. Huwa na ujumbe wa kimapenzi.
  2. Maneno matamu yenye hisia nzito.
  3. Matumizi ya chuku k.m. sili wala silali.
  4. Huwa zina sifa au kashfa.

Mjukumu

  1. Kuburudisha anayezisikiliza.
  2. Kuomba uchumba au mapenzi.
  3. Kusifu tabia au urembo/umbo la mpenzi.
  4. Kusifu wapenzi.
  5. Kukashifu mpenzi asiye na sifa nzuri.
  6. Kusuta waliodhani penzi lisingefaulu.
  7. Kupunguza uzito wa hisia k.v. huzuni au udhia baada ya kusalitiwa na mpenzi.
  1. Nyimbo za arusi
    • Zinazoimbwa wakati wa kufunga ndoa.

Sifa

  1. Huimbwa kuonyesha hisia za wazazi, jamaa na marafiki
  2. Hushauri maharusi na waliohudhuria kuhusu majukumu ya ndoa
  3. Wakati mwingine husifia maharusi.

Majukumu

  1. Kutumbuiza maharusu na waliohudhuria.
  2. Kusifu maharusi.
  3. Kutoa pongezi kwa Bw. na Bi. arusi kwa kujihifadhi vyema.
  4. Kufunza majukumu ya ndoa.
  5. Kutoa mwongozo wa kupambana na vikwazo ndoani
  6. Kusuta mahasidi waliodhani ndoa isingefaulu.
  7. Kukanya na kutahadharisha watu wanaoingilia ndoa za watu kuziharibu.
    • Nyimbo za Dini
      • Zilizoandamana na shughuli za kidini.

Majukumu

  1. Kuabudu Mungu ama miungu.
  2. Kusifu mungu/miungu.
  3. Kutoa shukrani kwa mungu.
  4. Kuomba mema kutoka kwa Mungu au miungu.
  5. Kutoa mafunzo ya kidini.
  • Tumbuizo
    • Nyimbo za kujipa burudani
    • Huimbwa wakati wa mapumziko

Majukumu

  1. Kutumbuiza watu k.v. ngomani, arusini, n.k.
  2. Kuwapa vijana mwongozo/kuadilisha.
  1. Nyiso/Nyimbo za Tohara
  • Zinazohusiana na tohara.

Mfano

Ewe kilizi

Ulozowea kujificha

Nyuma ya mama kujikinga, dhidi ya milio

ya radi ilo juu mbinguni

Jua kesho ni siku ya siku

Siku ya kujua mbichi na mbivu

Kutofautisha jogoo na vipora,

            Ngariba taposhika, chake kijembe

Ndipo utakapojua bayani

Ukoo wetu si wa kunguru

Ikiwa hu tayari

Kisu kukidhihaki

Sithubutu kamwe, wanjani kuingia

sije kuniaibisha miye, amiyo na akraba nzima!

Sifa

  1. Huambatana na shughuli za jando (wavulana) na unyago (wasichana).
  2. Huimbwa faraghani katika mazingira ya tohara pekee.
  3. Huimbwa usiku wa kuamkia siku ya tohara.
  4. Zilitoa sifa kwa waliotahiriwa, wazazi na wasimamizi wao.
  5. Ziliimbwa kuwapa wavulana ujasiri wa kukabili kisu cha ngariba.
  6. Zilitoa mafunzo kuhusu majukumu mapya baada ya kutahiriwa.
  7. Hujumuisha watu maalum walioteuliwa kushiriki katika sherehe.
  8. Huhusisha watu wa jinsia na umri fulani.
  9. Maudhui yake hutegemea jinsia.
  • Majukumu
  1. Kuonyesha vijana wamevuka kutoka utotoni hadi utu uzima.
  2. Kuwaandaa vijana kwa uchungu watakaouhisi kupitia kijembe.
  3. Kuhimiza ujasiri na ukejeli uoga.
  4. Kusifu wahusika kwa ujasiri wa kukabili kisu na kuingia katika utu uzima.
  5. Kuburudisha waliohudhuria shughuli ya jando au unyago.
  6. Kuelekeza vijana kwenye matarajio mapya ya jamii.
  7. Kufunza majukumu katika utu uzima.
  8. Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano katika jamii kwa kuwaleta wanajamii pamoja.
    1. Mbolezo/Mbolezi
  • Nyimbo za kuomboleza.

Mfano

Nalitazama jua likichwa,

Matumaini yangu yakizama pamoja

na miale miekundu

Nalidhani lilikuwa jinamizi tu

Kwamba ulikuwa kesha n’acha

Walikuwa wameisha n’ambia

Walimwengu

Ela nilikataa katakata walosema

Nikajitia kuamini waloamba yalikuwa

Uzushi

Hadi siku hii nilopokea waraka,

Waraka ambao ulikuwajeneza ka kuzikia

Pendo letu la miongo miwili.

Sifa

  1. Huimbwa wakati wa maafa, kifo, makumbusho ya mtu au kushindwa katika jambo k.v. vita.
  2. Huimbwa kwa sauti ya chini.
  3. Hutofautiana kutoka jamii moja hadi nyingine.
  4. Huwa na mapigo ya polepole au taratibu.
  5. Huimbwa kwa toni ya huzuni/uchungu kuibua hisia za ndani za mwombolezaji.
  6. Aghalabu haziandamani na ala.

Majukumu

  1. Kuwafariji au kuwasaidia waliofiwa kukabiliana na uchungu wa kupoteza mpendwa wao.
  2. Kusifu aliyekufa kwa kutoa sifa zake chanya au michango yao.
  3. Kubembeleza roho za wafu(mizimu) ili kusitokee maafa mengine.
  4. Kuonyesha msimamo wa jamii kuhusu matokeo ya kifo k.v. husababishwa na pepo, maovu, njia ya kuingia mbinguni.
  5. Kutakaswa hisia za huzuni za aliyefiwa kumpunguzia uzito wa kumpotezea mpendwa wake.
  6. Kueleza kutoepukika kwa kifo.
  7. Kukejeli kifo.
    1. Nyimbo za Taifa
  • Nyimbo zinazoimbwa na watu wa taifa fulani.

Majukumu

  1. Kutambulisha taifa fulani.
  2. Kuonyesha utaifa.
  3. Kuonyesha uzalendo (mapenzi kwa nchi).
  4. Kuhimiza uzalendo.
  5. Kukashifu wasio wazalendo.
  6. Kusifu taifa fulani.
  • Nyimbo za Siasa
  • Zinazoimbwa katika shughuli za kisiasa.

Mfano

Ewe mainga wa Ndumi

Siwe uloambia akina mama

Siku tulopiga foleni

Chakula cha msaada kupata

Turudishe vifaranga kwenye miji

Wageuke vijusi tena

Njaa isiwaangamize?

 

Siwe ulopita

Matusi ukitema

Chumvi na sukari kuturushia ja samadi?

Ukatununua vihela uloturushia

Ukatununua kura ukapata?

Sasa miaka mitano imetimia

Waja tulaghai tena

Huna lolote safari hii

Ubunge umekudondoka ukitazama

Wanyonge tumea/mua

Kwingine kujaribu

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha watu katika shughuli za kisiasa.
  2. Kupinga dhuluma za viongozi.
  3. Kusifu viongozi na sera zao.
  4. Kukashifu/kukejeli wanasiasa wabaya.
  5. Kuonyesha matarajio ya watawaliwa kwa viongozi.
  6. Kusambaza elimu ya kisiasa.
  7. Kuwatia wananchi kasumba.
  8. Kueneza propaganda za kisiasa.
  9. Kuzindua au kuhamasisha jamii kisiasa.
  10. Kuliwaza wahasiriwa wa migogoro ya kisiasa.
  11. Kutia watu ari ya kufanya jambo fulani k.v. kupigania haki zao.
  • Nyimbo za Vita
    • Zinazoimbwa na askari vitani au baada ya vita.

Majukumu

  1. Kuburudisha washiriki.
  2. Kufunza namna ya kukabiliana na adui.
  3. Kujasirisha washiriki.
  4. Kusifu askari vitani.
  5. Kukejeli uoga.
  6. Kusifu mashujaa wa zamani.
  7. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza watu kuiga masujaa.
    • Kongozi
      • Za kuaga mwaka katika jamii za waswahili.
  1. Jadiiya
    • Nyimbo za jadi ambazo hupokezwa kutoka kizazi kimoja hadi kingine.
    • Huhusu matukio ya kihistoria k.v. shujaa, mateso, njaa, n.k.
  • Nyimbo za Kuzaliwa kwa Mtoto
  • Za kuonyesha au kuadhimisha kuzaliwa kwa mtoto.
    1. Maghani
  • Ushairi ambao hutolewa kwa kalima.

Sifa

  1. Husimulia matukio kwa kirefu hasa yanapotambwa.
  2. Hutolewa kwa kalima.
  3. Hutungwa papo hapo.
  4. Hutongolewa mbele ya hadhira
  5. Hutungwa kwa ufundi mkubwa.
  6. Hutolewa na mtu mmoja au kundi la watu.

Aina za Maghani

  1. Maghani ya kawaida
  • Ambayo hugusia maswala ya kawaida kama mapenzi, siasa, harusi, kazi, maombolezo n.k.
  • Husemwa/huganwa tu bila kusimuliwa.
  1. Maghani Simulizi
  • Maghani ambayo husimulia hadithi kuhusu tukio la kihistoria.
  • Huhusu, mtu, tukio, kitu, mnyama, n.k.

Sifa

  1. Hutokea kama hadithi.
  2. Husimulia tukio la kihistoria.
  3. Ni ndefu.
  4. Waimbaji wake huitwa manju/yeli.
  5. Huandamana na ala kama zeze, marimba, n.k.

Tofauti kati ya maghani ya kawaida na maghani simulizi

Maghani ya kawaida Maghani simulizi
ü  Ni fupi.

ü  Haitumii ala.

ü  Huhusu maswala ya kawaida.

ü  Husemwa.

ü  Ni ndefu .

ü  Hutumia ala.

ü  Kihistoria.

 

 

ü  Huimbwa.

Maghani ya Kawaida

  1. Vivugo/majigambo
  • Utungo wa kujisifu au kujigamba.

Sifa

  1. Hutungwa baada ya ushindi wa harakati ngumu k.v. kesi, kumuua simba, kuoa msichana aliyependwa na wengi n.k.
  2. Fanani ni mwanamme.
  3. Hutungwa papo hapo.
  4. Hutungwa na kughanwa na mhusika mwenyewe.
  5. Hutumia chuku k.m. kujisifu kupita kiasi.
  6. Anayejigamba hujipa jina la kiistiari k.m. mnyama.
  7. Mhusika huvaa maleba yanayooana na tukio analojisifia.
  8. Kuna kutaja jina na ukoo wa baba na mama.
  9. Anayejisifu huahidi kutenda maajabu zaidi.
    1. Pembezi/pembejezi
  • Aina ya tondozi inayokusudiwa kusifu watu aina fulani katika jamii kutokana na matendo au mchango wao.
  • v. watawala, walezi wazuri, mashujaa wa vita, waganga mashuhuri hata wapenzi waliopigania pendo lao.

Mfano

Nani kama wewe mama?

Nani anokufana ‘mwaitu’

Subira uliumbiwa

Bidii nd’o jina lako la pili

Moyo wenye heba

Msimamo usoyumba

Anoelekeza kwa imani

Anoadhibu kwa mapenzi makuu

Mzazi, mlezi na rafiki wa dhati

Tangu siku za kusimama dede.

  • Tondozi
  • Utungo wa kutukuza watu, wanyama na vitu.
  • v. watu mashuhuri, wapenzi, mifugo, miti mikubwa.

Mfano

Kipungu kipungu

Nani kama yeye?

Hashindiki kwa nia

Hashindiki kwa shabaha

Hulenga binguni

Hutia ghera kufikiwa peo

Peo zisofikika kwa wanokata tama

Kipungu, kipungu, hachi tufani za anga.

Maghani Simulizi

  1. Sifo
  • Tungo za kusifu watu kutokana na matendo yao ya kishujaa.
  • Sifa zake hukaribiana na za tenzi hasa ikiwa ni shujaa anasifiwa.
  1. Tendi/tenzi
  • Ushairi mrefu unaoelezea maisha ya mashujaa tangu kuzaliwa hadi kufa kwao.
  • v. Utenzi wa Fumo Liyongo, Sundiata, Shaka Zulu, Wang`ombe waihura n.k.

Mfano

Asiyemjua mjua aliongwe atamjua

Namjuza kwa sifa zake alizokuwa nazo

Alisimika ufalme uliosifiwa

Akawa shujaa asiyetishwa

  • Utungo huu waweza kuwa wimbo wa sifa au utendi!

Sifa

  1. Huwa masimulizi yanayotolewa kishairi.
  2. Hutoa wasifu wa shujaa.
  3. Huwa na matumizi ya chuku.
  4. Wahusika hupewa sifa zisizo kawaida (kiungu).
  5. Ni masimulizi mrefu.
  6. Matumizi ya sitiari k.v. kulinganisha wasifiwa na wanyama wakali.
  7. Huangazia matendo ya mashujaa.
  8. Husimulia matukio ya kihistoria.
  9. Huimbwa pamoja na ala ya kimziki.
  10. Hutungwa papo kwa papo na kuhifadhiwa katika ubongo.
  11. Hujumuisha mbolezi zinazoonyesha anguko la shujaa.

Lengo

  1. Kuburudisha wanajamii.
  2. Kusifu mashujaa wa jamii.
  3. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza wengine kuwaiga mashujaa.
  4. Kukuza ubunifu kwa kutunga papo hapo.
  5. Kuimarisha uwezo wa kukumbuka kwa kutungwa na kuhifadhiwa akilini.
  6. Kuburudisha waliohudhuria sherehe ampapo yanatolewa.
  7. Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii
  8. Kukuza ufasaha wa lugha kwa fanani.
  9. Kufunza maadili.
  • Rara
  • Hadithi fupi na nyepesi za kishairi zenye visa vya kusisimua.

Mfano

Alichukua mkoba wake

Akanipa kisogo

Kana kwamba hakunijua

Kana kwamba hakusema, “Hadi mauko”.

 

Hakujali penzi letu

Hakujali wana

Ambao ndiye alowapa uhai

Alijua nilimpenda

Ila hata hilo alijipa kujipurukusha

Akayoyomea

Akamezwa na ulimwengu.

Sifa

  1. Huhusu mambo ya kubuni au ya kweli k.v. sherehe ya uhuru, kesi ya mauaji, n.k.
  2. Huhusu maswala ibuka na ya kawaida.
  3. Hadithi huwasilishwa katika beti.
  4. Huandamana na ala za mziki.
  5. Hutolewa kwa toni ya kitanzia.
  6. Huwa na visa vya kusisimua.
  7. Huwa na ucheshi wenye kinaya.
  8. Maswala hayatoleai kwa uwazi bali hufumbwa na kudokezwa.
  9. Huwa na uigizaji/utendaji.
  10. Mambo yanayosimuliwa hupigwa chuku.
  1. Rara nafsi
  • Ushairi ambao hutungwa na mtu kuelezea hisia, matatizo na fikra zake mwenyewe.

Mfano

Muda umefika wa pingu kutiwa

Kutiwa silisili, kwani si utashi wangu

Ukoo waniuza, mithili ya kondoo sokoni

Mwambieni shangazi kwaheri nampigia

Hata angataka kuniopoa hawezi

Kwani mahari imetolewa

Mifugo kikwi nduguye amepokea

Kwaheri mama, kwaheri dada.

Sifa

  1. Hugusia maswala yanayoathiri hisia za mtu binafsi kama vile mapenzi, usaliti, talaka, kifo.
  2. Huwasilishwa kwa njia ya uimbaji unaoandamana na ala ya mziki.
  3. Mzungumzaji huzungumza moja kwa moja na hadhira au aliyeandikiwa rara hii-mkewe, mpenziwe, mwanawe, Mungu, miungu.
  4. Hutolewa katika miktadha k.v. mazishi kusifu aliyekufa, harusi na Bi. Arusi kama ameshinikizwa kuolewa.
    1. Ngonjera
  • Mashairi ya kujibizana/kulumbana-yenye muundo wa kimazungumzo.

Sifa

  1. Huwa na wahusika wawili au zaidi.
  2. Mhusika mmoja huuliza jambo na mwingine hujibu.
  3. Huendelezwa kwa njia ya wimbo.
  4. Wahusika kupingana mwanzoni.
  5. Wahusika huafikiana kufikiwa mwisho.

Umuhimu

  1. Majibizano hukuza ubunifu kwa kila mmoja kuonyesha umaarufu.
  2. Kukuza ujasiri wa kuzungumza hadharani.
  3. Kuimarisha stadi ya kuongea.
  4. Kuburudisha hadhira.
    1. Mashairi Mepesi.
  5. Mashairi ya kawaida ambayo hupatikana katika ushairi simulizi.
  6. Hujumuisha mashairi mafupi ya kihisia, kimapenzi, kusifu na kukosoa watu.

Vigezo vya Uchanganuzi wa Tungo za Ushairi Simulizi

  1. Kuainisha utungo kimaudhui/aina
  2. Kuthibitisha ni aina fulani ya utungo wa kishairi/sifa.
  3. Kutaja sifa zinazojitokeza za ushairi simulizi/utungo fulani wa ushairi simulizi.
  4. Muktadha ambamo unaweza kutolewa.
  5. Kuandika mbinu za kifasihi zilizotumiwa katika utungo huo.
  6. Kufafanua sifa za jamii zinazojitokeza katika utungo.
  7. Kuandika majukumu ya aina hiyo ya utungo wa ushairi katika
  8. Anayeimba/nafsi imbi ni nani?
  9. Kuandika maadili yanayojitokeza katika utungo.
  10. Kueleza toni ya utungo huo.

MAZUNGUMZO

  • Maongezi ya mdomo yenye usanii.

Sifa

  1. Huwa maongezi yenye usanii mkubwa.
  2. Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
  3. Hutolewa mbele ya hadhira.
  4. Hutolewa kwa njia isiyokera.
  5. Huambatana na sherehe fulani k.m. taabili katika matanga.
  6. Hutegemea sauti na vitendo.
  7. Huhusisha matumizi ya ishara k.v. za uso, mikono na miondoko.
  8. Huhitaji ustadi wa kuzungumza ili kuteka hadhira.
  9. Hutolewa na watu wenye umilisi mkubwa wa lugha.

Vipera vya Mazungumzo

  1. Hotuba
    • Maelezo yanayotolewa mbele ya watu kuhusu mada fulani.
    • Huhusisha mada maalum sio suala lolote tu.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuelimisha kwa kupa maarifa ya kukabiliana na maisha k.v. jandoni na arusini.
  2. Kuadilisha au kutoa nasaha hadharani.
  3. Huimarisha ukakamavu wa kuzungumza kadiri watu wanavyotoa hotuba hadharani.
  4. Kukuza ufasaha na umilisi wa lugha.
  5. Kupalilia kipawa cha uongozi.
  6. Kuelimisha kwa kupatia watu maarifa ya kukabiliana na changamoto za maisha.

Aina za Hotuba

  1. Risala
  • Hotuba inayowasilishwa mbele ya watu kueleza jambo fulani k.m. ya wafanyakazi kwa waajiri wao.
  1. Mhadhara
  • Hotuba inayotolewa kwa hadhira fulani kufafanua somo au mada fulani.
  1. Kumbukizi
  • Hotuba zinazohusu tukio fulani la kihistoria kuhusu mtu au kitu.
  1. Mahubiri
  • Hotuba zinazohusu masuala ya kidini.
  1. Taabili
  • Hotuba kuhusu aliyeaga dunia zinazohusu sifa zake nzuri.
  1. Malumbano Ya Utani
  • Mazungumzo ya kutaniana.

Aina

  1. Utani wa mawifi na mashemeji
  2. Utani wa marafiki
  • Utani wa vijana
  1. Utani wa watoto
  2. Utani wa marika/ watu wa hirimu moja
  • Wewe ni mweusi kiasi kwamba ukiingia chumbani taa zinazimika.
  1. Utani wa mababu/mabibi na wajukuu
  • Ee mume wangu, mbona walala mapema hivi? Utawezaje kulilinda boma letu ikiwa wewe ndiwe wa kwanza kujizika kitandani.
  • Utani wa maumbu (ndugu na dada)
  • Wewe unajifanya jasiri na juzi baba alikukemea kidogo tu ukaanza kutetemeka kama kondoo aliyenyeshewa.
  • Utani wa mazishi
  • Afadhali umekufa tukakuzika, sasa maghala yetu yatasalimika.
  1. Utani wa makabila/ki ukoo
    • Wakikuyu wanapenda pesa kiasi kwamba maiti ikisikia mlio wa sarafu inaweza kufufuka.
    • Wakamba wa ukoo wa Akanga wanapenda nyama kiasi cha kula kijusi cha mbuzi.

Sifa

  1. Huwa kati ya watu wawili au makundi mawili ya watu.
  2. Hufanywa kwa kujibizana papo hapo.
  3. Hufanywa kwa njia isiyo ya kuudhi.
  4. Hutumia maneno ya mizaha.
  5. Hutumia lugha ya ucheshi.
  6. Hufanywa na watu wenye uhusiano mzuri.
  7. Huchukua njia ya ushindani kila mmoja akitaka kumpiku mwenzake.
  8. Watanianao huwa wamekubaliana kufanya hivyo.
  9. Hufanyika katika wakati unaofaa sio baada ya kukutana tu.
  10. Huhusisha masimango au kumkumbusha mtu wema uliomtendea.
  11. Hutumia chuku sana kusisitiza au kukejeli sifa fulani hasi.
  12. Huhusisha wakati mwingine utaniaji wa wasiokuwepo ukiambatanishwa na uigizaji wa kuchekesha.
  13. Hutegemea uhusiano ulio kati ya wanajamii au makabila.
  14. Huandamana na sherehe kama matanga.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuburudisha kutokana na ucheshi.
  2. Kuimarisha urafiki wa watu walio na uhusiano mwema wanaotaniana.
  3. Hustawisha ufundi wa lugha.
  4. Kukashifu tabia hasi k.v. ulafi, uchoyo, wivu, n.k.
  5. Kukosoa wanajamii kwa njia ya kejeli/dhihaka
  6. Kuimarisha umoja na ushirikiano kati ya wahusika.
  7. Kuliwaza k.m. unaofanywa wakati wa maombolezo.
  8. Kukuza na kudumisha mila na desturi za jamii.
  9. Kukuza utangamano baina ya watu na wanajamii wanapokuja pamoja na kutaniana.
  10. Kuhimiza watu kujieleza kwa uwazi kwa kupunguza urasmi miongoni mwa wanajaii.
  11. Hudhihirisha uhusiano mwema baina ya watu wa jamii fulani.

Changamoto Sasa

  1. Mabadiliko katika jamii yaliyosababisha baadhi ya wanajamii kupoteza nyenzo hii.
  2. Kuingiliana kwa watu wa jamii mbalimbali.
  • Soga
  • Mazungumzo ya kupitisha wakati yasiyozingatia mada maalum.

Sifa

  1. Hutokea baina ya watu wa rika moja.
  2. Humithilisha uhalisia badala ya kuunakili.
  3. Hutumia chuku na kufanywa ljambo lionekane kama halina uhalisia.
  4. Hukejeli watu au hali fulani.
  5. Wahusika ni wa kubuni.
  6. Hutumia vichekesho kupunguza ukali wa ukweli uliomo.
  7. Wahusika hupewa majina ya wanajamii husika.
  8. Huwa na mafunzo au maadili.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuburudisha kwa kuchekesha.
  2. Kufunza maadili.
  3. Kukejeli matendo yasiyofaa katika jamii
  4. Kukuza ubunifu baina ya washiriki.
  5. Kufunza kuhusu matendo na tabia za kibinadamu.
  6. Huwa msingi wa utani unaokuwapo katika jamii.
  7. Kuonya na kutahadharisha dhidi ya tabia siyokubalika.
  8. Mawaidha
  • Mazungumzo ya kutoa ushauri kuhusu jambo fulani.

Sifa

  1. Huwasilishwa mbele ya watu.
  2. Hugusia takriban vipengele vyote vya maisha ya binadamu.
  3. Aghalabu hutolewa na watu wenye umri mkubwa.
  4. Hulenga maudhui maalum na ya aina nyingi kutegemea jinsia, umri, shughuli, n.k.
  5. Hutumia lugha ya kubembeleza na isiyoonyesha ukali.
  6. Hutumia lugha ya kuathiri hisia.
  7. Huwa na ufasaha mkubwa wa lugha.
  8. Ni mawazo mazito kuhusu maisha.
  9. Hutolewa katika miktadha rasmi na isiyo rasmi.
  10. Ujumbe hulenga hadhira maalum k.m. ya kike au kiume.
  11. Hutumia fani nyingine za fasihi kama methali, misemo, ngano, nyimbo n.k. kupitisha mawaidha.
  12. Huibua maadili yanayohitaji kuzingatiwa.

Muundo wa Mawaidha

  1. Utangulizi
    • Kutoa kauli ya kuvutia makini ya hadhira k.v. ‘Utu uzima huenda na uwajibikaji’, au kueleza kiini cha mawaidha.
  2. Mwili
  • Kutoa wosia, maonyo, maelekezo kutegemea suala analotolea mawaidha akitumia jazanda, kupanda na kushuka kwa sauti, kimya, miondoko, kubadilisha kasi ya kuzungumza, kudondoa semi za watu maarufu, n.k.
  1. Hitimisho
  • Kuonyesha msimamo kuhusiana na suala analozungumzia.
  • Kushirikisha hadhira ili kujua msimamo wao kuhusu suala alilowausia.
  • Hadhira kutoa changamoto kuhusiana na mawaidha yanayotolewa.

Umuhimu wa mawaidha

  1. Kuelekeza jamii kimaadili.
  2. Kuelekeza kuhusu jinsi ya kukabiliana na changa moto maishani.
  3. Kushauri jinsi ya kutenda jambo fulani.
  4. Kujasirisha waoga na kuwapa ukakamavu.
  5. Kuwaondolea wanajamii ujinga.
  6. Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza mila na desturi za jamii.
  7. Njia ya kipato kwa baadhi ya watu.
  8. Kuelimisha kuhusu maarifa ya kuendeshea maisha, majukumu na matarajio ya jamii.
  9. Ulumbi
    • Uwezo na ustadi wa kuzungumza kwa uhodari mkubwa.

Miktadha Ambamo Ulumbi Hutumika Katika Jamii

  1. katika mijadala mbungeni
  2. katika hotuba za kisiasa
  3. katika mahubiri maabadini
  4. katika mijadala shuleni
  5. kortini
  6. katika shughuli za kijamii k.v. posa
  7. katika sala/dua
  8. katika maapizo
  9. katika malumbano ya utani
  10. katika majigambo/vivugo

Sifa

  1. Hufanywa mbele ya hadhira.
  2. Huwa na lengo maalum k.v. kushawishi, kuelimisha, kushauri n.k.
  3. Hutumia tamathali za usemi kwa ufanifu mkubwa k.v. chuku, misemo, methali, n.k.
  4. Lugha huwa yenye mvuto na ufasaha.
  5. Hutumia lugha yenye taharuki na ushawishi.
  6. Unenaji huambatana na utumizi wa ishara/ viziada lugha.
  7. Uwasilishaji huwa sahili na wenye ujumbe mzito.
  8. Huwa na urudiaji mwingi ili kusisitiza na kuvutia usikivu.
  9. Huwa na matumizi ya taharuki k.v. mtuo.
  10. Huwa na mtiririko mzuri wa mawazo.

Sifa za Mlumbi

  1. Asiwe mwoga ili kuweza kuzungumza hadharani.
  2. Asiwe na haya ili kuweza kuzungumzia mambo ya aibu inapobidi.
  3. Awe mchanganfu na mcheshi ili kunasa makini ya hadhira na kuzuia isikinai.
  4. Awe na ufahamu mpana wa utamaduni wa hadhira asitumie maneno na ishara zinazoweza kuwaudhi au kupingana na imani za hadhira.
  5. Awe na uwezo wa kuingiliana vizuri na hadhira ili aivutie.
  6. Awe na kumbukumbu nzuri ili ulumbi wake utiririke vizuri.
  7. Awe na uwezo wa kudramatisha ili kuonyesha picha fulani k.v. ishara za uso, mwili, miondoko kuonyesha picha ya analozungumzia.
  8. Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
  9. Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo hadhira isikinai.
  10. Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira k.v. kwa maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu wa kusikiliza.
  11. Awe na uwezo wa kutumia mtuo wa kidrama ili kuongeza taharuki, kusisitiza ujumbe na kuteka makini ya hadhira.

Umuhimu

  1. Hukuza uwezo wa kujieleza na kusema hadharani kwa kujiboresha kadiri anavyoendelea.
  2. Kigezo cha kuteulia viongozi wa baadaye kwani ushawishi humtambulisha mlumbi kama mwenye uwezo wa kuongoza.
  3. Kuelimisha jamii kwa njia isiyochosha.
  4. Kudumisha umoja na ushirikiano jamii inapokusanyika pamoja kusikilizaulumbi.
  5. Kuhamasisha na kuzindua jamii juu ya suala fulani.
  6. Kushawishi walengwa wakubali jambo fulani.
  7. Kukuza uwezo wa mwanajamii kushawishi na kupatanisha.
  8. Kushawishi watu wapende jambo fulani.
  9. Kuburudisha wasililizaji.
  10. Maapizo
  • Maombi maalum ya kumtaka Mungu, miungu au mizimu kumwadhibu mhusika hasidi, mkinzani au muovu.

Mfano

Ikiwa kweli wewe ni mkazamwanangu,

Nami ndiye nilompa uhai mwana unoringia,

Anokufanya upite ukinitemea mate,

Chakula kuninyima, wajukuu kunikataza ushirika,

Miungu nawaone chozi langu, wasikie kilio changu,

Mizimu nawaone uchungu wangu,

Radhi zao wasiwahi kukupa,

Laana wakumiminie,

Uje kulizwa mara mia na wanao,

Usiwahi kufurahia hata siku moja pato lao,

Watalokupa likuletee simanzi badala ya furaha,

Wakazawanao wasikuuguze katika utu uzima wako!

Sifa

  1. Yalitolewa kwa waliokwenda kinyume na matarajio ya jamii.
  2. Yalifanywa mahali maalum k.v. makaburini, porini, chini ya miti mikubwa, n.k.
  3. Hutolewa kwa ulaji kiapo.
  4. Yalitolewa na mwathiriwa au watu maalum walioteuliwa.
  5. Maapizo huaminiwa yataleta maafa kwa jamii.
  6. Watoaji maapizo walikuwa walumbi.
  7. Maapizo hutumia lugha kali inayonuiwa kutia woga ili kutahadharisha dhidi ya maovu.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuonya na kutahadharisha wanajamii dhidi ya maovu.
  2. Kutambulisha jamii kwani kila mojawapo ina aina yake ya kuapiza.
  3. Kukuza umoja katika jamii kwani kaida na miiko hufanya wanajamii kujihisi kuwa kitu kimoja.
  4. Kuadilisha wanajamii kwa kujifunza kutenda mema ili kuepuka laana.

MAIGIZO

  • Utanzu wa fasihi simulizi unaoambatana na vitendo.
  • Sanaa ya mazungumzo yanayoambatana na vitendo.

Sifa

  1. Huwa na watendaji au waigizaji.
  2. Huwasilishwa mbele ya hadhira.
  3. Huwasilishwa mahali maalum k.v. ukumbini.
  4. Huwasilishwa kwa mazungumzo na matendo
  5. Waigizaji hujivika maleba yanayooana kutia uhai maigizo.
  6. Matayarisho kabambe hufanywa kabla ya maigizo.
  7. Huweza kuambatana na ngoma pamoja na uimbaji.
  8. Lugha ni yenye ufundi wa juu k.v. picha, mafumbo na tamathali.
  9. Huweza kuambatana na sherehe fulani ya kitamaduni k.v. jando, matanga, n.k.
  10. Huwasilishwa kwa lugha sahili.
  11. Hujaa taswira zinazoweza kutambulika na hadhira.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuburudisha wahusika na hadhira.
  2. Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
  3. Kuimarisha uwezo wa kuzungumza hadharani-kupata ukakamavu jinsi mtu anapoendelea kuigiza.
  4. Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano watu wanapojumuika pamoja kutazama maigizo.
  5. Kukuza uwezo wa kukumbuka kwani mwigizaji huhitaji kukumbuka maneno halisi.
  6. Kukejeli kitendo kisichofaa/cha kijinga alichofanya mtu.
  7. Njia ya kipato/kuwatafutia riziki baadhi ya watu.
  8. Kutoa nafasi kwa watu kudhihirisha vipawa vyao.
  9. Kuonya na kutahadharisha watu dhidi ya kufaya mambo yasiyofaa.
  10. Kuelimisha watu wafahamu jambo fulani k.v. ukimwi, ufisadi, n.k.
  11. Kukosoa watu wanaofanya kinyume na matarajio ya jamii k.v. wivu, uchoyo, n.k.
  12. Kupitisha maarifa na amali za kijamii.

Ploti

  1. Utangulizi-kutambulisha mgogoro
  2. Ukuzaji wa mgogoro
  3. Kilele cha mgogoro
  4. Usuluhishaji wa mgogoro

Aina za maigizo

  1. Maigizo Ya Kawaida
  • Maonyesho ya jadi yakiwa yameondolewa kwenye mazingira yake halisi.
    1. Sanaa ya Maonyesho
  • Matendo ya kweli yanayojitokeza katika jamii kulingana na mazingira yake halisi k.m. uganga, mazishi, unyago, ngoma, n.k.

Tofauti

Maigizo ya kawaida Sanaa ya maonyesho
ü  Mazingira ya kuzua/maalum

ü  Matukio ya kuiga

ü  Huwa na wahusika na hadhira maalum

ü  Matumizi ya ukumbi na jukwaa maalum

ü  Hutumia maleba na vifaa vya kuzua mazingira maalum

ü  Hugawika katika maonyesho Kutumia lugha kwa njia maalum

ü  Wahusika hufanya mazoezi kabla ya igizo halisi

ü  Hutumia mazingira halisi

ü  Matukio halisi/ ya kila siku.

ü  Washiriki na waigizaji walio pia hadhira

ü  akuna haja ya ukumbi wala jukwaa

ü  Hakuna vifaa maalum bali huwa mazingira yenyewe.

 

ü  Muundo wake hufululuza au hayajagawika katika maonyesho.

 

ü  Hawahitaji kufanya mazoezi kwani ni matukio ya kila siku.

 

Maigizo ya kawaida

  1. Michezo ya Kuigiza
  • Maigizo ambayo huwasilishwa na watendaji jukwaani mbele ya watu.

Sifa za Mwigizaji bora

  1. Awe jasiri ili aweze kuigiza mbele ya watu/hadharani.
  2. Awe na ubunifu ili aweze kufanya uigizaji kuvutia na kuondoa ukinaifu.
  3. Awe na ujuzi wa kutumia ishara za uso, mwili na miondoko kuonyesha picha ya hali anayoigiza.
  4. Awe na ujuzi na ufasaha wa lugha ili kuwasilisha mawazo kwa njia mwafaka na inayovutia.
  5. Aweze kubadilisha toni na kiimbo kulingana na hali tofauti anazoigiza k.v. huzuni.
  6. Awe na uwezo wa kushirikisha hadhira kwa maswali ya balagha ili kuondoa uchovu.
  7. Awe na uwezo wa ufaraguzi/ kubadilisha uigizaji wake papo hapo kutegemea hadhira yake na kutoa mifano inayofahamika kutoka katika mazingira ya hadhira.
  8. Awe anaelewa utamaduni wa hadhira yake ili asitumie maneno na ishara ambazo zinaudhi ama kukinzana na na imani zao.
  1. Vichekesho
    • Michezo ya kuigiza inayokusudiwa kuzua kicheko ili kupitisha ujumbe k.m. vioja, vitimbi n.k.

Sifa

  1. Vichekesho huigizwa.
  2. Huwasilishwa kwa lugha sahili.
  3. Hujaa taswira zinazoweza kutambulika na hadhira.
  4. Hutumia mbinu ya kejeli, kunaya na tashtiti.
  5. Vichekesho huwa vifupi.
  6. Havihitaji uchambuzi wa ndani ili kuvielewa au kupata maana.

Jukumu

  1. Kuburudisha hadhira kwa kuchekesha.
  2. Kuelimisha kwa kuonyesha jambo la kijinga alilofanya mtu.
  3. Njia ya kuwapatia watu riziki.
  4. Hutumika katika hadithi kuifanya ivutie.
  5. Kukejeli kitendo fulani kisichofaa alichofanya mtu fulani.
  6. Kukashifu matendo hasi ya kijinga.
  7. Kuadilisha ama kutoa funzo fulani la tabia njema.
    • Ngonjera
    • Ngonjera inayoambatana na uigizaji/utendaji.

Sifa

  1. Kuweko kwa uigizaji/utendaji k.v. ishara za uso na mikono.
  2. Huwa na wahusika wawili au zaidi.
  3. Huendelezwa kwa njia ya wimbo.
  4. Mhusika mmoja huuliza jambo na mwingine hujibu.
  5. Wahusika kupingana mwanzoni.
  6. Wahusika hufikia uafikiano kufikia mwisho.
  1. Michezo ya Watoto/Chekechea
  • Michezo inayoigizwa na watoto katika shughuli zao.

Aina

  1. Mchezo wa baba na mama
  2. Kuruka kamba
  3. Kujificha na kutafutana
  4. Kukimbiza kibaramwezi dhidi ya upepo ili kizunguke
  5. Mchezo wa baba na mama

Sifa

  1. Waigizaji ni watoto.
  2. Huhusu shughuli za kiuchumi na kitamaduni k.v. arusi, siasa, ukulima.
  3. Huandamana na nyimbo za watoto.
  4. Huwa na miondoko mingi k.v. kujificha, kuruka.
  5. Huwa na matumizi mengi ya takriri.
  6. Huchezwa popote.
  7. Huwa na kanuni fulani.
  8. Hukoma watoto wakichoka au wakikiuka kanuni

Umuhimu

  1. Kufunza watoto majukumu yao ya utu uzima.
  2. Kuwatanguliza watoto katika sanaa ya uigizaji.
  3. Kukuza ubunifu wa watoto kadiri wanapoendelea kuigiza.
  4. Kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
  5. Kuburudisha watoto.
  6. Kukuza stadi ya uigizaji miongoni mwa watoto.
  7. Kukuza utangamano miongoni mwa watoto kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja.
  8. Kukashifu matendo hasi ya watu wazima kwa watoto.
  9. Kuwapa watoto ukakamavu na kujiamini wakiwa wachanga.
    1. Majigambo/vivugo
  • Uigizaji ambapo wahusika hujigamba kwa matendo ya kishujaa.

Mfano

Ndimi Kisoi, dume la ukoo mtukufu

Ulojipamba kwa mabingwa

Wachezaji hodari wa ngoma

Ndimi dume liloingia nyanjani

Makoo yakatetemeka

Yakang’ang’ania, ngozi kusakata nani

 

Kijiji kizima kilinijua

Wazee walilienzi

Wakamiminika kiamboni

Mabinti kunikabithi.

Sifa

  1. Aghalabu huambatana na ngoma.
  2. Hujitokeza, kujigamba na kisha kuendelea kucheza ngoma.
  3. Anayejigamba hubeba zana zake za vita kama vile mkuki na ngao kuonyesha aliyotenda.
  4. Anayejigamba huvaa maleba kuambatana na jambo analojisifia.
    1. Utambaji
  • Usimulizi wa hadithi unaoambatana na uigizaji.
  • Huwa na matumizi ya vizuizui.
  • Mazingira
  • Uigizaji wa maumbile asilia yaliyozunguka jamii ya watu k.v. sauti za wanyama.
  • Kuna matumizi ya viziuzui, matawi n.k.

Sanaa ya Maonyesho

  1. Ngoma
  • Uchezeshaji wa viungo vya mwili kuambatana na mdundo au miondoko maalum.

Aina

 

  1. Ngoma za wanawake
  2. Ngoma za tohara
  3. Ngoma za wanaume
  4. Ngoma za sherehe
  5. Ngoma za vijana
  6. Ngoma za unyago na jando
  7. Ngoma za wazee
  8. Ngoma za arusi
  9. Ngoma za kufukuza mapepo
  10. Ngoma za kuaga mwaka

 

 

Sifa

  1. Huandamana na muziki na ala ya muziki k.v. ngoma.
  2. Ngoma huchezewa mahali wazi na penye hadhira.
  3. Wachezaji huvaa maleba maalum kulingana na funzo linalonuiwa.
  4. Huwa na wahusika aina mbili; watendaji na watazamaji kwa wakati mmoja.
  5. Huweza kuandamana au kutoandamana na sherehe.
  6. Hutofautiana kulingana na jamii husika.

Umuhimu

  • Kuburudisha kwa ufundi wa kucheza kwa kuzingatia miondoko.
  • Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila moja ina aina yake ya ngoma.
  • Kuhifadhi na kuendeleza tamaduni za jamii husika.
  • Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuwafanya wanajamii kuionea fahari jamii yao.
  • Kukuza umoja na ushirikiano kwa kujumuisha watu pamoja.
  • Kuelimisha kwa kupitisha mafunzo na maarifa.
    1. Matambiko
  • Utoaji wa kafara kwa Mungu, miungu, pepo au mizimu ili wasaidiwe kutatua shida, kutoa shukrani au kuomba radhi.

Sifa

  1. Hutolewa na wazee maarufu walioteuliwa.
  2. Hufanywa nahali maalum k.v. pangoni, mwituni, n.k.
  3. Huandamana na sala.
  4. Huandamana na utoaji kafara k.v. kuchinja mbuzi, n.k.
  5. Huandamana na maombi.
  • Maigizo Ya Uganga wa Ramli

Sifa

  1. Mganga hujitia kujua kwa hivyo vitendo vyake ni maigizo ya uganga wa madaktari.
  2. Mengi katika matendo ya mganga hayana mashiko.
  3. Aghalabu kafara hutolewa.
  4. Waganga wanapopiga bao huvaa maleba kama ngozi, vibuyu, pembe, n.k.
  5. Huweza kuwa na fimbo maalum.
  6. Lugha maalum anayodai kuitumia kuwasiliana na misimu.
  7. Mizimu humshauri mganga kuhusu ugonjwa na tiba inayofaa.
  8. Mganga humchanja mgonjwa na kumpa dawa za miti shamba.

Umuhimu

  1. Wakati mwingine mizizi ya mganga huponya.
  2. Huwapa watu matumaini hasa walio na magonjwa yasiyo na tiba.
  3. Dawa za mganga hupunga mashetani kwa wagonjwa wake.
  4. Hukutanisha ulimwengu wa mizimu na ulimwengu halisi.
  5. Waganga huburudisha wanapoigiza.

Hasara

  1. Mgonjwa huenda asipone kwani matendo mengi ya mganga ni ya kukisia.
  2. Dawa za uganga zaweza kumdhuru mtu.
  3. Malipo ni ghali na mtu hata aweza kufilisika akitafuta tiba ya ugonjwa usiopona.
  4. Mazingira ya uganga husheheni uchafu mwingi.
  5. Mgonjwa huridhika kwa muda mfupi halafu uhalisia hudhihirika.
    1. Ngomezi
  • Uwasilishaji wa ujumbe kwa kupiga ngoma au zana nyingine ya kimziki.

Sifa

  1. Kuwepo kwa ngoma au ala nyingine kama panda.
  2. Mapigo ya ngoma hueleweka tu na jamii husika.
  3. Mapigo kufuata toni au ridhimu maalum kuwasilisha maneno fulani.
  4. Kuwepo kwa hadhira au wasikilizaji.
  5. Kueleweka kwa mapigo hayo na wanajamii husika pekee.
  6. Makini huhitajika ili kupata midundo.

Aina za ngomezi

  1. a) Taarifa
  • Huarifu kuhusu jambo k.m. msimu wa kuanza kutayarisha mashamba, kuitwa katika mkutano, kazi ya ujima n.k.
  1. b) Tahadhari
  • Hutoa tahadhari kuhusu mavamizi kama wizi wa mifugo, vita, majanga kama moto, mafuriko n.k.
  1. c) Uhusiano
  • Kuita watu kwa sherehe.

Umuhimu wa Ngomezi

  1. Njia ya mawasiliano kwa jamii zisizojua kusoma.
  2. Husaidia wanaokabiliwa na ugumu wa mawasiliano.
  3. Kuharakisha mawasiliano katika masafa mafupi.
  4. Kutoa taarifa kuhusu matukio fulani k.m. ndoa, kifo n.k.
  5. Husaidia kupitisha jumbe za dharura.
  6. Kutahadharisha wanajamii kuhusu tukio la hatari/dharura k.v. vita, gharika n.k.
  7. Kuficha siri kwa kuwasilisha ujumbe kwa njia isiyoeleweka.
  8. Kuhifadhi na kudumisha utamaduni wa jamii.
  9. Namna ya kudhihirisha ufundi wa kutumia zana kama ngoma.
  10. Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila jamii hupitisha ujumbe kwa mapigo tofauti.

Udhaifu wa Ngomezi

  1. Si kila mtu anaweza kufasiri ujumbe unaokusudiwa.
  2. Mapigo hayasikiki mbali na hivyo husikika na idadi dogo ya watu.
  3. Mapigo yaweza kuhitilafiana na hivyo kufasiriwa kwa namna tofauti.

Ngomezi za kisasa

  1. Milio ya ambulensi, magari ya polisi na zimamoto.
  2. Kengele za kubisha hodi nyumbani zinazotumia umeme.
  3. Kengele shuleni, makanisani, n.k.
  4. Toni za rununu zinazowakilisha aina mbalimbali za jumbe.
  5. Ving’ora vya kuashiria moto umetokea katika majumba ya horofa, benki, hospitalini, n.k.

Changamoto za Ngomezi katika Jamii ya Sasa

  1. Mwingiliano wa jamii mbalimbali unaosababisha kutofasiri ujumbe kwa njia moja inayotakikana.
  2. Viwanda na majumba marefu kusababisha kutosikika kwa sauti au milio ya ngoma.
  3. Njia nyingine za kisasa za mawasiliano zinazotumiwa kwa wingi na kwa wepesi.
  4. Uhaba wa zana kama baragumu na zumari zilizokuwa zinatumika.
  5. Mabadiliko ya maisha kuleta ubinafsi na kusababisha wengi kutoitikia wito wa vyombo.
    1. Mivigha
  • Sherehe za kitamaduni ambazo hutokea katika kipindi fulani cha mwaka ambazo huonyesha mwanajamii ametoka kiwango kimoja hadi kingine.

Aina za Mivigha

  1. Sherehe za tohara
    • kutoka utotoni na kuingia utu uzimani.
  2. Sherehe za ndoa
  • kutoka kapera hadi kuoa
    1. Sherehe za kutambika
  • kutoa sadaka kwa Mungu, miungu, pepo au mizimu
    1. Sherehe kutawazwa kwa kiongozi
  • kutoka uraia na kuingia katika uongozi/utawala
    1. Shughuli za mazishi/matanga
  • kutoka uhai hadi ufu
    1. Sherehe za kuwapa watoto majina
    2. Sherehe za ulaji kiapo
    3. Shughuli za posa
    4. ibada

Hatua

  1. Kutoa mtu rasmi kutoka kundi moja la wanajamii.
  2. Kumfundisha majukumu yanayohusiana na wadhifa mpya.
  3. Kumwingiza rasmi katika kundi jingine.

Sifa

  1. Huandamana na matendo au kanuni fulani (mivigha).
  2. Maleba maalum huvaliwa na wahusika kuwatofautisha na hadhira.
  3. Hufanyika kwa kutumia lugha maalum au kimyakimya.
  4. Kuna watu aina tatu: watendaji wanaoshiriki kuimba na kucheza, wale sherehe inafanyika kwa sababu yao na wanaoshuhudia tu.
  5. Huhusisha vitendo maalum kama kula viapo, kutoa kafara, kucheza ngoma, n.k.
  6. Huandamana na utoaji wa mawaidha.
  7. Uigizaji hujitokeza pale mwanajamii anaingizwa katika kundi fulani kutoka jingine.
  8. Huhusisha maombi.
  9. Hufanywa mahali maalum sherehe hiyo inapofanyika k.m. tambiko hufanywa porini au pangoni.
  10. Wahusika huweka ahadi za kutenda wema.
  11. Huwa na mpangilio wa shughuli kuanzia mwanzo, kati hadi mwisho.

Umuhimu

  1. Kuburudisha kwa vile baadhi ya mivigha huhusisha nyimbo, ngoma na uigizaji.
  2. Kutoa mafunzo ya utu uzima na elimu ya jadi.
  3. Mivigha ya mazishi huliwaza wafiwa.
  4. Kukuza utangamano miongoni mwa wanajamii kwa kuwajumuisha pamoja katika mivigha yao.
  5. Kuashiria mwanajamii ametoka kiwango kimoja cha maisha hadi kingine.
  6. Kujenga uhusiano bora kati ya jamii na miungu au mizimu.
  7. Kitambulisho cha jamii kwani kila moja ina aina yake ya mivigha.
  8. Kudumisha mila za jamii.
  9. Kuelimisha jinsi ya kukabiliana na changamoto maishani.
  10. Kuadilisha kwa kufunza tabia zinazokubalika na jamii k.v. uaminifu, utiifu, n.k.
  11. Kukashifu vitendo vya uoga.
  12. Kukuza uzalendo kwa kuhimiza wanajamii kuonea fahari tamaduni zao.
  13. Msingi wa wanajamii kujitambulisha na kuionea fahari jamii yao.

Hasara

  1. Baadhi ya mivigha huhatarisha afya na maisha k.v. kutahiri watoto wa kike.
  2. Baadhi ya sherehe hukiuka maadili kama vile kwa kuruhusu matusi hata kushiriki ngono.
  3. Baadhi yaweza kusababisha hasara kama vile kueneza ukimwi k.v. tohara kwa kisu kimoja.
  4. Huzua tofauti za kijinsia k.v. mwanamme kujiona bora kuliko mwanamke.
  5. Kuzua utabaka baina ya waliopashwa na wasiopashwa tohara.
  6. Baadhi ya mivigha hukiuka malengo ya kitaifa k.m. ukeketaji ni ukiukaji wa haki za binadamu
  7. Kunayo hujaza watu hofu k.v. kufukuza mapepo kunakohitaji kafara ya binadamu.
  8. Baadhi huhusisha ushirikina na hivyo kusababisha uhasama baina ya koo.
  9. Baadhi hugharimu kiasi kikubwa cha pesa na kuifilisi familia.

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY NOTES NEW SYLLABUS UPDATED

FORM 4 GEOGRAPHY

LAND RECLAMATION

Land reclamation is the process of converting wasteland into farm land for growing of crops and keeping of animals while land rehabilitation is the process of restoring land to its former productive state.

Importance

  1. Intensify food production to feed the ever increasing population
  2. To overcome land shortage and pressure.

Methods of Land Reclamation

Irrigation

  • Artificial method of supplying water to a region which doest receive adequate rainfall or to ensure continuous crop production.
  • Done in dry areas with low rainfall and regions experiencing dry periods to sustain growth of crops.
  • Dams are used to store water.

Advantages

  • Can be used for HEP generation
  • For fish farming
  • Supply water for domestic use
  • Control floods.

Negative effects

  1. Can be a cause of deaths by drowning
  2. Breeding ground for mosquitoes which transmit Malaria.
  3. breakage can cause destruction of life and property

Factors Determining the Amount of Water Required for Irrigation

  1. Climate: Areas receiving low rainfall require more water.
  2. Soils: Sandy soils require more water than clays due to low water retention ability.
  3. Crop: Paddy rice requires water logged soils while vegetables require wet and well drained soils.
  4. Size of fields: Small plots require small amounts of water while large plots require large amount of water.

Methods of Irrigation

  • Water lifting method
    • Lifting water from a source by using a bucket or watering can and pouring it on the crops.
    • Used widely in market gardens and on farms adjacent to the water.
  • Flood/basin irrigation
    • Diverting river water into a canal then to plots where it’s flooded.
    • Commonly used in irrigation schemes.
  • Sprinkler or overhead irrigation
    • Taking water to the fields by pipes and applying it on crops by rotating sprinklers mounted on vertical pipes.
    • Used on golf courses and market gardening.
  • Trickle irrigation
    • Plastic pipes with holes laid in the fields through which water trickles to the base of plant.
    • Popular where fruits and flowers are grown.
  • Canal irrigation
    • Directing water through canal to farms.
    • Commonly used in areas experiencing low rainfall e.g. Yatta in Machakos
  • Drip irrigation
  • Inverting bottles filled with water into the roots of a plant.
  • Used in low rainfall areas to grow trees, fruits and flowers.

Drainage of Swamps

  • Process of draining excess water from the land.
  • Problems of land with excess water are:
  1. Is breeding ground for disease causing vectors.
  2. Is water logged and unsuitable for agriculture.
  3. Is prone to flooding which destroys life and property.

Processes Involved

  • Digging ditches for water to ooze into and flow away by gravity
  • Planting eucalyptus which takes up a lot of water e.g. at Kakuzi in Makuyu.
  • Laying perforated pipes in ditches which water will seep into and flow away by gravity.
    • Areas in Kenya with have been reclaimed by draining are:
  • Yala on lower courses of R.Yala
  • Bunyala on lower courses of R.Nzoia.
    • The project was conceived in 1970.

Objectives of the Project of Draining Them

  • Free the area of pests.
  • Prepare land for settlement and agriculture.
  • Ease population on Kano plains.
  • Reduce flooding and associated hazards.
  • Develop the otherwise remote area.

Achievements

  • Flooding has been controlled.
  • About 800 hectares are available for agriculture and settlement.
  • Water borne diseases have been brought under control.

Control of Pests

Mosquitoes

  • Fumigation
  • Draining of stagnant water
  • Spraying
  • Clearing of bushes near settlements.

Rodents, birds, squirrels and porcupines

  • trapping
  • poisoning
  • hunting
  • Scaring away

Tsetse flies

  • They thrive in damp areas with high temperatures and prefer bushy vegetation as breeding grounds.
  • Examples of tsetse fly infested areas are Lambwe valley in Kenya and Miombo woodland in Tanzania.
  • The control of tsetse fly at Miombo woodland was aimed at:
  • The control was done by The International Centre for Insect Physiology and Ecology (ICIPE).
  1. Eliminating the pest to obtain land for agriculture.
  2. To treat the sick people and animals to check the spread of resultant diseases.

Measures Taken

Bush Clearing

  • Selective clearing of bushes was applied to prevent soil degradation.
  • Caused tsetse fly to lack a place to breed and killed adult flies and pupae due to low humidity.

Bush Spraying

  • Spraying from the ground or from a low flying aircraft.
  • Doesn’t affect other organisms.

Disadvantages

  1. Some insecticides such as DDT have serious environmental effects.
  2. The fly develops resistance and a high dose of chemicals has to be used.
  3. Kills other useful organisms.

Sterilisation males

  • Making the insect unable to reproduce by obstructing its reproductive organs.
    • Luring the male flies to some chemical substance which sterilises them.
    • When they mate with the females fertilisation doesn’t occur which reduces insect population.

Traps

  • Square of black cloth coated with glue on which the insects stick.
  • Traps impregnated with insecticides which kills the insects.

Creation of Buffer Zones

-Belt of 5 km wide with dense cultivated vegetation to create barrier which the fly couldn’t cross.

Killing of the Hosts

Wild animals which the fly fed were selectively hunted and killed.

Methods of Land Rehabilitation

Afforestation and Reafforestation

  • Improve the productivity of land in the following ways:
    1. Controls soil erosion by:
  • Acting as wind breakers
  • Leaves reduce impact of raindrops on the soil
  • Roots hold/bind the soil particles together.

 

  1. Vegetation reduces runoff and increases the rate of infiltration of rain water ensuring there is a complete water cycle.
  2. Decayed vegetation provides humus which restores soil fertility.
  3. Roots help moisture to percolate deeply into the ground.
  4. Modifies the climate of an area by moisture being released to the atmosphere causing higher rainfall and lowering the temperature.

Bush Fallowing

  • Cultivating a field for a period of 2-3 years then abandoning it for another so that it may regain fertility naturally by wild vegetation adding humus into the soil.

 

Grass Strips and Cover Crops

  • Grass and cover crops e.g. sweet potato vines, beans and peas reduce the speed of running water thus helping to check soil erosion.

Mulching

  • Covering the soil using crop residues or artificial materials such as polythene sheets.
  • Helps to conserve the soil in the following ways:
  1. Reduces evaporation helping to conserve moisture in the soil.
  2. Help to check the speed of running water.
  3. Reduces the splashing effect of rain drops.
  4. Reduces runoff and increases infiltration ensuring more moisture is going to be available for plants growth.
  5. Mulch from crop residues decomposes releasing nutrients into the soil.
  6. Controls weeds.

Application of Manure and Fertilizer

  • Replenishing nutrients depleted from the soil by constant application of manure or chemical fertilizers.

Controlled Grazing

To solve the problem of overgrazing:

  1. The government is advising the farmers through extension officers on the importance of matching the number of livestock with the carrying capacity of land.
  2. Emphasizing on quality than quantity by introducing exotic breeds and cross breeds.
  3. Establishing ranches in livestock farming regions e.g. Kaptuei group ranch.
  4. The land should be subdivided into paddocks so that different sections have time to regain pasture at different intervals.

Filling Quarries

  • Filling the pits with rocks and topping with fertile soils e.g. Bamburi Nature Trail where trees have been planted and animals introduced.

Drainage Trenches

Flooded areas can be rehabilitated by:

  • Digging trenches to drain off excess water to rehabilitate flooded areas.
  • Another method is to construct dams across rivers.

Planting Drought Resistant Crops

  • Planting in Arid and Semi Arid Lands drought resistant and quick maturing crops which take advantage of the short wet season e.g. Pigeon peas, cassava, millet, sorghum, Katumani maize etc.

Irrigation Schemes in Kenya

Mwea Irrigation Scheme

  • Located in Kirinyaga district in central province in Mwea plains on the foot of Mt. Kenya.
  • Started by the colonial government in 1954.

Objectives

  1. To reclaim the unproductive land from semi-arid conditions.
  2. To occupy detainee labour since Mwea was a detention camp for political detainees during 1952s state of emergency.
  3. To settle former detainees and the landless.
  4. To create employment for former detainees.
  5. To increase agricultural production.

Factors Which Influenced the Location of the Scheme

Physical Factors

  1. Availability of extensive land which made created room for future expansion.
  2. Black cotton soils with high water retention capacities suitable for rice growing.
  3. Freely draining clay loamy soils suitable for growing of other cash and food crops.
  4. Gently sloping land which allows use of tractors and allows water to flow by gravity reducing the cost of pumping it to the fields.
  5. Availability of plenty of water from permanent rivers Thiba and Nyamindi draining the area.
  6. Experiences warm weather during the second part of the year suitable for rice growing.

Human Factors

  1. The land was not inhabited due to its arid conditions therefore there was no displacement of people from the area.
  2. Availability of labour for rice growing to presence of former detainees.
  3. Desire by the colonial government to start a project that could occupy detainees.
  4. Location near major urban centres such as Nairobi, Embu, Nyeri and Kerugoya which provide immediate market for rice.

Irrigation/Cultivation Method Used

  1. Basin irrigation.
    • The ground is levelled.
    • Embankments are constructed.
    • Water to the enclosed sections.
    • The paddy fields are flooded to a depth of 10 cm.
  2. Furrow irrigation.
  • Water flows from irrigation canals to furrow which are in between rows of crops wetting them.

Crops Grown

  1. Wet paddy (rice).
  2. Basmati/Pishori which more valuable.
  3. Sindano which is resistant to diseases.
  4. Subsistence crops e.g. maize, peas and beans in small scale.

Horticultural crops e.g. tomatoes, French beans, melons, etc.

Organization of the Scheme

  • The scheme is divided into Mwea, Thiba, Wamumu and Tebere sections.
  • 6000 hectares are under rice cultivation.
  • Tenants live in 36 small villages.
  • There are 17 primary schools and more than 5secondary schools one of which is for disabled and one mission hospital (Karira).
  • The area under rice cultivation is divided into one acre which is surrounded by a bank of earth (bund) for keeping water within the field.
  • Each tenant is given 4 acres of land and expected to maintain a nursery covering 1/8 of an acre.

Marketing

Farmers sell rice to local consumers in the urban centres especially Thika and Nairobi.

Benefits of the Scheme

  1. Saving the country foreign exchange by contributing most of Kenya’s rice production.
  2. Providing income to farmers, traders etc. which alleviates poverty and raises the living standards.
  3. Provided land to thousands of landless.
  4. Reservoirs created have helped in controlling flooding.
  5. Improvements of infrastructure as roads have been built to transport rice from the fields to market.
  6. Provision of social amenities such as schools and hospitals which have improved the people’s standard of living.
  7. Provision of employment to many people in farms, local mills and trading.

Problems Facing the Scheme and Possible Solutions

Stagnant water has become a breeding ground for mosquitoes and snails which transmit malaria and Bilhazia respectively.

Insecticides should be sprayed on stagnant water to reduce the breeding rate the vectors hence rate of infection.

Shortage of water due to excessive droughts and diversion of water into ‘Jua Kali’ rice farms.

More reservoirs should be built and farmers should pay a fee to facilitate maintenance of water distribution.

Pests and diseases e.g. case warm and leaf miner which attack crops lowering the yields and Quelea birds which feed on rice leading to a major loss of the crop.

Using clean planting seeds, burning residues after harvesting and use of explosives to scare birds.

Inadequate capital on the part of farmers since the co-operatives collapse making them unable to acquire inputs forcing them to lease out all or part of their farms. The solution is to take politics out of co-operatives so that they can be empowered to supply inputs and credit to farmers.

Shortage of labour during the planting and harvesting season which forces the farmers to hire labour from outside at a high cost.

  • Improved marketing by NCPB to resume so that farmers can earn enough money to meet their expenses.

Siltation and growth of weeds in the canals which interferes with the flow of water.

  • Control weeds using chemicals and farmers to avoid cultivating on the river banks.

Inadequate health centres which necessitates travelling for long distances losing many working hours.

Construction of more health centres.

Poor access roads which make transport expensive.

Government to improve the existing roads and construct new ones.

Perkerra Irrigation Scheme

Established in 1954.

Located in Marigat division in Baringo in the RV province.

Aims of Setting up the Scheme

  • To utilize detainee labour.
  • To develop land for agricultural production.
  • To settle the pastoralists as farmers.
  • To control the seasonal floods of R. Perkerra this used to affect the area.
  • To utilise the excess water of R. Perkerra this used to go to waste.

 

Factors which Influenced the Establishment of the Scheme

Physical Factors

Gentle slope of the area which allows mechanisation and flow of water to the fields by gravity.

Presence of fertile loamy soil on which a variety of crops can be grown and which also reduces use of fertilizers.

Semi arid conditions of the area which necessitated the use of irrigation as the only way to make food production possible.

Extensive area of land meaning large scale cultivation of crops was possible.

  1. Perkerra which ensures a constant supply of water for irrigation.

Human Factors

Sparse population due to harsh climate which made it easy to establish the scheme.

Large population of detainees which required to be occupied in a productive way.

Desire of colonial government to start a project to occupy political detainees.

Irrigation/Cultivation Method

  • Ridges and furrows are made.
  • Crops are planted on the ridges.
  • Water is directed to the furrows and allowed to soak slowly.
  • Seed maize is planted in male and female maize lines.
  • From male lines it’s taken for consumption.
  • That from male lines goes for processing.

Crops

They grow seed maize for Kenya Seed Company and paw paws are gradually being reintroduced.

Organisation of the Scheme

Management is under NIB which provides infrastructural facilities, accounting and extension services.

Each house hold is allocated 3-4 acres and an additional ½ acre for the homestead.

Farmers are tenants but plans are underway to issue them with title deeds.

Marketing

  • Seed maize is graded, dried and delivered for shelling.
  • Shelled maize is delivered to Kitale for further processing.
  • The seed is delivered to KSC which pays on delivery.
  • Scheme management pays farmers after deducting the fees for services given.

Achievements of the Scheme

Has turned arid land into a productive land.

Source of livelihood for farmers and their dependents.

Seed maize raises revenue for the government.

Has settled previously landless people.

Has improved infrastructure and led to provision of social amenities such as schools, shops, electricity, etc.

Has created employment opportunities for local people.

Source of foreign exchange when sees maize is exported.

Problems of the Scheme and possible solutions

  • Fluctuation of water in R. Perkerra due to droughts and obstruction causing crop stress and reducing the acreage that can be cultivated.
  • Dam construction on the upstream side.
    • Livestock human conflict when farmers go to graze in the region due to attractive vegetation.
  • Solving the conflict through elders.
    • Intense ethnic conflict between Tugen and Jemps tribes because the scheme lies on the Jemps’ land while Tugen are the majority.
  • Government to issue farmers with title deeds.
    • Financial problems causing the farmers to be unable to prepare the land.
  • Start co-operatives to offer affordable credit facilities.
    • Poor transport and communication which hinders production of perishable crops.
  • Government to improve the existing roads and construct new ones.
    • Limited market for products because the surrounding areas are sparsely populated.
  • Transporting produce to distant markets with dense population.

Significance of Irrigation Farming in Kenya

  • Resettlement of landless people e.g. in Mwea.
  • It has made barren land reproductive.
  • Enables farmers to earn an income when they sell farm produce.
  • Provision of employment opportunities which has alleviated poverty and improved the standard of living.
  • Creation of settlement for landless.
  • Earning of foreign exchange by the country after exportation chillies, flowers, peas, fruits, etc.
  • Saves some foreign exchange that would be used to import the entire amount of food needed in the country.
  • Development of infrastructure and social amenities e.g. roads,
  • Promoted industrial development through providing raw materials e.g. rice mills, pineapple processing, sugarcane factories, etc.
  • Has assisted in the control of environmental hazards such as droughts and floods.
  • Has enhanced food security in the country by encouraging growing of food crops such as maize, beans, rice, etc.

Problems Experienced in irrigation Farming in Kenya

Physical Problems

Destruction of crops when excess water goes to the fields causing flooding.

Pests and diseases lead to low cotton yields.

Inadequate water as a result of catchment areas receiving unreliable rainfall meaning the land can’t be fully utilised.

Growth of weeds on furrows and canals causing reduced water flow to the farms.

Silting of the canal which prevents water from flowing smoothly to the farms.

Sheet erosion resulting from overhead irrigation when practiced on hot dry regions.

Salinisation as a result of application of excess water in dry regions.

Leaching taking nutrients to the lower horizons where they can’t be accessed by some plants leading to lower yields.

Human Problems

  • Diseases such as Bilhazia and malaria transmitted by vectors living in stagnant water which weaken and even kill farmers.
  • Payment of low prices to the farmers which kills the morale of farmers and sometimes causing them to lease out part or whole of the field.
  • High cost of production making the farmers to sell their produce at high cost meaning the produce can’t compete favourably in the world market since the buyers will prefer cheaper produce.
  • Exhaustion of soil nutrients as a result of continuous cultivation leading to poor yields.
  • Mismanagement of irrigation bodies leading to losses, lack of credit and low prices as each farmer tries to market his or her own crop.
  • Farmers lack the necessary technical advice to enhance their agricultural production as there are very few extension officers.
  • Shortage of labour during planting, weeding and harvesting giving the farmers the burden of hiring labour at high cost.
  • Limited markets as a result of some schemes being located in sparsely populated areas e.g. Perkerra.

Land Reclamation in the Netherlands/Holland

  • Most of coastal land has been reclaimed from the sea.
  • Land reclaimed from the sea and enclosed by walls is called a polder.
  • The work of reclaiming land was done under 2 main projects namely:

Zuider Zee Project

  • Project of Zuider Zee area to the north of Holland.
  • Assignment was given to a Dutch called Cornelius Lely in 1927-1932.
  • Aim was to increase land for cultivation and control further flooding.

Sections

  1. Creation of a high dam across the highland of Wierengen and between provinces of N. Holland and Friesland.
  2. Reclamation of 4 polders that would not be affected by rising tides and creation of a fresh water lake from R.Ijsel a tributary of R.Rhine converting the inland tidal sea into L. Ijsel.

Stages in the Reclamation of Land from the Sea in Netherlands

  • Dykes were constructed to protect the land from getting flooded during high tide.
  • Ring canals were constructed to carry water from the area to be reclaimed into the sea.
  • Pumps were installed to pump out water from the area enclosed by dykes.
  • Reeds were sowed to use up excess water.
  • Drainage pipes were laid in ditches to drain water from the water table.
  • The soil was treated with chemicals to lower salinity.
  • Drained land was flushed with fresh water to remove salt from the soil.

Benefits of Zuider Zee Project

  1. Increased arable land by 10%.
  2. Fresh water lakes created provide fresh water for domestic and industrial use.
  3. Ensured better drainage for reclaimed area in the former Zuider Zee.
  4. Reduced the risk of flooding.
  5. Shortened road connection between the provinces of N. Holland and Friesland.

Delta Plan Project

  • Intended to reclaim the S.W region of the country.
  • Involved closing estuaries namely Haringvliet, Brouwersha, Venschegat, Scheldt and Veersche by means of dams.

Benefits of the Delta Plan

  • Controlled pollution and salinisation of inland water.
  • Improvement the soil thus increasing land for agriculture..
  • More recreational lakes created by the newly formed lakes.
  • Fresh water reservoirs created provides S.W region with water for irrigation, domestic and industrial use.

Comparison of Land Reclamation in Kenya and Netherlands

Similarities

  • In both countries flooding was a common problem.
  • Drainage ditches were used in both countries.
  • Canals were used in both countries.
  • The intention in both countries was to increase land for settlement and agriculture and control flooding.

Differences

  • Canals, dams and dykes were used to reclaim land in Netherlands while Kenya used ditches, irrigation, clearing of bushes, etc.
  • In Netherlands land was reclaimed from sea while in Kenya, it was above the sea level.
  • Netherlands had two projects while Kenya had more.
  • In Netherlands it was large scale while in Kenya it was in small scale.
  • In Netherlands it involved use of advanced technology such as dams, dykes, pumping stations etc. while in Kenya it involved less advanced methods such as irrigation, afforestation, clearing of bushes etc.
  • In Netherlands the coastal land was being reclaimed while in Kenya, land distant from the sea was reclaimed.

 

 

 

 

 

FISHING

  • The act of catching fish and other aquatic animals.
  • Fisheries are fishing grounds or areas where water resources such as fish, seals, clubs, whales, etc. are exploited.

Factors Influencing Fishing

Physical Factors

Presence of Plankton

  • Large shoals of fish are found in shallow waters of lakes and seas where there is plenty of plankton. They thrive where depth of waters less than 180 m deep because it is up to where suns rays can reach.

Nature of the Coastline

  • There is more fish on coasts with sheltered inlets and estuaries because of calm water and shelter from natural enemies like predators e.g. Fiords of Norway.

Relief

  • People in some countries engage in fishing due to mountainous landscape which hinders other economic activities such as agriculture e.g. Japan, Norway and Alaska.

Climatic Conditions

  • In temperate regions there is more fish because there is cool waters which plankton requires to grow while in tropical lands there is less fish due to high temperatures resulting in warm waters which hinders plankton growth.

Convergence of Cold and Warm Ocean Currents

  • There is plenty of fish in areas where warm and cold ocean currents meet because upwelling takes nutrients to the surface and improves the circulation of oxygen and cold ocean currents cool waters in tropical regions resulting in conducive conditions suitable for plankton thriving e.g. the coast of Namibia washed by the cold Benguela current.

Human Factors

Supply of Labour

  • Fishing is intensively carried out in Europe, Asia and N. America due to labour availability as its labour intensive.

 

Market

  • Fishing is done extensively in highly populated and developed regions with a ready market because fish is a perishable commodity e.g. in Norway, Japan, China, etc.

Fish Eating Culture

  • Fishing is extensively done in areas where there is a habit of eating fish e.g. Norway and Japan.

Transport and Preservation Facilities

  • Fishing is done extensively in countries with transport and refrigeration facilities because fish is perishable and has to be transported in refrigerated lorries and ship.

Capital

  • Fishing is extensively done in developed countries because they can afford huge sums of money required for hiring labour force, buying fishing equipment and preservation facilities.

Technology

Rapid growth of fishing industry in developed countries is as a result of presence of advanced equipment like large refrigerated ships, trawl nets, fish detecting equipment, etc.

 

Types of Fishing

Pelagic Fishing

  • Catching of fish which live close to the surface e.g. mackerel, menhaden, herring, sardines and tuna.
  • Best method to catch pelagic fish is drifting and seining.

Demersal Fishing

  • Catching fish that live at the bottom of deep water bodies e.g. cod, haddock, Pollock and halibut.
  • Methods are trawling and long lining.

Inshore Fishing

  • Fishing close to the shores in shallow sheltered coastal waters and the lower stretches of rivers.
  • Fish caught are shell fish, lobsters, prawns, shrimps and crabs.
  • Methods involved are casting nets, hooks and line.

Fresh Water Fishing

  • Fishing done in fresh water bodies such as streams, rivers, lakes, ponds and paddy fields.
  • Examples of fresh water fish are sturgeon, carp, tilapia and trout.
  • Methods are line and drifting methods.

Methods of Fishing

Traditional Fishing Methods

  • Commonly practised in tropical areas along the African coast and the inland fisheries.
  • Fishing is mainly done for subsistence purposes.
  • Simple hand- made equipments are used.
  • The methods are employed in small scale.

Types

Basket Method

  • A basket with a cone opening with bait inside is used.
  • It is placed at the shallow end of the water.
  • The fish are attracted by the bait.
  • Fish run to hide in the basket get inside and are trapped.
  • The catch is relatively small.

Harpooning

  • Using a sharpened arrow or stick to strike Fish.
  • One fish is caught at a time.
  • Dangerous in waters infested with crocodiles and hippopotamuses.

Barrier Method

  • Using Barriers made of reeds or sticks to catch fish in flood waters.
  • Are placed on the downstream side of a flooded region and when water levels drop the fishermen scoop the fish.

Herbs

  • Sprinkling crushed herbs in waters making fish to become unconscious then the fishermen collect fish from the river using hands.

Use of Lamp and Net

  • Placing a lit lamp on the edge of the boat to attract fish.
  • Fish swim towards the light and are caught using net.

Hook and Line

  • Throwing a line with a baited hook into the water.
  • The fish are attracted by the bait which they swallow together with the hook.
  • The line is pooled from the water together with the fish.

Gill Nets

-Nets with mesh which lets only the head of a fish through and then traps it by the gills.

-They can be swerved across or round the river on the path of fish.

Modern Fishing Methods

Seining

  • Method is used to catch pelagic and anadromous/migratory fish which swim in shoals.
  • A Bag like nets with small meshes (seine) attached to two boats on each end is cast into the sea.
  • It’s kept open and held in position by floats on top and weights at the bottom.
  • Fish move towards the net and get trapped.
  • The net is hauled over and fish emptied onto the ship or the net is hauled to the shore (haul seining).
  • Leads to overfishing because it doesn’t discriminate the ages of fish caught.

Trawling

  • Mainly used to catch demersal fish.
  • A bag shaped net is attached to a trawler (ship) is is cast into deep waters
  • The upper part is kept open by floats and lower part kept down by weights.
  • The net is dragged by the trawler along the sea bed.
  • The trawl net sweeps in the fish.
  • The net is hauled into the trawler and the fish is emptied onboard.
  • Also catches immature fish.

Line Fishing

-The method is used to catch demersal fish.

  • Fishing boats spread out long line with several baited hooks on them.
  • Floats keep the lines suspended and also show the fishermen where the lines are.
  • Baited hooks catch the fish as they compete to feed.
  • Hooks are drawn and fish unhooked and put in refrigerated containers.

Distribution of Major Fishing Grounds in the World

The Atlantic Fishing Grounds

N.W. Atlantic Fishing Grounds

  • Located along the E. coast of N. America.
  • Fishing grounds are Grand bank, Sable bank, George bank and Nova Scotia.
  • Fish caught are cod, herring, mackerel, lobsters, etc.

Factors That Have Led To High Development of Fishing

  • Large continental shelf providing an extensive area over which plankton can grow.
  • Convergence of warm Gulf Stream current and cold Labrador Current resulting in cool temperatures favourable for the thriving of plankton and which also makes the area to be ice free most of the year.
  • Adjacent lands have a cold climate and a rugged landscape unfavourable for agriculture making the alternative to be exploitation of fishing grounds.
  • There is a dense population in the surrounding areas which provide a ready market for fish e.g. Massachusetts and Connecticut.
  • There is a highly developed technology which allows fishing to go on throughout the year e.g. large and self contained ship with radar to forecast storms, wireless communication and processing and storage facilities

N.E. Atlantic Fishing Grounds

  • Location in W. coast of Europe.
  • Major fishing grounds are coasts of France, Germany, Denmark, Britain and Norway.
  • Fish caught are herring, mackerel and cod.

Factors That Have Led To High Development of Fishing

  1. Numerous sea inlets which provide shelter for the spawning of fish and anchoring of fish boats e.g. fiords of Norway.
  2. Ruggedness of landscape by glaciated features which is unfavourable for agriculture making fishing another economic activity.
  3. Warm Atlantic Drift Current which raises the temperature making conditions to be favourable for plankton growth and making fishing possible throughout the year.
  4. Large continental shelf providing an extensive area for plankton growth.
  5. Land derived minerals brought by the icebergs from the land which provides plenty of food for plankton which fish eat.
  6. Dense and affluent population of W. Europe which provides ready market for fish.
  7. There is a highly developed technology which allows fishing to go on throughout the year
  8. Atlantic Fishing Grounds
  9. N.W Africa
  • Located along the Coastland of Mauritania

Factors

  • Presence of cold canary current that cools the warm ocean waters.
  • Wide and fairly shallow continental shelf providing an extensive area for the growth of plankton.
  1. S.W. Africa
    • Located in and Cape Province of S. Africa.

Namibia Factors

  • Washed by cold Benguela current which cools the warm tropical waters hence favouring the growth of plankton.
  1. West Coast of S. America
    • Location is the coast of Peru.

 

Factors

  • Presence of a continental shelf.
  • Prevailing Peruvian current which favours plankton growth.

Pacific Fishing

N.E. Pacific Fishing Grounds

  • Located along the W. Coast of N. America.
  • Fishing grounds are from Alaska, British Columbia, Oregon states to California.
  • The main fish caught is salmon.

Factors

  • The coast is washed by N. Pacific current which makes water favourable for plankton growth and ice free enabling fishing to be done throughout the yea.
  • Many inlets which form favourable shelter for breeding of fish and good sites for fish ports e.g. fiords and river estuaries.
  • Presence of several rivers and lakes which form suitable breeding grounds for species such as salmon.
  • Rugged mountainous landscape and dense forest cover which has made the area unconducive for agriculture and forced people to carry out fishing as an alternative economic activity e.g. British Columbia.
  • Ready market because of sound economies of the industrialised USA and Canada enabling people to have economic power to purchase fish and capital for the development of fishing industry.

                                       N.E. Pacific Fishing Grounds

  • Located along the coast of N.E. Asia.
  • The world’s largest fishing ground.
  • Stretches from Beijing southwards to China Sea in Japan, Malaysia and Indonesia.
  • Fish caught are salmon, mackerel, cod, sardines, eels, trout etc.

Factors

  • Broad continental shelf which favours plankton growth leading to more fish.
  • Convergence of cold Oya Siwo and warm Kuro Siwo currents which result in cool well oxygenated and ice free waters ideal for fishing throughout the year.
  • Numerous islands, bays and sheltered inlets which favour fish breeding and provide good fishing ports.
  • Mountainous landscape especially in Japan which hinders development of agriculture making fish an alternative source of food and income.
  • Large and ready market due to high population in the Asian countries.
  • Advanced technology e.g. Japan has large modern vessels with refrigeration facilities, Processing equipment, electronic communication making fishing to be very efficient.

Fresh Water and Marine Fisheries in East Africa

Marine Fishing

  • Fishing grounds found in oceans and seas.
  • Carried off the coast of Kenya and Tanzania in the Indian Ocean.
  • Uganda doesn’t have marine fisheries because she is landlocked.

Kenya and Tanzania

  • Contributes only about 10% in Kenya and 13% of the total catch in Tanzania.
  • Relatively warm waters of the tropics don’t favour breeding of a large number of fish.
  • Indian Ocean is warmer and hence has little plankton.
  • Continental shelf is narrow with little fish resources.
  • Warm Mozambique current and deep continental shelf discourages the flourishing of fish.
  • They use simple tools.
  • Fish caught include pelagic fish such as tuna, kingfish, mullet, bonito and sardines.
  • Fishing is done in small scale for both subsistence and commercial purposes.
  • In Kenya small boats and a few of them motorised without refrigerators are used while in Tanzania, fishermen use small rarely motorised dhows which are guided by trade winds which travel into deep sea.
  • In Tanzania most of the coastal communities take part in fishing industry particularly in the islands of Mafia, Pemba and Zanzibar and along the coast around Tanga, Mtwara, and Dar-es-Salaam.
  • Dense coastal population provides a ready market for fish.
  • Fish is more popular than beef in Pemba and Zanzibar.

Problems Facing Marine Fishing

  1. Inadequate market due to low purchasing power of the surrounding community, Poor transport network to the interior of the country and availability of agricultural products in some coastal areas which reduces the rate of fish consumption.
  • Inadequate capital which causes fishermen unable to afford expensive equipment used in deep sea fishing which restricts them to fish near the shore hence the low catch.
    1. Stiff competition from industrialised countries mainly Japan and Korea which have modern fishing equipment and are able to tap fish in the deep sea.
    2. Lack of refrigeration facilities to enable them transport fish to distant markets.
    3. Unpopularity of fishing as an economic due to fish prices being high which discourages people from eating it regularly.
    4. Strong sea tides which are a great menace to local fishermen who use small boats which are not motorised which forces them to go fishing when the sea is calm making them to catch only a limited stock.

Fresh Water Fisheries

  • Found in inland in lakes, rivers and ponds.

                                                         Kenya

  • Lakes are the main suppliers of fish and their resources are more exploited than those of the Indian Ocean because they are calm than seas enabling fishermen to reach deep areas where there is a large catch.
  • The fresh water lakes containing fish are Lakes Victoria, Naivasha, Baringo, Jipe, Chala, Balisa and Shakababo in lower Tana and Kanyaboli and Sare in Yala Delta.
  • The only alkaline lake containing fish is L. Turkana,
  • Most fishermen use simple equipment but around L. Victoria trawlers are used.
  • Many fishermen don’t belong to a co-operative hence they sell their catch to the middlemen at minimal prices.
  • The middlemen with refrigerated lorries transport the fish to urban centres where they make a huge profit while the rest of the fish is smoked, salted or sun dried and transported to local markets.
  • Victoria forms the main centre for inland fishing contributing the largest fresh water catch.
  • The main species of fish is tilapia and others are herring, Nile perch and omena.

Factors Which Have Favoured Fishing in L.Victoria

  1. Shallow waters which allow plankton to thrive in abundance.
  2. Several beaches and highlands within the lake which provide good landing sites for fish boats e.g. Asembo and Mbita.
  3. Large and ready market within major towns because of dense population e.g. Kampala, Kisumu and Mwanza.
  4. Presence of a variety of species which are of economic value.
  5. Presence of fish eating culture as it is a traditional diet of the people around.
  6. Fishermen have formed co-operatives which help them in marketing of fish.

Problems Facing Inland Fishing

  1. Overexploitation due to accessibility of L. Victoria. Tilapia from L. Turkana is cheap and thus in high demand.
  2. Indiscriminate fishing leading to catching even immature fish.
  3. Boundary conflict over L. Victoria especially with Uganda e.g. recently over Migingo
  4. Water hyacinth in L. Victoria.
  5. Lack of capital leading to lack of modern fishing equipment which restricts the catch per day.
  6. In L. Victoria Nile perch preys on the other fish such as tilapia lowering their stock.
  7. Communities neighbouring L. Turkana such as Turkana, El Molo, and Rendile are pastoralists and sparsely populated so they can’t provide reliable market for fish.
  8. The damming of river Omo in Ethiopia has reduced the amount of water flowing into L. Turkana drying of Ferguson bay which is the main fishing area.

                                                Fish Farming in Kenya

  • Rearing of fish in ponds where the farmer provides an environment conducive for the survival of fish.
  • Fish farms are mainly found in Nyanza, Western, Central, Coast and parts of Rift Valley.
  • Fish ponds are built in areas with heavy clay or loamy soils which are usually impervious.
  • The ponds must be located near a river to ensure a steady supply of water to ensure the water remains fresh providing natural environment for fish.
  • After establishing a pod the farmer gets fingerings from hatcheries set up at Sagana, Kabaru, Kibos, and Aruba and put them in the pond.
  • The main types of fish kept are tilapias which are more popular because they breed fast, are resistant to diseases and can survive in different environments, trout suited to cool areas such as the slopes of Mt. Kenya and mudfish.
  • Fish are fed regularly on grass, vegetables, grains, compost manure and remains of processed fish.
  • Some plants are grown in the pod to provide oxygen.

Fishing in Tanzania

  • More intensive than in Kenya and Uganda.
  • Inland fishing grounds include lakes Victoria, Tanganyika and Rukwa which form substantial fishing grounds, Lakes Rukwa and Malawi and rivers Mara, Malagasi, Ruvu, Pangani, Ruaha, Rufiji, Kagera and Wami.

L.Victoria

  • About 49% of L.Victoria is in Tanzania.
  • There are many fishermen who use modern techniques and equipment.
  • Fishing boats are large and carry large stocks of fish which enables fishermen to travel deep into the lake where there is more fish.
  • The neighbourhood of the lake is densely populated with large towns as Bukoba, Mwanza and Musoma which provide a ready market and processing facilities for the fish.
  • Lack of well developed transport limits the marketing of fish to the interior towns.
  • Tanganyika deep and is the richest in the region in fish.
  • Fishing has been an old tradition of the people living around the lake.
  • The main type of fish caught is dagaa usually caught at night when attracted by light using special nets with small meshes.
  • The factory at Kigoma preserves and processes fish for sale to other parts of the country while some of the fish is smoked or dried and exported to Zambia.
  • Fishing is concentrated along the shore because rough storms discourage fishermen from going far into the lake.
  • Sparse population around the lake doest offer a ready market for fish but the large surplus is transported by rail to other parts of the country.
  • Rukwa’s biggest problem is fluctuation of water levels which affect survival of fish.
  • A section of L. Malawi is in Tanzania enabling Tanzanian fishermen to catch a lot of fish which is dried and sold in the southern districts of Mbeya and Songea.

Fishing in Uganda

  • Inland fishing grounds include lakes Victoria, Kyoga, Albert, George, Edward, Katwe and in rivers Nile, Kagera, Kafu, Semliki and Katonga.
  • Fishing industry has been interrupted by a long civil strive in the country reducing it to a subsistence economy.
  • Victoria is the main fishing ground.
  • 46 % is in Uganda.
  • Many fishermen own motorised boats enabling them to travel deep into the lake and catch a lot of fish.
  • Numerous highlands provide anchoring and resting places for fishermen.
  • The fishermen sell their fish to co-operatives which organise processing and marketing.
  • The dense population around such as in major towns of Entebbe, Kampala and Njinja provide a ready market for fish.
  • Fish is also dried and sold in other parts of Uganda.
  • Fish is popular as a diet of majority of Ugandans.
  • There are fish processing factories in Njinja where fish is filleted.

Significance of the Fishing Industry in Kenya

  • A source of income to fishermen and traders when they sell their catch to co-operatives and customers at a profit.
  • A source of employment such as for those employed to catch fish, in fishing related industries such as making and repairing of boats and officers and clerks of co-operatives.
  • It is a tourist attraction as it is a sporting activity done for enjoyment which is a source of foreign exchange and revenue to the government.
  • A source of protein and food because it’s a major dish to some communities such as around L.Victoria and along the coastal strip.
  • Has led to development of industries such as those depending on fish as a raw material e.g. fertilizer plants, for making cod liver oil, etc.
  • A source of medicine whereby cod liver oil is used in alleviation of chest problems a
  • Fish oil is used directly or indirectly as a source of cooking fat.
  • For biological control of mosquitoes by introducing it in water so as to feed on mosquito larvae thereby reducing mosquitoes and hence incidents of malaria transmission.
  • Has led to development of transport system by e.g. an all weather road from Kitale to Kalokol has made it easier for the fish from L.Turkana to get to the market.

Problems Facing Fishing Industry in Kenya and Their Possible Solutions

  • Overfishing resulting from use of small meshed nets and unlicensed fishermen resulting in extinction of such species.
  • Restrictions should be made on the type of net that should be used.
  • Licensing a selected number of fishermen and limiting their catch per day.
  • Fish farming to ease pressure on natural fishing grounds.
  • Pollution of water bodies by oil spillage and seepage of industrial and agricultural chemicals into water which kills marine organisms and prohibits introduction of fish into such waters.
    • Agricultural activities should be prohibited close to fishing grounds.
    • Legislation should be put in place to check disposal of wastes from industries.
  • Transport problem as key fisheries being far from centres of population which causes many places to rarely receive fresh fish e.g. L.Turkana.
  • Roads should be tarmacked for efficient transportation of fish.
  • Lack of adequate market due to many communities having not developed fish eating culture, availability of agricultural products such as beef and pork, many fishing grounds being found in sparsely populated areas, many fishing grounds being found far away from potential markets and inability by many people to afford fish due to being expensive due to transport costs being passed on to consumers.
  • Roads to the potential markets should be improved.
  • People should be educated on the importance of fish in the diet so as to develop fish eating culture,
  • Inadequate capital making fishermen unable to afford fishing equipment with speed and greater capacity making them unable to venture into deep waters where there is more fish and modern preservation facilities limiting their catch per day.
  • Fishermen should form co-operatives so as to get financial assistance.
  • Location of marine waters within tropical latitudes where there is warm water limiting the growth of plankton.
  • Narrow continental shelf hence less fish.
  • Modern fishing methods and equipment can enable fishermen to go into deep waters where there is abundant fish.
  • Fluctuation of volume of water in rivers and lakes due to seasonal variation of rainfall and prolonged droughts which causes fish death or migration e.g. Turkana after damming of R. Omo in Ethiopia.
  • Conserving water catchment areas to ensure regular supply of water.
  • Growth of weeds e.g. water hyacinth in L.Victoria which prohibits movement of vessels thereby lowering the catch.
  • Mechanical or biological removal of weeds.
  • Human activities near fishing grounds which cause soil erosion which causes siltation which lowers the depth of water affecting fish breeding.
  • Discouraging agricultural activities near fishing grounds and planting of cover crops around fishing grounds to reduce siltation.
  • Boundary conflict between Kenya and Uganda over Migingo.
  • Survey the boundaries to establish the rightful owner of the island.

Fishing in Japan

  • The leading fishing nation producing 1/6 of the world’s fish output.

Factors Making It to Be the Leading Nation

Physical Factors

  1. Rugged mountainous landscape which doesn’t offer favourable conditions for agriculture making fishing to be an alternative economic activity.
  2. Extensive shallow continental shelf that hosts a lot of fish.
  3. Convergence of warm Kuroshiwo and cold Oyashiwo currents providing a suitable habitat for plankton on which fish feed.
  4. Natural indented coasts that provide good breeding ground as well as excellent natural fishing ports e.g. Yokohama and Nagasaki.

Human Factors

  1. High technology such as large ships with refrigeration and processing facilities which carry large stocks and enable fishermen to carry out fishing in deep seas and over long periods and equipment to detect where there are abundant fish.
  2. Large market for fish due to fish being a popular meal, population being large and with a high purchasing power.
  3. Fish farming is carried out in the fresh waters and dams which are intensively managed allowing maximum returns.
  4. Fish marketing is done through co-operatives which advance loans to fishermen to improve and expand their fishing.

Problems Facing Fishing in Japan

  1. High pollution of Japanese waters by industrial effluent sand oil spillage which has interfered with aquatic life.
  2. Overfishing along coastal waters as a result of increase in the fishing fleet which has resulted into depletion of some fish species.
  3. Restriction of Japanese fleet from other nations territories e.g. to the west where they are kept away by the Korean government.

Comparison between Fishing in Kenya and Japan

Similarities

  • Both countries carry out inland and marine fishing activities.
  • There is overexploitation of fish resources in both countries.
  • There is fish farming in both countries to supplement natural fisheries.
  • Both countries experience the problem of pollution whereby in Kenya it’s by industrial effluents and agricultural chemicals and in Japan by industries dumping mercury into the sea.
  • Modern methods of preserving and processing fish such as refrigerated vessels and fish filleting are used in both countries.
  • Fish is consumed locally and exported in both countries.
  • In both countries fishermen have organised themselves into co-operatives.
  • In both countries fishing faces the problem of restriction e.g. in japan by Korean Government while in Kenya they are restricted from Ugandan and Tanzanian waters.

Differences

  • In Kenya fishing is mostly concentrated in inland waters while in japan fishing is mostly concentrated in the N.W. Pacific fishing grounds.
  • In Kenya fishing is carried a few kilometres off the shore but in japan it is done in deep seas even far beyond their territorial waters.
  • Less fish is found in Kenya due to warm waters and narrow continental shelf while in japan there plenty of fish in marine waters due to broad continental shelf and convergence of warm and cold current.
  • In Kenya there is low demand for fish than in Japan.
  • In japan the fish species caught are cod, Mackerel, Alaska Pollack while in Kenya it is Tilapia, Nile Perch Dagaa and black bass.
  • In Japan marketing of fish is done mainly by co-operatives while in Kenya it’s mainly done by individual fishermen although there are few co-operatives.
  • Marine fishing in Kenya faces competition from other countries such as Japan and Korea while in japan it doesn’t.
  • Japan has more advanced technology than Kenya that ensures heavy catch while Kenya has limited technology leading to low catch.

               Management and Conservation of Fisheries

  • Management of fisheries refers to effective planning and control of fish resources and their habitats while conservation of fisheries is careful use and protection of fish resources from overexploitation by people.

Management Measures

  • Establishment of research stations to come up with fish species which can do well in various conditions and know fish predators and separate them from fish.
  • Educating people on the importance of fishing grounds and fish resources such as by advising farmers not to cultivate near fishing grounds to prevent siltation and industrialists to treat wastes before disposing them.
  • Government inspecting inland water resources to ensure people don’t interfere with regular flow of water through activities such as damming which lead to fluctuation of water which affects migratory fish and which may also cause their death.

Conservation Measures

  • Enact law banning of small meshed nets to prevent catching of immature fish which leads to depletion of fish stocks in water bodies.
  • Improve transport infrastructure to enable exploitation of fishing grounds in remote areas in order to reduce overexploitation of the few accessible fishing grounds such as L.Victoria.
  • Fish farming to ensure fish caught in natural waters aren’t overexploited and depleted.
  • Restocking overfished waters using fingerings from hatcheries or from overpopulated fishing grounds.
  • Banning fishing temporarily whenever over fishing is detected to let fish to mature and breed.
  • Licensing fishermen to regulate the rate at which fish are exploited to prevent their depletion.
  • Regular patrols to ensure that foreign fishermen don’t trespass Kenya’s marine waters to reduce competition for fish.

 

 

WILD LIFE AND TOURISM

  • Plants (flora) and animals (fauna) in their natural habitats.

Factors that Influence Distribution of Wildlife in E. Africa

Climate

  • Heavy rainfall results in big forests which favour animals such as elephants and buffaloes e.g. Mt. Kenya forest.
  • Arid and semi-arid climate supports hardy animals which can stand scarcity of water e.g. hart beast and gerenuk which can stand scarcity of water.

Relief

(a) Aspect

  • Windward sides which receive heavy rainfall support big forests which favour animals such as elephants while leeward sides of mountains which experience low rainfall favour grasslands which favour carnivores which in turn attract herbivores e.g. Amboseli.

(b) Terrain

  • Hunting animals like cheetah are found in plains and plateaus which are relatively level where they are able to run for long distances chasing their prey.

Soils

  • Infertile and shallow soils favour grasslands which suit many herbivores and carnivores.

Vegetation

  • Birds live where there are trees so as to have shelter.
  • Savannah woodlands with more acacia trees favour giraffes which feed on foliage from the trees.
  • Desert and semi-desert vegetation supports hardy animals such as grants gazelle.

Availability of water

  • Fish are found in rivers, lakes and oceans e.g. Lakes Victoria Kyoga and Indian Ocean.
  • Some animals such as hippos and crocodiles live mainly in fresh water in rivers and lakes e.g. R. Nile and L. Naivasha.

Human activities

  • Man hunts animals illegally threatening some species with extinction.
  • Man has displaced animals from their natural habitat by clearing vegetation for agriculture and settlement.
  • Man has taken measures to conserve endangered species of wildlife through establishing national parks, game reserves and sanctuaries.

National Parks

  • Area set aside for preservation of scenery, wildlife and historical sites e.g. Tsavo, Mombasa marine, Amboseli, Samburu in Kenya, Kilimanjaro, Arusha and Serengeti in Tanzania and Kipendo valley and Ruwenzori in Uganda.

Characteristics

  1. Established by an act of parliament
  2. Managed by the government
  3. No other form of land is permitted.
  4. May be fenced off to keep off people and prevent animals from going out.

 

 

Game Reserve

  • An area set aside for preservation of wildlife e.g. Maasai Mara in Kenya, Selous game reserve in Tanzania and Kigezi wildlife reserve in Uganda.

Characteristics

  1. Managed by local authorities.
  2. Accommodates both wildlife and livestock.
  3. May be or not fenced off.

Game Sanctuary

An area set aside for protection of birds or other kinds of animals which are endangered e.g. Kisumu Impala Sanctuary, Rhino Sanctuary at L. Nakuru National park and Mwaluganje Elephant sanctuary.

Characteristics

  1. Hunting isn’t permitted.
  2. Predators are controlled.
  3. Breeding and keeping young ones until they are fit for release.

Significance of Wildlife

  1. Tourist attraction which brings foreign exchange and revenue for the government by paying entry fee to the national parks and reserves.
  2. Wildlife conservation has led to proper utilisation of marginal areas of marginal areas where crop growing is difficult due to unreliable rainfall.
  3. Creates employment for people raising their standards of living e.g. game rangers, tourist guides and drivers and workers in tourist hotels.
  4. Wildlife preservation helps to preserve and protect water catchment areas and soil and also modifies the climate resulting in increased rainfall.
  5. A source of food e.g. animals meet and honey from bees.
  6. Wild plants such as Muarobaini are used as a source of medicine.
  7. It has led to development of industries by providing raw materials e.g. trees provide timber used in the building and construction industry.
  8. It has led to development of infrastructure when good roads are built to make Game Parks more accessible to tourists.
  9. It has diversified the economic base of East African countries instead of relying on agriculture as a major source of revenue.

Problems Facing Wildlife in East Africa

  1. Poaching which is likely to bring rare species of animals to extinction e.g. rhinos and elephants.
  2. Adverse climatic conditions which causes death of some animals due to shortage of water and pasture.
  3. Floods which drown animals and destroy plants depriving animals of pasture.
  4. Bush fires which destroy large tracts of land and kill animals which may cause extinction of rare species and expose land to agents of erosion.
  5. Overgrazing by high population of herbivores resulting in destruction of vegetation which exposes land to agents of erosion destroying habitats of animals causing them to migrate to areas with adequate pasture.
  6. Wildlife-human conflict where by pastoralists kills carnivores which kill their livestock.
  7. Pests and diseases such as Feline Immunodeficiency Virus which threatens to reduce the lion population in many parts of Africa.
  8. Human activities e.g.
  1. Overgrazing by livestock where grazing is allowed leading to destruction of the natural habitat for wildlife.
  2. Destruction of vegetation by tourists’ vehicles which reduces the amount of food for browsing animals.
  3. Encroachment of land which was formerly reserved for wildlife by clearing land for settlement and agriculture which has led to killing of animals.
  4. Overfishing which threatens the survival of certain species of fish and other marine life.
  5. Environmental pollution such as release of sewage from lodges which pollutes the water leading to the poisoning of animals which drink it e.g. at L. Nakuru where it has led to the death of flamingos and noise pollution from vehicles and people which disturbs animals making them unable to feed well.

Management and Conservation of Wildlife

Wild life management is effective planning and control of wildlife while wildlife conservation is protection of wildlife against interference and destruction by people.

Management Measures

  • Educating people through print and electronic media on the need to preserve wildlife.
  • Establishing wildlife clubs in schools to create awareness on the importance of wildlife conservation.
  • Formation of wildlife conservation bodies e.g. Kenya Wildlife Service charged with management and conservation of wildlife.
  • Initiating game ranching or wildlife farms to control overexploitation of wildlife resources from the natural habitats.
  • Culling of old animals to give room for the younger ones and to control the animal numbers.
  • Translocation of animals whose population increases beyond the capacity of park to other parks where their number is small to prevent the problem of overgrazing.
  • Encouraging of domestic tourism by lowering entry fee into parks to help people to appreciate the value of wildlife and thus accept conserving it.

Conservation Measures

  1. Banning hunting in order to prevent extinction of endangered species.
  2. Banning trade in wild game and trophies to prevent endangered animals from becoming extinct.
  3. Setting up of game parks to protect wildlife against destruction by people.
  4. Setting up of wildlife sanctuaries to protect the endangered species of wildlife.
  5. Employment of paramilitary personnel by the government to combat poaching.

Tourism

  • Process of travelling to other places for pleasure, business or education.

Types

Eco-tourism

  • environmentally friendly tourism or tourism emphasizing environmental conservation where tourists and local communities are involved in enjoying nature as well as conserving it or.

Aspects/Characteristics of Ecotourism

  • Tourists are guided along marked trails instead of driving to the areas where there are animals.
  • Telescopic viewing of animals to avoid disturbing animals.
  • Use of camping sites rather than big tourist hotels so as not to put pressure on resources which animals depend on.
  • Prohibiting off road driving and travelling by foot.
  • Allowing particular types of vehicles.
  • Warning people against throwing cigarette remains on dry vegetation.

Its encouraged by:

  • Creating awareness among the local communities to understand and appreciate nature by visiting Game parks.
  • The local community directly benefits from income from tourism which provides them with incentive to conserve wildlife.

There are two types of tourism namely:

Domestic tourism involves local people visiting tourists’ attractions which are within their own country.

Why Domestic tourism is Encouraged

  • To understand features available in the country so as to appreciate them.
  • Understand and appreciate the need to conserve wildlife.
  • To compensate for the low turn outs of international tourists in April and October this helps to run the hotels without relying on tourists from outside.

Its encouraged by:

  • Lowering entry fee to game parks.
  • Lowering charges in tourists’ hotels for Kenyans who want to stay in them.

Mass tourism is where large institutional groups of students of staff visit tourists’ attractions.

Green Tourism is where people travel seeking to protect and restore the damaged environment e.g. by planting trees.

International tourism involves movement of persons from one country to another for leisure.

Factors Influencing Tourism in Kenya

Physical factors

  • Tropical location which causes tourists from temperate countries to come to Kenya to escape the harsh winter cold.
  • Attractive scenery such as snow capped Mt. Kenya, unpolluted sandy beaches, Great Rift Valley, hot springs and geysers, great rivers with falls etc which attract tourists.
  • Richness in wildlife e.g. many plants because of warm climate e.g. rain forests and acacias of savannah and tropical animals and birds which are conserved in their natural habitat. Its home to the famous wildebeest in the Mara.

Human Factors

  • There are different ethnic groups with unique way and dancing, handicrafts, and dressing which attracts tourists.
  • Presence of historical sites which feature artefacts of iron age e.g. Kariandusi in Nakuru and Orgesailie near Magadi which attract tourists.
  • Political stability which assures tourists of their safety.
  • Accessibility of many tourist sites by road, air and water and also there are communication facilities throughout the country.
  • There are comfortable tourist accommodation facilities e.g. high-class hotels and lodges in major towns and game parks.

Tourist Attractions in Kenya

-Grouped into two:

Main Attractions at the Coast

  • Beautiful natural uncrowded and unpolluted sandy beaches which are ideal for sun-bathing (sitting or lying in strong sunlight in order to make the body brown).
  • Warm and sunny climate due to tropical location which attracts tourists from temperate regions who escape from the harsh winter cold and come for health purposes.
  • Water sports like yatching, surfing and sport fishing which are carried out in the Indian Ocean.
  • Historical sites such as Fort Jesus, Gedi ruins, Vasco Dagama and slave caves in Malindi and Shimoni.
  • Traditional culture of the coastal people e.g. they have a unique way of dancing, songs, clothing and handicrafts and shrines e.g. Kaya of the Mijikenda which attracts tourists.
  • Mangrove swamps which have unique plants and different species of fish, snails, snakes, birds etc.

Main Attractions Inland

  • Wild life conserved in National Parks and Game Reserves. Wildlife is conserved in their natural habitats.
  • The Famous wildebeest migration in the Mara.
  • The sunny warm climate which attracts tourists from temperate countries.
  • Attractive scenery such as the snow capped Mt. Kenya, the Great Rift Valley and its lakes and hot springs and geysers and great rivers with waterfalls.
  • Diverse culture of inland people e.g. the Maasai way of dressing, dancing, housing.
  • Historical attractions such as Kariandusi near Gilgil and Orgesailie near Magadi featuring artefacts of Iron Age.
  • National museums of Kenya in Nairobi.

Significance of Tourism

  1. Tourism earns the country foreign exchange by paying for their services in foreign currency which is used to trade with other countries.
  2. It employs many people enabling them to earn an income and hence raise their standard of living e.g. tourists guides, drivers, in tourist hotels etc.
  3. Source of revenue for the government from licenses from tour operators, entry charges to game parks rental fee paid by game lodges etc.
  4. Has led to improvement of infrastructure resulting when new roads are constructed and existing ones improved and also airstrips constructed which benefits people living along the routes which in turn stimulate development.
  5. Promotes international understanding resulting in peace between countries by bringing together people from different countries of the world..
  6. Promotes conservation of wildlife and historical sites sine they are tourist attractions.
  7. Promotes agriculture as tourist hotels rely on farmers for the supply of food e.g. fruits and vegetables.
  8. Promotes development of industries e.g. craft industries when tourists buy curios e.g. wood and stone carvings and

                           Problems facing Tourism in Kenya

  1. Insecurity whereby tourists are robbed of their belongings which discourages potential tourists from visiting the country. The government is increasing security patrols in the areas frequented by tourists.
  2. Ethnic classes in tourist attraction areas which make tourists to stay away than put their lives at risk e.g. ethnic clashes in Molo. The solution is preaching peace among the tribes since the clashes are fuelled by ethnic hatred.
  3. Illegal hunting of animals which reduces some rare wildlife species which attract tourists which reduces the number of tourists visiting the country. Some tourists encourage poaching by buying trophies and involvement in smuggling skins, ivory and other articles out of the country. The solution using game rangers to patrol game parks to hunt for illegal hunters and banning trade in game trophies and inspecting tourists at departure.
  4. Terrorism attacks such as the bombing of tourist resort at Kikambala which causes foreign countries to issue travel advisories to their citizens which reduces the number of tourists. Security personnel are being trained on ways of detecting and countering terrorism.
  5. Pollution of aquatic systems such as L. Nakuru which has caused the death of flamingos reducing the number of tourists since some are specifically attracted by flamingos. The solution is regular inspection of factories to ensure treatment of effluents before they are released to water bodies.
  6. International media giving negative publicity of Kenya by portraying it as an insecure country. There should be established tourism promotion bodies in foreign countries to report positively to counter lies.
  7. Air fares from and to many parts of the world is high due to high fuel prices which discourages tourists from coming to Kenya.

Problems Associated With Tourism

  1. Local people borrowing from tourists some social cultural values with negative consequences e.g. homosexuality and lesbianism which could lead to breakage of marriage life and spread of S.T.Ds.
  2. Government neglecting other sectors of the economy such as agriculture and development projects like health and education by using a lot of money on tourist infrastructure such as construction of roads and airstrips in tourist areas some of which are rarely used.
  3. Some tourists encourage poaching by buying and smuggling souvenirs in form of game trophies which make poachers to kill animals so as to meet demand for these products.
  4. Destruction of vegetation by tourist’s vehicles as they move over it which reduces the amount of pasture available for browsing animals.
  5. Tourists chasing animals while trying to get close-up photographs which destructs the animals feeding and bleeding habits. Noise from vehicles and people also disturb animals.
  6. Some tourists come with the purpose of trafficking drugs and some introduce youths to drugs leading to drug abuse and its related consequences.
  7. It may cause some male and female children to drop out of school to be showing the tourists around and obtain money by befriending tourists e.g. beach boys.

Tourism in Switzerland

A country in C. Europe which is landlocked.

-60% of the country is mountainous.

-Its one the leading world destination for international tourism.

-Tourism is highly developed and is the leading foreign exchange earner for the country.

Factors Influencing Tourism in Switzerland/Why it gets more tourists than Kenya.

  1. Beautiful scenery produced by Alps which is the main tourist attraction in summer. There are features formed by glacial erosion. There are features such as snow capped mountain peaks, clear blue lakes, waterfalls etc.
  2. Climate whereby tourists like visiting there during warm summers and especially the southern region of Ticino which receives more tourists as it experiences a warmer summer due to proximity to Mediterranean Sea.

The country also experiences winter in which the mountain peaks and slopes provide excellent ground for skiing and skating.

  1. It has Excellent infrastructural facilities with a well developed network of roads, railways, electrified rail cars and cable cars which enable tourists to travel easily to centres of attraction.
  2. The policy of neutrality which makes people from all the parts of the world to feel at home while there.
  3. Several major languages of Europe are spoken which makes it possible for tourists to get excellent services in the country.
  4. Accessibility due to its location in C. Europe for tourists from countries from France, Italy, Spain, Germany and Belgium.
  5. It has excellent accommodation facilities which are fairly priced and offer discounts to mass tourists.
  6. It’s highly industrialised and many people are employed and earn a good income enabling people to save for holidays.
  7. It’s a centre for international meetings since the UN headquarters are in Geneva and the people who go for meetings take time to tour various parts of the country.
  8. Tourists organise themselves into groups in order to negotiate for air travel and hotel accommodation making tourism possible for a cross section of the society.
  9. The country has favourable banking laws so people visit that country as they go to bank their money.
  • It has one of the lowest crime rates in the world which make many tourists to tour it because their security is guaranteed.

Significance of tourism to Switzerland

  1. Earns the country foreign exchange which is used to finance development.
  2. The country earns revenue through taxation and direct fee collection.
  3. Creates employment in both Switzerland.
  4. It has encouraged development of other industries e.g. banking, insurance and transport.
  5. Has opened up unproductive areas for development e.g. glaciated landscapes.
  6. Switzerland has gained good international reputation and fame through tourism.

Comparison between Tourism in Kenya and Switzerland

Similarities

  • Both counties have similar tourist attractions e.g. snow capped mountains, waterfalls and rich culture.
  • Both countries have well established hotel industry offering excellent accommodation to tourists.
  • Both countries have health spas with mineral water which people consider to cure certain ailments. In Switzerland they are at Mt. Moritz and in Kenya at L. Bogoria.
  • In both countries tourists visit all year round.
  • In both counties tourism sector earns a significant fraction of foreign exchange.
  • Both countries enjoy a peaceful political environment suitable for tourism.
  • Tourists in both countries are attracted by waterfalls. In Switzerland they are associated with hanging valleys while Kenya’s are along her rivers.
  • Both countries have national parks e.g. Swiss National Park in Switzerland and Amboseli National Park in Kenya.

Differences/ What Tourists Go To See In Kenya Which They Cant See In Switzerland and Vice Versa

  • Kenya has more physical features which attract tourists than Switzerland e.g. Rift valley, lakes, mountains.
  • Kenya’s climate is warm throughout the year while Switzerland experiences warm summers and cold winters.
  • Kenya has tropical wildlife such as the elephant, cheetah, lion etc. which Switzerland lacks.
  • Kenya is richer in traditional culture than Switzerland due to its many ethnic groups.
  • Switzerland receives more visitors than Kenya and revenue from the industry is far much higher compared to Kenya’s.
  • Kenya has marine attraction which Switzerland lacks because it’s a landlocked country.
  • In Kenya animals are kept in game parks while in Switzerland they are kept in zoos.
  • Switzerland has winter sports such as skiing and ice-skating which Kenya lacks.
  • In Switzerland domestic tourism is more pronounced than in Kenya due to high levels of income.

Reasons Why Many Kenyans Don’t Visit Other Places as Tourists

  • Shortage of accommodation especially during the tourist peak season making accommodation expensive and hence unaffordable.
  • Unemployment which makes many people unable to afford to travel let alone pay for food and hotel accommodation.
  • Low income from employment making many people unable to afford holidays in tourist attraction areas.
  • Some employees are unable to get leave so as to be able to visit tourists’ attractions.
  • Many people haven’t developed the habit of going to visit areas with tourists’ attractions during holidays.

The Future of Tourism in Kenya/Ways in which Kenya is Planning to Expand her Tourism

Tourism in Kenya has good prospects and may expand in future if the following factors are implemented:

  1. Improvement of infrastructure in semi-arid areas which have tourist attractions e.g. N. Eastern Province.
  2. Aggressive promotion and marketing of Kenya as a tourist destination in other countries which is done by (KTDC) Kenya Tourist Development Corporation and (KTB) Kenya Tourism Board.
  3. Encouragement of domestic tourism by showing documentaries through the electronic media on Kenya’s tourist sites e.g. ‘Out and About’
  4. Offering domestic tourists favourable rates of accommodation in the hotels during the off peak tourist season.
  5. Beefing up security to ensure tourists don’t gain access to the country in order to make tourists to choose Kenya as their destination since their safety will be guaranteed.
  6. Lowering tariffs levied particularly on food and accommodation in tourists hotels to encourage tourists to come and spend more days.

ENERGY

-The power required to carry out an activity e.g. diesel, electricity, etc.

Sources of Energy

-Classified into 2 types: renewable and non-renewable sources of energy.

Renewable Sources of Energy

-Which can be regenerated and used over and over again.

Types of Renewable sources of Energy

  1. Sun
  2. Wind
  3. Water (geothermal, hydro power, tides and waves).
  4. Biomass (wood, biogas)

Sun

Energy from the sun is called solar energy.

The sun is the primary source of all types of energy.

Solar radiation can be converted into 2 types of energy.

Heat

Solar panels are used to tap solar energy which is then used to heat water in coiled pipes which are inside which are painted black.

Mirrors are used to converge rays of the sun on one spot which are then used to heat water or cook food in a pot.

Suns rays are reflected and focused on crops to dry them.

Electricity

Photo- voltaic cells are used which when sunlight shines on them they generate electricity which is then stored in batteries.

Advantages of Solar Energy

  • Cheap because it’s obtained from sunlight which isn’t paid for.
  • Requires minimal maintenance once tapping equipment has been installed.
  • It doesn’t pollute the environment like fossil fuels (environmentally friendly)
  • Can be stored in batteries and used when there is no sunlight.
  • It’s inexhaustible i.e. available as long as the sun continues to shine.
  • Available in all parts of the world.

Disadvantages

  • Can’t be used to run heavy machinery.
  • Tapping equipment e.g. solar panels are expensive to buy.
  • The batteries which it’s stored in are cumbersome to carry around.
  • It fluctuates in various seasons throughout the year.
  • Large numbers of solar panels are required to produce useful amounts of energy.

Wind

Wind energy is mainly used in arid and semi-arid areas where wind flow isn’t obstructed by vegetation.

  • Wind is harvested using wind mills and converted into mechanical energy which is used for pumping water, grinding grain and generating electricity.
  • Wind energy is also used to propel ocean going vessels e.g. dhows.

Advantages

  • It is an inexhaustible source of energy.
  • It doesn’t pollute the environment.
  • Land between the windmills can be used for other purposes.
  • Can be produced on small scale basis for local consumers.

Disadvantages/ Problems.

Wind mills for harvesting it are expensive to buy and install.

The equipment for harvesting is relatively expensive to maintain.

Many windmills are required to provide a significant amount of electrical energy.

It fluctuates when the strength and direction of wind changes.

The large tracts of land it requires (wind farms) alter the environment beauty.

It’s not available in many areas except in open areas.

Water

Geothermal Power

Steam from underground is heated when in contact with hot rocks.

The steam finds its way to the surface through fissures or cracks.

The steam is tapped and used to turn turbines and thus generate electricity e.g. at Olkaria in Kenya.

Advantages

Cheaper as no fuel is required to turn turbines.

It is Continuous.

It’s inexhaustible unlike hydro-power which depends on water levels.

The cost of operating geothermal power station is low compared to    hydro-power station.

A good supplement for other sources of energy.

Disadvantages

  • Causes noise pollution from generation plant.
  • Not available in many areas where there aren’t hot springs and geysers.
  • Gases released with steam may pollute the environment e.g. sulphur dioxide, hydrogen sulphide, methane, ammonia, etc.
  • Its exploration is expensive because it requires expensive technology.

Hydro/Water-power

-Power obtained from falling water.

-Most widely used renewable source of energy.

-Used to generate electricity (HEP) when falling water is directed to turn turbines connected to generators to produce electricity.

Advantages

  • It doesn’t pollute the environment.
  • It’s inexhaustible.
  • Hydroelectric power can be transmitted over long distances using cables.
  • Dams for HEP generation create lakes which can be used for recreation, irrigation and fishing.
  • HEP can be used for many purposes e.g. transport, cooking, etc.
  • It’s reliable because significant levels of energy are produced.

Disadvantages

  • Affected by fluctuation of water levels in reservoirs.
  • Construction of HEP generation dams displaces many people.
  • It causes inconvenience to migratory species of fish.
  • The cost of constructing and running hydro-power plants is high.
  • Dams may break and destroy a lot of property and lives downstream.
  • Not available throughout the world.

Tides and Waves

-Dams are built across an estuary.

-Incoming and outgoing tides rotate turbines and electricity is generated in similar way as hydro-power.

Biomass

-All forms of energy released by plants and animal wastes.

Wood fuel

Firewood, charcoal and saw dust which are used for cooking and heating.

It can be exhausted if its cut at a higher rate than they are being replaced. so it requires management if it has to be sustained.

Advantages of Wood

  • It’s a cheap source of energy.
  • Available almost throughout the world.
  • No maintenance cost is needed.
  • Ashes from burned firewood can be used for plastering houses and as a fertilizer.

Disadvantages

  • Dirty because when burning it gives off smoke and soot.
  • Pollutes environment through the gases it emits.
  • Requires a big storage area.
  • Its overexploitation leads to deforestation leading to problems of soil erosion, global warming and shortage of water.

Power Alcohol

Agricultural wastes e.g. straw, molasses and cassava are fermented to produce power alcohol which is directly used to heat or blended with gasoline to run machines.

Biogas

Human and animal wastes are used to produce methane (biogas) through fermentation which is used for cooking and lighting.

Advantages of Biomass

  • An inexhaustible source of energy.
  • Fuels are efficient and relatively clean.
  • Cheap because it makes use of waste products.
  • Production of biogas is cheap as it doesn’t require advanced technology.
  • Biogas gives twice as much heat as natural gas.
  • Slurry left behind when biogas is being made can be used as fertilizer.
  • Available throughout the world.

Disadvantages

  • Biogas digesters require a lot of space and can’t be set in congested areas.
  • Can’t be transported to distant places.
  • Contributes to pollution which causes global warming.

Animals

Examples of Animals and Their Uses

  • Oxen for ploughing and pulling carts.
  • Horses for transporting by riding on their backs.
  • Donkey for transporting of goods on their backs or by pulling carts.
  • Camel for transporting goods and people on their backs.
  • Elephant in Burma and India for transporting logs from forests

Advantages

  • Inexhaustible because animals keep multiplying as a result of production.
  • Available in all parts of the world.
  • Cheep to maintain as they only require food and water.
  • Animals are flexible because they are able go through forests and narrow paths unlike motor vehicles.
  • Some are slaughtered for meat when they outlive their usefulness e.g. oxen, camels etc.

Disadvantages

  • They are prone to diseases and fatigue.
  • They can die as a result of too much work.
  • Their use is restricted only to rural areas.
  • They can only transport small loads.
  • They can only do limited work because they tire easily.

Non-renewable Sources of Energy

-Sources of energy which are exhaustible if they aren’t well managed.

-They include petroleum, coal and uranium.

Coal

-A black or brown rock made of carbon.

  • Mud, sand and other materials are deposited over vegetative matter such as tree trunks and branches.
  • Deposited material prevents decomposition and also exerts pressure on it causing great heat.
  • Peat layers are formed which gradually change into coal.

Usage of coal has declined due to:

  1. Discovery of other forms of energy such as petroleum.
  2. Exhaustion of old accessible mines.
  3. High cost of mining coal.

Advantages of Coal

  • More efficient in thermal generation of electricity than oil.
  • Most suitable in the smelting of iron.

Disadvantages

It leaves a lot of dirt on any surface it touches.

It leads to formation of smog and smoke which is a health hazard.

Its mining leads to environmental degradation.

Petroleum

Consists of gaseous and liquid hydrocarbons from animal and vegetation matter laid on sedimentary rocks.

Natural gas and petroleum are extracted from the same oil wells.

Petroleum is refined to get by-products such as motor oil, diesel, kerosene, gasoline, jet fuel, lubricants, liquid and petroleum gas.

Natural gas occurs alone or is found on the upper layers of crude oil.

It’s a mixture of hydrocarbons with methane making about 90% and other gases such as propane, ethane and butane.

It’s used for domestic purposes, generation of thermal electricity and for industrial activities.

Advantages

  • A clean source of energy to use.
  • Cheap to transport by pipes to distant areas.
  • Transport and maintenance costs are low.
  • Easy to use as one needs only switches and burners.
  • Free of the effects of weather changes.

Disadvantages

  • An exhaustible source of energy.
  • Accidental fires can occur incase the gas leaks or the pipe is damaged.
  • It can greatly pollute the environment incase of accidental fires occurrence.
  • Expensive for low income groups.

Uranium

-A naturally occurring radioactive material used to produce nuclear energy in fusion and fission in reactors.

A lot of heat is produced and the water used to cool the heat producing core is heated and turns into steam used to generate electricity.

Advantages

  • It’s a long lasting supply of raw material.
  • It produces large amounts of energy.
  • It doesn’t produce green house gases.

Disadvantages

  • It’s expensive to construct a nuclear reactor.
  • Wastes from a nuclear power station are difficult to dispose because they are radioactive for 100 years.
  • It is an exhaustible source of energy.

HEP Projects in Kenya

Factors Favouring Development of HEP

Physical Factors

  1. A large and constant volume of water such as R. Tana and its tributaries.
  2. Can be located on areas with falling water such as on rapids, water falls, and Knick points.
  3. Deep and narrow valley. Deep to ensure a large capacity for the reservoir and narrow to minimize the cost of constructing the dam.
  4. Hard basement rocks to reduce the amount of infiltration and also to provide a strong foundation for the dam.

Human Factors

Area for dam and reservoir construction should be sparsely populated to minimize the cost of relocating people.

There should be presence of industries and urban areas to provide market for electricity to make the project economically viable or bring a profit.

Construction of an HEP station requires adequate capital because it’s expensive to construct a dam, to maintain it, to transmit power and to compensate the displaced people. Kenya is financed from external source e.g. Sondu Miriu which is financed by Japanese government.

When referring to Kenya you should say: ‘There is presence of …’

Development of HEP in Kenya

By the dawn of independence there was few industries and hence low demand for electricity.

Few HEP stations available were set up to supply power for agricultural processing.

The earliest stations were Mesco on R. Maragua, Ndula on R. Thika and Sagana on R. Sagana.

The rest of power supply came from diesel plants in Kipevu.

There was power which was being imported from Uganda which was connected in 1955.

Demand for electricity increased as more industries were established.

The country opted to use her water resources to provide electricity and reduce her reliance on power from Uganda.

  1. Tana was identified as the one with the largest potential.

Seven sites appearing as a cascade were identified along the river where the Seven Forks Scheme was launched.

  • Kindaruma was the first project to be established which was completed in 1968.
  • Kamburu followed which was completed in 1974.
  • Gitaru was next which got completed in 1978.
  • Masinga which is a multipurpose project was completed in 1981. It has the largest lake. It’s a reservoir for the rest of the dams downstream and the water is also used to provide water for irrigation.
  • Kiambere was the last station downstream completed in 1988.
  • The other proposed power stations to complete the Seven Forks project are Mutonga and Grand Falls.
  • The other HEP stations are Turkwel Gorge on R. Turkwel which was completed in 1991 and Sondu- Miriu which was expected to be completed in 2008.

It’s the main source of electricity accounting for 72% of power production.

The stations are maintained by Ken Gen which sells power to KPLC which distributes it to consumers at a fee.

Benefits of Tana River Projects

  1. The reservoirs provide power for irrigation and domestic use.
  2. The dams promote transport by serving as bridges across the rivers.
  3. The dams are a tourist attraction e.g. Masinga tourist lodge provides recreational facilities.
  4. The dams provide fresh water fisheries.
  5. The projects have generated employment to people thus raising their standard of living.

Problems Facing the Tana River Projects

  1. Shortage of capital to purchase spare parts which has interfered with maintenance of machinery in the power house.
  2. Fluctuation of the water levels of R. Tana due to drought in the catchment areas and evaporation due to flowing through the dry Nyika region which affects power generation.
  3. Siltation of dams which occasionally blocks the tail race tunnels leading to a low volume of water and dredging is required which is expensive.
  4. Inadequate skills and technology which causes failure to maximise on power production.

HEP Projects in Uganda

It has the largest renewable fresh water resources in E. Africa.

It is endowed with numerous rivers and lakes with high potential of electricity generation.

The country receives an average of 1000mm of rain throughout the year.

  1. Nile which flows out of L. Victoria has the highest potential.

Where it flows out it has provided a natural water fall.

Owen Falls Dam was built on the site in 1954.

It’s the Africa’s largest storage dam.

It supplies most of Uganda’s electricity (162MW) and exports 30MW to Kenya.

The presence of power was a catalyst to industrial development e.g. Njinja town a few metres from the dam became a scene of several industries to use the cheap electricity nearby.

The country is developing another power station below the Owen Falls.

Kikagat River to the south provides power around Mutukula and Kabale areas in S.W Uganda.

Mobuku River supplies most of the power used in the copper mines at Kilembe.

HEP Projects in Africa

Africa has the largest concentration and potential areas of HEP generation.  The potential hasn’t been utilised due to:

  1. Inadequate financial resources. Where the projects are to be established the countries seek external borrowing of money which is paid for many years overburdening the concerned countries.
  2. Some of the potential areas being in remote areas far away from densely populated areas and industrial areas.
  3. Some of the countries are lowly industrialised which means there isn’t adequate market for HEP making the venture economically unviable.
  4. Some of the rivers with potential for HEP generation don’t have constant volume of water throughout the year due to seasonal fall of rain which affects power generation.

Some of the major projects are:

  • Aswan on R. Nile
  • Kariba (shared among Zambia and Zimbabwe) and Cabora Bassa on R. Zambezi.
  • Kainji on R. Niger
  • Akosombo in R. Volta (Ghana)
  • Owen Falls (Uganda) and Sennar on R. Nile
  • Vanderkloof on R. Orange
  • Inga and R. Le Marinel on R. Congo.

HEP Projects in Tanzania

  • Nyumba ya Mungu dam and Hale dam on R. Pangani.
  • Kagera
  • Malagasi

Geothermal Power Projects in Kenya

Geothermal electricity is generated in areas which experience Vulcanicity where:

  • Magma or hot rocks come into contact with percolating water.
  • The water is heated beyond its boiling point (superheated).
  • The steam escapes through cracks and holes to the surface
  • The steam is harnessed using pipes and used to turn turbines that drive electric generators.

In Kenya areas with the greatest potential for geothermal power are found within the Rift Valley from L. Magadi to L. Turkana on Kenya-Ethiopia border.

Geothermal power generation is carried out at Olkaria to the south of Naivasha.

It accounts for 10% of the country’s power needs.

Other potential areas are:

  • Bogoria which has the highest potential with numerous hot springs and geysers by it shores.
  • Eburu to the north of L. Naivasha
  • Menengai crater region
  • Areas around L. Baringo
  • Magadi
  • South of L.Turkana.
  • Between mountains Longonot and Suswa

Problems of Energy Development in Kenya

The aim is to reduce overdependence on imported oil.

  1. Inadequate capital which causes the country to seek external borrowing of money which is paid for many years overburdening the country.
  2. Small market for power because of the high cost of connection which prevents its horizontal spread.
  3. Seasonal fluctuation of water levels in dams due to low rainfall on catchment areas and some rivers flowing through dry areas where much of water is lost through evaporation which leads to inconvenience to consumers because of power rationing.
  4. Regular siltation of dams due to deposition of soil which requires regular dredging which is quite expensive.
  5. Location of some power generation plants in remote areas making it expensive to transport power for long distances.
  6. There is limited spread of solar power in rural areas because the equipment is expensive to install and lack of acceptance because it fluctuates with seasons.
  7. There is lack of acceptance of wind power and many people use diesel to pump water instead of it.
  8. There is problem of overexploitation of wood fuel as a result of population increasing at a faster rate which has led to deforestation leading to soil erosion and reduced amounts of rainfall as a result of the effect on water cycle.

Significance of Energy

  1. For domestic use e.g. wood and charcoal for cooking and heating, etc.
  2. For use in industries e.g. electricity, petroleum, etc.
  3. Used in transportation e.g. electric cars, diesel and petrol used in motor vehicles, etc.
  4. Used in agriculture e.g. diesel for tractors which draw ploughs, electricity for milking machines, etc.
  5. Used in water supply where diesel engines wind mills and solar power is used to pump water.
  6. Used for medical purposes where electricity is used to run equipment for diagnosis e.g. X-Ray and scanning machines and in refrigeration to preserve specimens on medicine research.

The Energy/Oil Crisis

Situation whereby the demand for oil is higher than the amount that is being supplied leading to high oil prices.

Causes

  1. Over-reliance on petroleum and its products.
  2. High oil prices due to sharp rise in oil demand.
  3. Economic and political sanctions
  4. Uncertainties in oil supplies to consumers.
  5. Rapid depletion of oil reserves.
  6. Conflict in the Middle East especially between Israel and Palestine.
  7. Exhaustion of wood fuel
  8. Mismanagement of energy
  9. Oil production limits set by OPEC
  • Artificial shortages by countries like Russia and USA relying on oil from other countries and conserving their own.

Examples of Energy Crisis in the Past

  • 1973 and 1974 when there was war between Israel and Arab countries. The Arab countries which are OPEC members withheld oil supply to Israeli supporting countries e.g. USA and the result was sharp increase in oil prices.
  • 1991 first Persian Gulf war caused by triggered by Iraq invasion of Kuwait caused by:
  • Iraq’s claim that Kuwait was its territory.
  • Kuwait was taking oil from Iraq’s oil from Rumaila fields which lay beneath both countries.
  • Kuwait was exceeding the oil production limits set by OPEC.

Many Kuwait’s oil fields were set on fire and Iraq dumped about 465 m gallons of Kuwait’s crude oil to the Persian Gulf.

There resulted a major oil crisis which was worsened by the trade embargo.

  • 2003 second Persian Gulf War. Iraq had failed to destroy weapons of mass destruction which she had agreed to do for the 1991 war to end. The war led to a rapid increase in oil prices from US$35 at the start of war to US $50 by 2004. It forced OPEC members to increaser daily crude oil outputs by 8% to stabilise prices.

Impact of Energy Crisis

  • Increase in the prices of many commodities as a result of increase in the cost of production and transportation where oil is used to provide power and as a raw material in some industries.
  • Increase in the prices of imports due to high crude oil prices which affect the balance of trade by causing earnings from exports to be lower than the cost of imports.
  • High rates of inflation or devaluation of currency as a result of commodity prices rising high due to the cost of imports being passed to the consumers.
  • Industries are forced to lay off workers because of the high cost of production which can cause losses.
  • It causes the price of other forms of energy e.g. charcoal and gas also to become expensive.
  • Developing countries running into heavy dept as a result of borrowing heavily to pay for oil loans which are paid at high interest rates making the country unable to invest in development projects.
  • Decrease in agricultural production as a result of decrease in the use of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers due to their high cost brought about by increase in oil prices.
  • Decline in the number of tourists as a result of escalation of oil fares making it very expensive to travel.
  • Environmental degradation as a result of environmental degradation brought about by the high demand for charcoal and firewood which leads to soil erosion and low rainfall amounts.

 

Solutions

  • Developing alternative sources of energy e.g. solar, biomass, Geothermal and HEP.
  • Management and conservation of energy.
  • Developing nuclear energy to enhance self sufficiency in energy provision.
  • Encouraging industries to use coal which is slightly cheaper than petroleum.

Management and Conservation of Energy

Management of energy is effective planning and control of energy resources.

Management Measures

  • Control of importation of vehicles with large engine capacity which consumes a lot of fuel.
  • Encouraging many people to use public transport in order to reduce the number of vehicles on roads and thus fuel consumption.
  • Educating people through mass media to create awareness on the importance of conserving energy.
  • Improvement and proper planning of road network to reduce traffic jams in which a lot of fuel is wasted.
  • Agroforestry, afforestation and reafforestation programmes to reduce overexploitation of natural forests.
  • Banning logging, selective felling of trees and resettling people who have settled into forests.

Conservation of Energy

Conservation of energy is using available energy resources in the most effective manner to ensure there isn’t wastage.

Conservation Measures

  • Putting off electricity gadgets when they are not in use.
  • Proper motor vehicle maintenance in order for them to use fuel efficiently.
  • Encouraging use of public transport which carries many people at a go e.g. buses.
  • Encouraging use of renewable sources of energy e.g. solar, wind and biogas to save on oil and wood.
  • Encouraging use of energy saving stoves which use little charcoal and produce a lot of energy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDUSTRY

Industry-any form of economic activity through which people produce goods and services for their consumption.

Industrialisation-process through which a country establishes manufacturing industries.

A country is referred to as industrialised when production of manufactured goods is the main economic activity in that country. Less industrialised countries mainly produce agricultural raw materials.

Factors Influencing Location and Development of Industries

Raw Materials

  • Industries are located near sources of raw materials to reduce transportation costs e.g. sugar milling factories in sugar growing areas, mostly in urban areas near airports and oil refineries at the coast since oil is bulky and expensive to transport inland.
  • They are also established where there is a steady source of raw materials in order for them to be economically viable e.g. oil refineries at the coast

Power

  • They are located near main power supply pints to reduce the cost of transmitting power e.g. those in Jinja town near Owen falls dam.

Transport and Communication

  • They are located where transportation system is well established to ensure efficient and quick transportation of raw materials to industries and finished goods to the market e.g. in urban centres.
  • They are located where there is efficient communication so as to stay in touch with their suppliers and their consumers.
  • Well developed communication systems also lower the transport cost.

Market

  • They are located where buyers of products are available or in areas with dense population to make their operation to be economically viable since they are established for commercial purpose to make a profit e.g. in urban areas, Kenya highlands, lake region and coastal strip.
  • Location near markets is also due to the nature of goods e.g. perishable goods have to be consumed before they go bad e.g. bread and daily products. Industries making fragile goods are located near markets to prevent the high risk of breakage during transportation e.g. glass, bricks and roofing tiles.

Labour

  • Labour intensive industries are located in densely populated areas where there is adequate and cheap labour to reduce production costs.
  • Also so as to reduce the cost of transporting and housing workers.
  • A country with skilled manpower has faster industrial growth than that without which are forced to depend on expatriates who are costly to hire and maintain which lowers the profits of such industries.
  • Industries also require skilled manpower and management skills to ensure maximum output and low production costs.

Water Supply

  • Some are located near sources of water such as large permanent rivers and lakes to provide water for processing raw materials e.g. coffee pulping, sugar milling e.g. Mumias near R. Nzoia, Sony near R. Migori and Chemilil near R. Nyando.

Government Policies

  • Decentralisation of industries or encouraging by providing incentives location of industries from urban to rural areas.

Incentives

  1. Tax exemptions
  2. Protection from foreign competition.

Aims

  1. Develop all parts.
  2. Create jobs in rural areas to minimize rural-urban migration.
  3. Take industries where labour is found.
  4. Open remote or underdeveloped areas for development.
  5. To reduce congestion in the capital city.
  6. Environmental reasons whereby industries are located away from residential areas because they produce harmful fumes and a lot of noise.
  7. Security reasons to prevent industries from being attacked by terrorists because if they were all together there would be a great loss.

E.g. EPZ industries located at Athi River to reduce congestion in Nairobi industrial area and Mariakani and Kikuyu Steel Rolling Mills established in their respective areas to open up the region for development

Industrial Inertia

Tendency of an industry to remain in a particular place even when the factors for its location no longer exist e.g. industries in the Ruhr Region of Germany have remained at the same place despite closure of coal fields and decline in coal as an energy source.

Causes

  • It may be expensive to move to a new place because new factory buildings would have to be constructed, buying new machinery and equipment.
  • Due to availability of experienced workers.
  • To avoid the problem of transportation and other basic infrastructural facilities.

Capital

  • A lot of capital is required in establishing and developing industry e.g. for purchasing land, putting up buildings and purchasing machinery and equipment.
  • Countries with plenty of capital industrialise with greater ease than those with little capital which often rely on foreign aid and multinational corporations to set up domestic industries which reduces benefits accruing from such industries.

Personal Decisions

  • Security to allow secure operations.
  • Where they can get maximum benefits.
  • To set industries in their home areas to offer jobs to their local people.

The Cost of Land

  • A place where land is expensive discourages industrial development e.g. industries are now being established in the neighbouring towns of Kitengela, Ruiru and Athi River because land is expensive in Nairobi.

Types/Classification of Industries

According To Raw Materials Used, Products and Level Of Production

Primary /Processing Industries

Industries involved in the exploitation of natural resources (e.g. mining, fishing, forestry and agriculture) or processing raw materials into more useful and valuable form which are used in making final products e.g. coffee pulp factories, cotton ginneries, milk dairies, sugar factories, saw mills, abattoirs, leather tanneries, posho mills and sisal factories.

Secondary /Manufacturing industries

-Ones which rely on processed goods to make final products or which make final products directly from raw materials e.g. sweet industries, bread, cement factories, oil refineries, cigarette making, pulp and paper industries, etc.

Tertiary /service industries

-Industries involved in providing services and don’t produce tangible goods e.g. transport and communication, trade, banking, tourism, administration, education, medical, etc.

According To the State of Finished Goods

Heavy Industries

  • Manufacture heavy and bulky products.
  • Use heavy raw materials.
  • Involve heavy investment in their production.
  • Production is in large scale e.g. ship building, car manufacturing and assembling, oil refineries, steel rolling mills, fertiliser making plants, glass industries etc.

Light Industries

Ones involved in making goods with little volume and weight e.g. textile, cosmetics, plastic, printing, electronics, cigarette, etc.

 

Distribution of Industries in Kenya

Agricultural Industries

  1. Agricultural Food Processing Industries

-located where raw materials are produced because they require immediate processing e.g. tea factories, sugar factories, milk Processing plants in the leading dairy farming regions e.g. Eldoret, Nakuru and Kiganjo, coffee factories in coffee growing areas e.g. Kiambu, Nyeri, Embu, fruit canning e.g. Del Monte in Thika and Kenya Orchards Company in Mua Hills in Machakos, Maize milling e.g. Unga Ltd in Eldoret Kisumu and Nairobi, Brewing industries e.g. East African Breweries at Ruaraka, KMC plants at Athi River, etc.

  1. Agricultural Non-Food Processing Industries

-Cotton ginneries, sisal factories, Bata Shoe Company in Limuru, cigarette making e.g. mastermind and BAT, Lumbering industries e.g. Pan African Paper Mills in Webuye near extensive pine plantations in Turbo And Webuye, textile industry e.g. Kisumu Cotton Mills in growing areas of W. Kenya.

Non-Agricultural Manufacturing Industries

many are located in urban areas where there is a large ready market, reliable power supply and adequate labour force e.g. cement factories at Athi River and Bamburi, Oil refining at Changamwe in Mombasa, steel rolling mills in the industrial area of Nairobi where scrap metal is available, Central glass company at Kasarani, clay products industries near Ruiru and Githunguri near sources of clay, Vehicle Assembling industries which import car components and join them to make cars e.g. General Motors in Nairobi and Associated vehicle Assemblers in Mombasa, pharmaceutical industries which manufacture medical products e.g. Glaxo Smithkline and Beta Health Care in Nairobi.

Cottage Industries

-Industries involved in making products particularly in homes using hands and simple tools.

Characteristics

  1. Locally available materials are used.
  2. Capital infested is small.
  3. Most of the products are sold to the local market but few are exported.
  4. Skills are acquired informally.
  5. Use of hands and simple and sometimes advanced tools.
  6. Usually involve an art or skill possessed by a person to produce items that are in demand in the neighbourhood.
  7. it’s labour intensive.
  8. Very few items are made because the market for items is usually small.

Examples of Cottage Industries

Pottery

-Cottage industry in which pots and flower vases are made using clay.

Its practised mainly in eastern and central provinces and by women.

Examples of areas are Kwale and Muranga.

Wood and Stone Carving

Involves curving of wood and stone into various shapes of animals, humans, etc.

Wood carving is practised in Kitui and Machakos while soapstone (soft metamorphic rock) carving is done in Kisii.

Some products are sold locally while the rest are exported with some being bought by tourists as souvenirs (reminder).

Weaving

Involves using sisal, dry palm leaves dry papyrus, nylon fibres etc to make products such as baskets, mats, and fish traps etc.

Baskets mainly known as Ciondos are mainly done by Agikuyu women and are sold locally and to tourists.

Weaving is also practised along the coastal region where dry palm leaves are used to make baskets, mats, etc.

Other cottage industries are such as those making use of scrap metal to make metal boxes, wheel barrows, energy saving jikos, rain harvesting gutters, poultry harvesting equipment, swords, knives, spears, jembes, iron bells and jingles and boat making common among communities living around L. Victoria and along the coast.

Jua Kali Industries

The most common and popular cottage industry.

Jua kali practitioners include those who are employed in all informal sectors of the economy such as shoe repairers, tailors, carpenters, watch repairers, barbers, mechanics, and tyre-menders,

Jua kali industries are found in all urban centres.

The most common activity is reprocessing old scrap metal to produce useful products listed above.

The government has realised the importance of the industry and is encouraging its development in the following ways:

  1. The ministry of Trade and Industry has set up a department to promote this industry.
  2. KIE provides loans to Jua Kali industry for the purchase of materials.
  3. KIE has put permanent structures/sheds where the artisans can operate at low costs.
  4. The local authorities have set aside land for use by Jua Kali artisans
  5. Jua Kali artisans have been encouraged to form cooperatives to assist in the marketing of their products.

Importance of the Jua Kali Sector

  1. Has created employment opportunities to many people who would otherwise be jobless offering them a means of livelihood, alleviating poverty.
  2. It has helped to raise the standard of living of many Kenyans who rely on it for income.
  3. it utilises materials that would otherwise be thrown away to make items.
  4. Jua Kali products earn the country substantial foreign exchange when they are exported to COMESA countries.
  5. The industry produces cheaper goods than those produced in the formal industries.

Significance of Industrialisation to Kenya

  1. Kenya earns foreign exchange after exporting her manufactured goods which is used to develop other sectors of the economy such as education, health care and transport.
  2. Industries employ people providing them with income which helps to raise their standard of living.
  3. Industrialisation has led to development of transport and communication and social amenities such as power, water, schools and medical facilities where industries have been established.
  4. Agricultural based industries have led to increased agricultural production in the process of meeting the rising demand for raw materials.
  5. Establishment of industries has led to diversification of the economy thereby helping the country to earn revenue throughout even when agriculture which is the backbone of the economy fails as a result of adverse weather conditions.
    • Workers in industries have joined together and formed co-operatives in which they save money and are then given loans which they use to start projects or generally enhance their living standards.
    • The government also gets revenue through taxation of the dividends got at the end of the year from the profits of SACCOs.
  6. Industrial exports help in maintaining a balance of trade between Kenya and her trading partners by reducing over reliance on imports.
  7. Industrial exports to other countries create a trading co-operation which in turn helps to foster good relationships among countries of the world.
  8. Industries based on locally available materials encourage utilisation of resources which would be otherwise be idle.
  • Establishment of industries promote development of urban centres because it encourages people to move to the area in search of jobs and accommodation and other services are provided.
  • Industrialised countries are likely to produce adequate goods making them to be self-sufficient in industrial goods.

Problems of Industrialisation and Their Possible Solutions

  1. Kenya lacks adequate capital for industrial establishment forcing her to get loans from financial institutions such as I.M.F and World Bank whose interest rates are very high and sometimes come with strings attached.
    • The solution is government to give incentives such as tax exemptions to investors in order to establish industries.
    • Local financial institutions should assist by giving long term loans at affordable loans.
  2. Industries suffer from the problem of raw materials e.g. agricultural industries when agriculture fails due to adverse weather conditions. Timber industry suffers due to trees taking long time to mature and those depending on imported raw materials suffer when strict exchange control are put in place.
  • The solution is supplementing local raw materials with imported raw materials.
  • Planting more trees to increase raw materials required for timber related industries.
  1. Local market for industrial goods isn’t sufficient to sustain production due to low purchasing power, the cost of manufactured goods being too high due to the high cost of raw materials and the preference of some people to buy imported products thinking they are of better quality.
  • Government should explore market within regional trading like COMESA, EAC, etc.
  • It should also provide technical assistance to local manufacturers so that produce goods of high quality in order to be able to compete favourably in the world market.
  • Government to lower tax on raw materials in order to reduce the prices of manufactured goods.
  1. Lack of skilled labour due to brain drain forcing the government to employ expatriates whose salary package is very high thus lowering the profits. It may also lead to poor management leading to losses and eventual close down of some industries.
  • More people should be trained in respective fields to make up for shortage.
  • Improvement of salaries and working conditions to check the brain drain.
  1. Locally produced goods compete with imported goods which are in most cases cheaper leading to the decline or death of local industries. There for instance is importation of 2nd hand clothes which has led to the decline of textile industry.
  • Imposing heavy duties on imported products which are also produced locally.
  • Improving the quality of locally manufactured goods so that they can compete favourably.
  • Eliminating corruption in the importation sector to ensure goods aren’t imported illegally.
  1. There is the problem of the high cost of energy due to importation of petroleum at very high cost causing the industrial costs to tremendously increase thus affecting the marketability of the products as they become affordable.
  2. Industries cause environmental degradation e.g. pollution from the emissions they release into the air and effluents they release into water bodies. Atmospheric has led to global warming and water pollution to death of fish. Industries such as cement manufacturing make land derelict by depositing rock wastes on the ground.
  • The problem can be reduced through strict legislation against dumping of industrial wastes and inspection of industrial activities to ensure wastes aren’t released to the environment before treatment.
  1. Has led to the neglecting of agriculture when able bodied people move to urban areas to look for jobs in industries, when people neglect food crops and take up cash crop production.
  • The problem can be solved by offering better prices for agricultural produce to make agriculture more attractive.
  • Farmers should be encouraged to diversify their activities.
  1. it has led to unemployment as it has led to technological innovations such as computers and robots and other automatic gadgets which have replaced physical manpower.
  • People are being encouraged to become self employed.
  • Industries are also discouraged from laying down their staff.
  1. Has led to displacement of people by forcing people to vacate the area where manufacturing industries are being established e.g. the preparation for titanium mining at Kwale District.
  • The solution is compensating and resettling the displaced residents.
  • Efforts should be made to locate industries in sparsely populated areas.
  • Causes rural to urban migration as a result of establishment of industries in urban areas where rural dwellers go to seek for jobs. This has caused shortage of labour in rural farms, congestion in urban areas leading to pressure on existing social amenities, inadequate job opportunities leading to crime and other social evils, etc.
  • The government should ensure equitable distribution of industries throughout the country.
  • It should encourage industries to be put up in rural areas through tax exemptions.
  • Provision of amenities such as electricity, clean water and entertainment facilities in rural areas.

Cottage Industry in India

The major areas in which it’s highly developed include Mumbai, Jabalpur, Magpur, Bhopal, Bhutan, Madras, Calcuta, Bangalore, Lucknow and Moradabad.

The industry involves weaving, making clothes, brass, Copper and silver ware ornamental ivory, jewellery, carpets, safety matches, etc.

Characteristics of Cottage Industry in India (Comparison)

  1. The cottage industries are rural based while in Kenya they are rural and urban based.
  2. The craftsmen are highly skilled while in Kenya not all are highly skilled.
  3. Labour in the industry is provided by individuals or members of the family while in Kenya its individuals or members of groups.
  4. Industry is owned by the family in India while in Kenya it’s owned by individuals.
  5. In India cottage industries are found almost everywhere (ubiquitous) while in Kenya they are mostly in urban areas and some few homes.
  6. There are middlemen who supply raw materials to the industry while in Kenya they obtain raw materials directly from their sources.
  7. Other characteristics are typical of cottage industries.

Factors for the Development of Cottage Industry in India

  1. The industry requires little capital outlay to establish.
  2. Majority of Indians are very skilled weavers and ornamental ware makers.
  3. The high demand for products in the populous sub continent has led to the development of the industry.
  4. India has a huge population which ensures a steady supply of cheap labour.
  5. The industries don’t require big space so they can be established anywhere e.g. in homes and small rented rooms.
  6. Abundant supply of locally available raw materials which are used in the cottage industry.
  7. Availability of hydroelectric power which is well distributed within the rural towns.
  8. The urge of people to earn an income in order to uplift their living standards.
  9. Availability of simple and affordable tools and machines.

Problems Faced By Cottage Industries in India

  1. Difficulty in obtaining raw materials at affordable prices.
  2. Shortages of capital as most of the people are poor and have little access to modern banking facilities.
    • Artisans could form co-operatives through which they could get raw materials and loans.
  3. Competition from other industries making similar products.
  4. Difficulties in making the products.
  5. Exploitation of the artisans by the middlemen when they sell raw materials to them at high prices.
    • Government of India to introduce policy to stop the interference of the middlemen.

Iron and Steel Industry in the Ruhr region of Germany

Ruhr Region derives its name from R. Ruhr a tributary of R. Rhine.

Its one of the most industrialised regions of the world. Other areas of the world which are highly industrialised are:

  1. Pittsburgh industrial region of U.S.A.
  2. Moscow area of former Soviet Union.
  3. Tokyo-Yokohama region of Japan.
  4. E England in Britain and
  5. Rotterdam area in the Netherlands.

One of the leading industries deals in iron and steel which is one of the most important industries in the present advanced technological world as it provides raw materials to many other industries.

The basic raw materials are iron ore, coal and limestone mixed in the blast furnace to get iron.

Factors Which Have Led To the Development of Iron and Steel Industry in the Ruhr Region of Germany

  1. There is availability of raw materials because the region has coal, iron ore and limestone making it economical to set up iron and steel industry there.
  2. There is availability of cheap water transport for transportation of raw materials and finished products because the region is served by navigable rivers and canals e.g. R. Ruhr, Lippe, Dortmurd-Ems Canal, etc.
  3. There is availability of ready market for iron and steel from the dense and affluent population in C. and W. Europe.
  4. There are abundant sources of power such as coal, oil and H.E.P. necessary in iron and steel industries.
  5. There is availability of capital for development of iron and steel industry due to presence of rich companies, companies and capital accrued from other industries like coal.
  6. The region is centrally located in Europe which offers easy access to all parts of Europe.

Significance of Iron and Steel Industry in the Ruhr Industrial Region

  1. Led to the improvement of transport network due to the need to transport raw materials and finished products related to iron and steel industry.
  2. Led to growth and expansion of towns e.g. Essen, Dortmund and Duisburg.
  3. Many people have been employed in the iron and steel industry as loaders, clerks, drivers and operators.
  4. Has led to promotion of agriculture due to the need to feed the huge population in the industrial towns in the Ruhr region.
  5. Led to provision of social amenities to cater for the workers in the industrial region e.g. schools, health centres, housing and recreational facilities.

Problems Facing the Ruhr Industrial Region

  1. There is environmental pollution from smoke and fumes from coal which is the major fuel and solid wastes which are discharged into the rivers.
  2. There is congestion and overcrowding in housing and social amenities due to the large influx of people to the Ruhr region in search of employment.
  3. Depletion of coal mines due to coal being a non-renewable resource and continued mining. Coal mining has become expensive as it has to be brought to the surface from great depths.

Car Manufacturing and Electronics Industry in Japan

Japan is a country to the east of Asiatic continent made of numerous major/large and minor/small islands.

Major Islands

  • Hokkaido
  • Honshu
  • Kyushu
  • Shikoku

 

Minor Islands

  • Okinawa
  • Nancei
  • Zu
  • Kagoshima and
  • Chisima

80% of the land consists of the rugged mountainous landscape which doesn’t favour agriculture making the Japanese to concentrate on the development of manufacturing industries such as chemical, textile, iron and steel and automobiles (car manufacturing) and electronics which become very important.

Examples of automobile companies include the Mitsubishi and Toyota Motor Corporations while examples of electronics companies include Sony and Toshiba.

Factors Favouring Electronics and Car Manufacturing In Japan

  1. Advanced technology e.g. all the plants dealing with electronics and automobiles are automated (robots controlled by computers) which increases efficiency leading to production of large number of units, lowers production costs and leads to production of high quality goods which are competitive in the world market.
  2. Cars and electronics manufactured in Japan aren’t expensive compared with those from European countries which make them to be in high demand all over the world.
  3. 80% of the land consists of the rugged mountainous landscape which doesn’t favour agriculture making the Japanese to concentrate on the development of manufacturing industries of which automobiles (car manufacturing) and electronics have become very important.
  4. Japan produces cars which are fuel efficient which creates a high demand for them in the world market encouraging the country to produce more.
  5. There is availability of a ready market due to Japanese high population with high purchasing power and high demand for Japanese cars and electronics due to their high quality, affordability and fuel efficiency of their automobiles in Africa, S. America, Asia and Europe.
  6. There is availability of capital from the profits accrued from other industries like ship building, machinery, textiles, fishing and tourism which are invested in the development of other industries including automobiles and electronics.
  7. There is availability of skilled, dedicated and hardworking manpower is available in Japan which has led to production of quantitative and qualitative automobiles and electronics products which reduces production costs and makes goods to be of high demand which in turn stimulated more production.
  8. Japan is located in a strategic position making it accessible from all directions via the sea enabling the raw materials and manufactured goods to be transported to or from any part of the world through the modern ports of Tokyo, Nagoya and Osaka.
  9. There is abundant water from the lakes, many rivers within the highlands and the Pacific Ocean surrounding Japan which is a prerequisite in a manufacturing plant. It is used in the iron and steel industry whose products are in turn used in the automobile and electronics industry.

Major Car Manufacturing Zones in Japan

Tokyo-Yokohama Industrial Zone

The most important and the leading motor vehicle manufacturing region.

Manufacturing cities in this region include Tokyo, Yokohama, Chiba and Hitachi (electronics products).

Osaka-Kobe Industrial Zone

-2nd most important car manufacturing zone.

It’s located on Honshu Island.

Manufacturing cities in the region are Kobe, Osaka, Kyoto, Otsu, Wakayama and Akashi.

Nagoya Industrial Zone

-3rd largest car manufacturing zone.

It’s also on Honshu Island.

Manufacturing zones include Nagoya, Honda, Toyota and Okazaki.

Toyota Motor Corporation has its headquarters at the City of Chiru 20km east of Nagoya.

Electronics

Major car manufacturing cities include Tokyo, Kobe and Osaka and others are towns of Hitachi and City of Chiru (Fuji machine).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRANSPORT AND COMMUNICATION

Transport is the act of moving items and people from one place to another while communication is the process of transferring information between individuals, groups and places.

Factors influencing Transport and Communication

  1. Existence of sets of corresponding places with surplus (supply) and deficits (demand) for goods, services and information.
  2. Alternative sources may hinder transport and communication e.g. a nearby source of market of a required commodity or source of information or means of communication.
  3. Infrastructure depending on how it is can lead to establishment of efficient or inefficient transport and communication network.
  4. Politics where by the government may ban use of certain means of communication e.g. as was the case with Google in China or where the government may decide to be the leading provider of transport and communication facilities.

Modes of Transport

There are 3 common modes of transport namely land, water and air transport.

Land Transport

-The type that involves movement of people and goods on land.

Types of Land Transport

  1. Human Porterage

Movement of people from one place to another carrying light goods on their back, hands or shoulders or by using hand carts, trolleys, bicycles or motorcycles.

  1. Use of animals

Use of domesticated animals to carry goods and people on their back or pull loaded carts (drought animals).

Advantages of Human and Animal Transport

  • It’s the cheapest and can be used by all classes of people since no fuel is used. Animals require very low maintenance costs as they feed on vegetation.
  • Relatively safe because few accidents occur during transportation.
  • Doesn’t pollute the environment as it doesn’t use fossil fuels.
  • They are flexible in that they can be used to transport goods in areas without good road network.
  • It’s convenient in that it’s readily available whenever required.

Disadvantages

  • Goods can be stolen or destroyed by wild animals and extreme weather conditions because they are exposed.
  • They are a very slow means of transport hence time consuming, tedious and boring.
  • They can’t transport large quantities of goods because human and animal energy get exhausted with time.
  • They can cause congestion on busy urban roads which may delay other forms of transport.
  1. Road Transport

Means of transportation of people and goods by motor vehicles on roads.

Types of Roads

  • All weather roads- which are used all year round i.e. tarmac and murrum roads.
  • Dry weather roads- which are used reliably during dry seasons.
  • Motorable trucks- which are used by people on foot and by vehicles on dry season. A truck is a path or rough road made by people, vehicles or animals.

Principal Trans-Continental Highways in Africa

  • Great North Road connecting Cape Town and Cairo through Tanzania, Kenya, Sudan and Ethiopia.
  • Trans-Africa Highway from the Port of Mombasa to Dakar in Senegal through east and Central Africa.
  • Dakar-Djamena Highway through Core De Ivoire , Nigeria and Chad.
  • Trans-Sahara Highway from Lagos to Tripoli through Algeria.

Advantages of Road Transport

  • It’s a faster means of transport compared to human and animal transport.
  • It’s cheaper compared to railway transport because construction of roads is cheaper than that of railways.
  • It’s available at ones convenient time.
  • Roads can be constructed in stages improved and even repaired while they are being used.
  • It’s flexible in that road connections are available all over the country.

Disadvantages

  • Traffic congestion and jams when there are many vehicles on roads which leads to delays and fuel wastage.
  • Its expensive over long distances and when transporting bulky goods.
  • Vehicles can carry a limited number of people and amount of goods at a time making them expensive and uneconomical.
  • It’s adversely affected by weather e.g. during heavy rains, roads become impassable and foggy conditions hinder visibility making it easier for accidents to occur.
  • Vehicles pollute the environment by their exhaust fumes and noise which they produce.
  1. Railway Transport

-Means of transporting people and goods using trains or rails.

Advantages of Railway Transport

  1. Less expensive compared to road transport because it can carry a large number of people and heavy and bulky goods in one trip.
  2. There is no congestion or jam because there is only one train on a given truck at any particular time.
  3. Passenger trains are comfortable for passengers travelling over long distances in that they have facilities such as accommodation, dining and toilets accommodation.
  4. Safer than motor vehicles because they are less prone to accidents.
  5. Have less maintenance costs because they don’t require frequent repairs like roads.

Disadvantages

  • Very slow means of movement especially of perishable and urgently required goods.
  • Expensive to construct as much iron and steel is used to construct railway lines and trains.
  • Inflexible in that railway lines aren’t available all over the country and their direction cannot be changed.
  • Are affected adversely by terrain as where there are steep gradients, tunnels and winding tracks have to be used which adds to the cost of setting up railway system.
  • Specific gauge of railway line can only be used by a specific design of train unlike roads which can be used by many varieties of vehicles.
  • Trains can’t use rails while they are being constructed unlike roads which can be used while they are being constructed, improved or even repaired.

Examples of Railway Links in Africa

  • Tazara railway- connects Zambia Copper Belt with the sea port of Dar-es-salaam.
  • Benguela Railway- runs from Zambia Copper Belt to Angola.
  • Kenya Uganda Railway- runs from Mombasa to Kisumu. It has an extension from Nakuru through Eldoret to Malaba then through Tororo to Kampala.
  • Kenya’s other railway branches are Voi to Taveta, Konza to Magadi, Nairobi to Nanyuki, Gilgil to Nyahururu, Nakuru to Eldoret and Kisumu to Butere.

 

Why There Are Few Railway Links among African Countries

  • Administration by different colonial governments who constructed railway links only within areas of their jurisdiction.
  • Political differences which led to mistrust and hostility which works against effort to construct railway jointly.
  • Countries have railways of different gauges making connection to be difficult.
  • Little interstate trade which doesn’t warrant construction of railways to transport bulky goods.
  • Countries lack sufficient capital to establish railways.
  • Mountainous landscape and swampy terrain which hinder the development of rails to link the countries.

Problems Which Kenya Experiences In the Rail Transport

  • Competition from other modes of transport which are cheaper and flexible.
  • Frequent accidents from derailments due to inadequate servicing which has led to high maintenance costs and losses when goods are looted.
  • High maintenance and expansion costs causing little expansion of rail lines.
  • Mismanagement of rail services leading to deterioration at lower income.
  • Vandalism during political unrests and by people dealing in scrap metal.
  1. Pipelines

Means of movement of fluid or gas products such as water, gas and oil through pipes from one place to another. Pumping stations are constructed along the pipelines to keep the product flowing steadily.

In Kenya the main oil pipeline extends from Mombasa through Nairobi to Kisumu and Eldoret where there are main oil depots. The pipeline is managed by Kenya Pipeline Corporation.

Advantages of Pipelines

  • No delay as there is a constant supply of commodity.
  • Convenient in that amounts of commodity can be transported within a short period.
  • There are low operating costs in that minimal labour is required in operating pipelines and also the cost of maintenance of pipelines is lower than for other means.
  • They aren’t affected by bad weather like other means of transport.
  • It doesn’t pollute the environment like other means of transport except in cases of leakages which are rare.

Disadvantages

  • Selective in that they can be used to transport fluids and gasses and can transport only one type of commodity at a time.
  • Insecure in that they may be sabotaged if they run across a number of countries when there are political differences or when one country decide to withhold the product.
  • Pipelines may cause pollution if they burst spilling oil, gas or sewage and the problem would be grave if it occurred under water.
  • Inflexible in that they remain permanently in one position and rerouting becomes impossible and further distribution of the substance from depots has to be done by roads and railways.
  1. Water Transport

It involves movement of goods and people over waterways/ water bodies.

Water transport is classified into two: Sea Waterways/ marine water transport and inland water ways.

Sea Waterways/ Marine Water Transport

Involves movement of goods and people over seas. There are the following types of vessels used in sea transport:

  1. Liners

They are ship with the following characteristics:

  • Operate along fixed routes and time schedules.
  • They transport both people and goods.
  • Fixed rate of freight charges.

There are two types of liners:

Passenger Liners

  • Carry people and small valuable items.
  • Have luxurious facilities e.g. cinemas, shops, banks, hotels, etc.

Cargo Liners

  • For carrying both goods and people.
  • Have loading and unloading facilities.
  • Slower in speed
  • Less prestigious
  • Smaller in size compared to passenger liners.
  • Some carry different products while other carry specialised goods e.g. petroleum.
  1. Tramps

– They are ships meant for transporting cargo.

  • No fixed routes or schedules.
  • Are slower in speed
  • Have lower freight charges compared to liners

Improvements in Ocean Transport

  1. Refrigeration facilities to enable transportation of perishable goods.
  2. Containerisation (parking of goods in standard sealed metal containers which are unsealed at the destination).

Advantages of Containerisation

  • Safety and security because containers are sealed which protects goods from destruction by bad weather and from being stolen.
  • Easy to handle because containers are fitted with special devices like hooks and rings which makes loading and unloading easy.
  • Time saving because goods are put in one container than being carried in several boxes which makes loading and unloading easy.
  • It’s economical in terms of space because containers have a standard shape which reduces wastage of space by allowing tight packaging of goods.

Ocean/ sea Routes/ Ocean Trade routes

Are well marked routes through which Ocean traffic passes. They are also called ocean trading routes because they have come about as a result of trading activities among various regions.

Major ocean routes are concentrated in the northern hemisphere due to the following:

  • High degree of industrialisation
  • Intensive trading activities
  • High population
  • Availability of ocean terminals in developed countries of Europe, N. America and parts of Asia.

World major Sea Routes

  1. Panama Canal Sea Route- connects Pacific and Atlantic oceans.
  2. Cape of Good Hope Sea Route- serves eastern and western coasts of Asia, New Zealand and Australia.
  3. North Pacific Sea Route- serves industrialised countries of Asia e.g. Japan, Singapore, Hong Kong, S. Korea and W.N. America.
  4. Atlantic Sea Route- connects W. Europe to E.N. America.
  5. Mediterranean Asiatic Sea Route– connects Europe to Africa and the Far East countries.
  6. Trans-Atlantic sea Route– connects Europe to E.S. America.

Inland Water Ways

-Movement of goods and people over rivers, lakes and canals.

 Examples of Navigable Rivers of Africa

  • Section of R. Congo
  • Nile from Uganda to Khartoum
  • Ogowe in Gabon.
  • Sections of R. Niger
  • Tana
  • Zambezi

 Examples of Navigable Rivers in Other Parts of the World

  • Rhine and its tributaries main, Meuse and Ruhr.
  • Mississippi and its tributaries Ohio, Missouri, Arkansas and Tennessee.
  • Mackenzie, Yukon, Nelson and Albany in N. America.
  • Most important water way in N. America is the St. Lawrence Sea Way .

Examples of Lakes which are inland water ways are such as Victoria (largest inland waterway in E. Africa, Tanganyika, Malawi, Albert and also man-made lakes such as Kariba, Nasser, Volta and Kainji.

Factors Which Have Hindered Development of River Transport in Africa

  1. Inadequate capital to develop waterways, ports and for the purchase of vessels.
  2. Fluctuation of water levels which makes sailing difficult as a result of rivers passing through dry areas.
  3. Presence of rapids and waterfalls which hinders the vessels’ movement.
  4. Siltation of rivers which makes their channels shallow hence hindering movement of vessels.
  5. Presence of floating vegetation which makes it difficult for vessels to sail due to narrowing of the river channel.
  6. Most rivers pass through unproductive zones hence it’s uneconomical to develop river transport.
  7. Rivers flow across political boundaries which may require negotiation in order for the countries involved to use them for transport.
  8. Inadequate technology.

Canal Transport

A canal is a water channel that is cut through land for boats or ships to travel along. Some canals join large water bodies like seas and oceans.

Examples of Canals

  • Suez Canal which joins Mediterranean and Red Sea.
  • Panama Canal which connects Caribbean Sea with Pacific Ocean.
  • Dortmund-Ems Canal which joins R. Rhine to the N. Sea.
  • Soo canals which connects connecting L. Superior to L. Huron.

The Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence Sea Way

  • It’s the most important sea way in N. America shared by U.S.A. and Canada.
  • It’s located along the boundary between the two countries.
  • It stretches over 3680km from Atlantic Ocean to the interior of N. America up to L. Superior.
  • It comprises of St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie and Ontario.

Shortcomings of the seaway before development

  • It had obstacles of rock outcrops, rapids, waterfalls and small islands.
  • Shallow sections due to silting
  • Narrow sections (bottle necks).
  • Freezing of water in winter.
  • Presence of fog and mist at the mouth of St. Lawrence River.
  • Lawrence Sea Way Project was started by U.S.A. and Canadian governments in 1954 to construct and improve navigability of St. Lawrence River.

Objectives of the Project

  • Promote trade and industrialisation between the two countries.
  • Remove silt between L. Erie and Huron.
  • Regulate the flow of St. Lawrence River through dam construction.
  • Smoothen river channel by removing rapids, small islands, rock outcrops etc.
  • Regulate different water levels along the sea way through dredging to widen and deepen shallow sections within the lakes and the river.

What the Seaway Project Was Involved In

  • Dredging of the shallow sections to deepen to accommodate large shipping vessels.
  • Formation of water reservoirs behind dams to drown rapids allowing ocean vessels to move along the routes.
  • Installation of radar and light on ships to improve the navigation of ships in order to avoid accidents.
  • Blasting to remove the rocky islands and narrow sections along the sea route.
  • Construction of canals to join the lakes and bypass obstacles e.g.
    • Soo Canals to join L.Superior and Huron.
    • Welland Canal joining L. Erie and Ontario to bypass Niagara Falls.
    • New York State Barge Canal to connect L. Erie to Hudson River.

Benefits/Role of St. Lawrence Seaway to the Economies of U.S.A. and Canada

  • Source of foreign exchange for the two countries because many tourists are attracted hereby the scenery e.g. Niagara Falls.
  • Dams along the seaway are used to produce H.E.P. which stimulated growth of industries.
  • Fishing is undertaken in dams and lakes along the water way.
  • Development of agricultural activities along the seaway e.g. villages which practice horticultural farming.
  • It’s a source of employment e.g. tour guides, security, transport, etc.
  • Source of revenue to U.S.A. and Canada from toll charges paid by ships which go there.
  • Lakes and the seaway are sources of fresh water for domestic and industrial purposes.
  • Increased trade between the two countries and other countries of the world.
  • Reduction of transport costs to and from the interior of the continent.

Advantages of Water Transport

  • Offers less friction to the movement of vessels as it’s the case with roads.
  • Are natural and free transport routes requiring less artificial infrastructures
  • Less expensive because large loads can be carried at minimal costs and water routes require minimal maintenance.
  • It’s a reliable mode of transport since there is very little traffic congestion on waterways because the waterway is large.
  • Goods are protected because they are transported in containers or tankers.
  • It’s a safe mode of transport for delicate goods.

Disadvantages

  • Many water ways are affected by water fluctuation like low volumes and high volumes which make them to flow swiftly which make them unnavigable.
  • Water transport is the slowest and unsuitable for perishables, casualties and medicines.
  • Great loses are incurred during accidents such as fire outbreaks, typhoons, tsunamis and mechanical breakdown due to the large carrying capacity of the vessel.
  • High capital is required in the purchasing of modern shipping vessels and maintenance of parts.
  • Ocean transport is available only to people who live near water ways unlike roads which are flexible.
  • Insecurity in the oceans where pirates steal from and attack sailing ships.
  • Sea vessels greatly contribute to water pollution as most of the wastes are thrown into the sea.

Types of Communication

  1. Verbal communication-communication by word of mouth e.g. telephone, face to face and radio.
  2. Written communication-communication by writing e.g. letters. Magazines, newspapers and journals.
  3. Audio-visual communication-communication by using a combination of sounds, signs and pictures e.g. gestures, beating drums, smoke, shouting in a special way, television, etc.

Telecommunication Services

Communication over a distance using cables or wireless communication e.g.

  1. Telephone-converts sound into electronic signals and back to sound waves at the receiving end.
  2. Facsimile (fax)- send information through telephone lines by converting written information into electronic signals and back to written at the receiving end.
  3. Internet-global network of computers linked via telephone and enables individuals to send e-mail. It is the fastest, cheapest and connected all over the world.

Role of Transport and Communication in the Economic Development of Africa

  1. development of trade because buyers are able to move to markets, traders are able to move to market centres where products are in high demand and order goods for sale without necessarily going to the suppliers which reduces transport costs and hence increases profits.
  2. Development of infrastructure by making tourist attractions accessible.
  3. Promotion of industrial development/establishment of more industries since areas with good transport and communication networks are likely to attract investors to set up industries and finished goods are able to reach consumers easily. Communication enables industrialists to know where raw materials are available without having to move a lot.
  4. Promotes international understanding because it enables citizens of different countries to be in close contact enabling them to learn about and appreciate each others culture resulting in good relationship.
  5. Many people are employed in the transport and communication sectors e.g. drivers, mechanics, engineers, journalists, broadcasters, computer programmers etc.
  6. Settlements develop where transport routes converge e.g. Khartoum at the confluence of blue and white Nile and Mombasa.
  7. Transport opens up remote areas for exploitation of natural resources such as minerals, fish, tourists’ attractions because labour can be easily ferried to such areas and resources can be taken easily to processing sites.
  8. transport and communication are sources of revenue to the government e.g. tax levied on air time, license fees charged when one wants to start T.V. or radio station, etc.

Problems Facing transport and Communication in Africa and their Possible Solutions

  1. Some countries are landlocked i.e. located far inland away from oceans e.g. Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, etc. the solution is to develop good relations among the nations in the continent so that countries which have access to the sea permit their landlocked neighbours to have direct access to the sea routes.
  2. Regions having rugged relief due to presence of features like mountains e.g. mountains Kenya and Kilimanjaro which makes construction of roads and railways difficult and expensive. Presence of rapids and waterfalls which causes swift movement of water makes development of river transport difficult. The solution is constructing passes and tunnels through ridges and slopes and building of bridges across rivers and valleys to allow construction of roads and railways.
  3. Shortage of navigable rivers because rivers have navigable stretches, presence of obstacles and fluctuations of water volumes, narrowness and shallowness all of which makes navigation difficult. Solution is widening and deepening of river channels through dredging and construction of dams across rivers to improve navigation.
  4. Vandalism of communication facilities such as telephones and their cables which hinders communication. The solution would be prosecution of people caught in possession of communication materials.
  5. Lack of adequate capital for establishment and maintenance of transport and communication infrastructure e.g. vehicles, locomotives, aircraft, satellites, computers, etc. The solution is joint partnership between African countries with donors in order to finance establishment of communication infrastructure and also.
  6. Political instability in countries such as Somalia which have affected transport and communication. The solution would be to set peace mission in the affected countries in order to restore stability.
  7. Communication experiences language barriers due to many ethnic groups with majority who only communicates through vernacular making international communication difficult. Solution is adoption of major international languages like French and English to help Africa engage in international communication.
  8. High cost of travelling due to high cost of fuel causing the low and middle class persons to travel less which reduces profits realised in the transport sector. The solution is management and conservation of energy to save on the available resources and alternative sources of energy.
  9. Deep rooted colonial heritage where colonialists constructed railways of different gauges which makes extension of railways into neighbouring countries difficult. Efforts are being made by several African countries to change the pattern of roads and railways and joint construction of roads and railways.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRADE

-Buying and selling or exchange of goods and services.

Types of Trade

  1. Domestic/Internal/Home/Local trade

-Buying and selling of goods within a country’s borders.

It’s classified into:

  1. Wholesale Trade-purchasing of goods in bulk from producers and selling them to retailers.
  2. Retail Trade-buying goods from wholesalers and selling them to individual consumers.
  3. Regional Trade

-Trade between countries found in the same geographical region.

  1. International Trade

-Exchange of goods and services at the global level.

It’s classified into:

  1. Export Trade-selling of goods and services to foreign countries. Examples of major exports from Kenya are coffee, tea, cut flowers, tourism, fluorspar, miraa, vegetables, etc.
  2. Import Trade-buying of goods and services from other countries. Examples of imports to Kenya are crude oil, vehicles, electronics, sugar, skilled labour, fertilisers, rice, vehicle parts etc.
  3. Bilateral Trade-exchange of goods and services between two countries.
  4. Multilateral Trade-exchange of goods and services between many countries.
  5. Visible Trade-trading in tangible goods.
  6. Invisible trade-trading in services.

Balance of Trade

-Difference in value of countries visible exports and imports.

It’s of 2 types:

  1. Adverse Balance of Payments-in which value of visible imports exceeds that of visible exports.
  2. Favourable Balance of Trade-in which value of visible exports exceeds that of visible imports.

Balance of Payment

-Difference in value between visible and invisible exports and imports.

Factors Influencing Trade

  1. Difference in natural resources which makes it necessary to trade with other countries or areas in order to obtain goods and resources which are not found in their area.
  2. population whereby large population or one with high purchasing power provides a large and ready market for goods and services encouraging trade.
  3. Trade occurs when there is demand and supply of goods and services.
    1. If the supply is low and the demand is high, prices go up stimulating trade.
    2. When the supply is more and the demand is low, prices go down discouraging trade.
  4. Adequate and efficient means of transport and communication encourage trade because bulky goods can be transported quickly and overlong distances from producers to consumers. Poor transport discourages trade due to the difficulty in getting goods to the market in time. Goods can be supplied faster when traders communicate with suppliers without having to travel a lot which reduces travelling cost and hence increasing profits.
  5. Trade restrictions can encourage or discourage trade. They are of two types:
  • Tariffs- taxes or duties levied by a country on a particular type of commodity imported in order to protect its domestic industries.
  • Quotas-specified quantities of goods which must not be exceeded during importation or exportation.
  • Trade Agreements-agreements made between countries regarding which commodities are exported or imported from specific countries.
  • Total Ban-complete restriction of importation of a particular commodity in order for a country to protect its domestic industries or due to political hostility.
  1. Trading Blocks or economic Unions/Associations among countries aimed at promoting regional trade among members states can encourage trade between members and discourage trade with non members.
  • Free Trade Associations-liberalise trade among member countries by lowering and abolishing tariffs.
  • Common Market Associations-liberalise trade among members and raise tariffs for non members.
  1. Trade can only take place between countries only when they are in good terms. Hostility leads to total ban as was the case with s. Africa during apartheid and Iraq when it attacked Kuwait and failed to destroy weapons of mass destruction.
  2. Existence of aids to trade e.g.
  • Banking facilitates storage and transfer of money used in trade transactions
  • Insurance protects businesses against theft and destruction from fire which instils confidence among investors.
  • Warehouses are essential for storage of large quantities of goods for sale.

Significance of Trade to Kenya

  1. Many Kenyans are employed in domestic trade such as in wholesale and retail shops and in sectors dealing with foreign trade such as customs and clearing and forwarding firms.
  2. It’s a source of revenue for the government by charging sales tax such as V.A.T. on manufactured goods sold locally and tariffs at the point of entry into the country.
  3. Foreign trade enables a country to earn foreign exchange which is used to import goods that a country needs, setting up of industries, developing transport and communication, providing social services etc.
  4. Leads to development of settlements e.g. many towns started as a small market and more people moved there when trading activities increased.
  5. International trade ensures availability of a wide range of goods for consumers to select from in order to satisfy their needs.
  6. It leads to development and improvement of transport infrastructure such as roads and railways in order to enhance transportation of goods and people.
  7. Leads to development of industries because as the goods are bought demand for goods increases hence more industries are set or existing ones increase their activities in order to satisfy the increased demand.

Problems Facing Trade in Kenya

  1. Kenya largely depends on agricultural exports which are sometimes affected by climatic variations and diseases and pests leading to low production, and hence low foreign currency.
  2. Kenya’s exports are of low value as they consist of raw materials or semi processed commodities which fetch low prices because they have to be processed further and also due to being bulky a lot of money is required for their exportation making returns accruing from exportation to be low.
  3. Local manufactures suffer unfair competition from foreign firms e.g. from COMESA some of which don’t attract tariffs, diversion of goods intended for neighbouring countries to the local market and counterfeit goods which compete with genuine ones.
  4. There is ignorance about Kenyan goods where by some Kenyans believe that goods from overseas are of superior quality so they prefer imported goods instead of local ones.
  5. Unexpected trade restrictions are sometimes imposed on Kenyan exports e.g. in 2000 E.U. banned fish importation from Kenya.
  6. Inadequate transport and communication as most roads are poor and impassable during rainy season meaning goods can’t reach the market and hence increased costs for such goods.

The Future of International Trade in Kenya

The future of it is bright because of the following:

  1. Kenya has signed trade agreements with various countries of Europe, asia, America and Africa.
  2. It’s a member of COMESA which has increased the volume of regional trade.
  3. There is revival of E.A.C. which has also increased the volume of regional trade.
  4. Peace agreement between Sudanese government and S.P.L.A. has also led to increase in regional trade.
  5. Kenya is exploring markets in the Far East countries.
  6. Kenya has trade attaches abroad who help promote Kenyan goods there.
  7. She has trade organisations such as Kenya External Trade Authority (K.E.T.A.) which carries research on factors which have limited access to top markets in U.S.A. and japan and Kenya Bureau of standards which ensures quality of goods is maintained by the manufacturers.

The Role of Regional Trading Blocks

The Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)

  • It was established in 1994 to replace Preferential Trade Area (P.T.A.).
  • It has 22 member states e.g. Kenya, Uganda, Ethiopia, Zambia, Zimbabwe, Namibia, etc.

Objectives of COMESA

  • To reduce and eliminate trade barriers on selected commodities to be traded with member states.
  • Abolish restrictions in administration of trade among member countries.
  • Fostering relations, peace and political stability for member states.
  • Raise the standard of living within member states.
  • Promote goods being produced in the member states.
  • Establish and foster co-operation in all fields of economic activity.

Achievements

  • Increased volume of trade.
  • Increased accessibility to markets in member countries.
  • Free movement of goods among member countries due to elimination of trade barriers.
  • Increased efficiency in production as each member is allowed to specialise in what she produces.
  • Improvement of transport and communication facilities.
  • Increased political and economic cooperation among member states.

The Southern African Development Community (SADC)

  • It started as Southern African Development coordination in 1980 in Lusaka Zambia and transformed into SADC after collapse of apartheid.
  • It has 14 member states e.g. Tanzania, DRC, S. Africa, Zambia, Zimbabwe, Mozambique, etc.

Objectives

  • Encourage self reliance among member states in the face of instability posed by apartheid regime of S. Africa.
  • Promote and defend peace and security.
  • Promote regional integration.
  • Eradicate poverty.
  • Facilitate trade and economic liberalisation.
  • Promote self sustaining development on the basis of interdependence on member states.
  • Promote and maximise utilisation of natural resources and effective protection of environment.

 

 

Achievements

  • Promotion of regional industries based on domestic and regional raw materials.
  • Reliability and development of regional transport and communication infrastructure.

The Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS)

  • Was established in 1976 by the treaty of Lagos.
  • It has headquarters in Lagos Nigeria.
  • It has 15 member states e.g. Nigeria, Liberia, Ghana, Benin, Guinea, Sierra Leone, etc.

Objectives

  • Promote mutual trade by eliminating trade restrictions among members.
  • Create a monetary union.
  • Impose uniform tariffs for imports from non-member countries.
  • Give special treatment to goods imported from member states.
  • Promote free movement of people to and from member countries by eliminating visas.

Achievements

  • Brought peace to troubled countries like Liberia and Sierra Leone.
  • Promotion of trade in the region through the peace achieved.
  • Development of schools to train people on peace keeping e.g. The National War College.
  • Free movement of goods among member states.

The European Union (EU)

  • An organisation of European countries dedicated to increasing economic integration and cooperation among members.
  • It was formerly inaugurated in 1993 and has headquarters in Brussels in Belgium.

Objectives

  • Promote cooperation in economic, trade, social, security and judicial matters.
  • Implementation of economic and monetary union.

Achievements

  • Signing of many trade agreements between EC and other countries.
  • Free trade among members as a result of abolishing trade barriers.
  • High agricultural production as farmers receive guaranteed prices which have enabled them to increase efficiency.
  • Free movement of factors of production which include capital and labour.

Problems Facing Regional Trading Blocks

  • Civil wars taking place in some countries which has caused insecurity in turn affecting trade between countries.
  • Political differences among leaders of member states may affect cooperation among member states.
  • Some countries produce similar goods making the volume of trade to be low and less rewarding.
  • Free trade affects local industries as the imported goods without taxes are usually cheaper than locally produced goods.
  • Free trade denies countries revenue they would have earned from taxing imported goods.
  • Poor transport and communication limits inflow of goods and services.
  • Some member states don’t remit their annual subscriptions which affects the operations of the organisations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

POPULATION

  • Population-total number of people occupying a given area.
  • Population distribution-the way people are spread out on the land.
  • Population density-number of persons per unit area= number of people in a given area/total area of the place=XP/km2.
  • Demography-study of statistical data on human populations.

Sources of Population Data

  • Primary sources– registration of births and deaths and censuses.
  • Secondary sources-census reports, textbooks, periodicals, etc.

Population Distribution in E. Africa

  • In 2005 was estimated to be 90m people spread out thus:
    1. Kenya-33m
    2. Tanzania-36m
    3. Uganda-21m
  • It’s spread out over an area of 1,768,267km2 resulting to a population density of 51 persons per km2.
  • The population is unevenly distributed whereby some places are densely populated e.g. large towns of Nairobi, Dar-es-Salaam and Kampala while others are sparsely populated e.g. N. and E Kenya, N.E. Uganda etc.

Factors Influencing Population Distribution in East Africa

Distribution of population on the earth’s surface isn’t uniform due to the following factors:

Climate

  • Areas with moderate temperatures and high rainfall have high population per unit area than those with extremely high or low temperatures and low unreliable rainfall because moderate temperatures give comfort to people and abundant rainfall favours growth of crops.

Relief

  • High altitude areas have low population because of extremely low temperatures which doesn’t support growth of crops to ensure food sufficiency.
  • Plains and gently sloping areas have higher population than steep areas due to fertile soils, ease to erect buildings and construction of transport infrastructure.

Vegetation

  • Dense forests are sparsely populated because they are habitat to wild animals and it’s difficult to develop transport and communication infrastructure and some are tsetse fly infested e.g. Miombo Woodland in Tanzania.
  • Grasslands have high population if rainfall is favourable because they are easy to clear and relatively level or gently sloping.

Soils

  • Areas with fertile soils and reliable rainfall have high population because they are agriculturally productive while those with poor soils e.g. savannah with leached soils have low population since they are agriculturally unproductive.

Drainage

  • Well drained areas have high population than swampy areas because they support settlement and farming.
  • Areas which are swampy have less population because it’s difficult to construct buildings, carry out agriculture and also mosquito infested.

Pests and Diseases

  • Areas infested with mosquito and tsetse flies have low population because those pests transmit malaria and sleeping sickness and Nagana to livestock.
  • Disease epidemics cause low population in areas affected as was the case in S.W. Uganda as a result of HIV and Aids which left the area almost deserted.

Historical Factors

  • Slave trade left some parts of W. Africa with low population as people were captured and sold as slaves in America, W. Indies and Arab world. While others run away to avoid being captured.
  • Colonisation caused people to be driven from their homes in to reserves to create room for white farmers e.g. in parts of Kenyan Highlands which caused low population in indigenous people’s farms while the population in reserves kept on increasing.

Tribal Conflicts

  • Areas with tribal conflicts are sparsely populated because people move away from there to seek safety e.g. Molo.

Economic Factors

  • Towns and areas with mining activities have high population as people go to seek for jobs e.g. Nairobi, L. Magadi due to trona mining.

Political Factors

  • Political unrest may cause people to move from their home area leaving it sparsely populated e.g. Uganda during the reign of Iddi Amin and S. Sudan.

Government Policy

  • Government programmes such as construction of dams and mining may require removal of people from certain areas causing them to be sparsely populated while the population in areas of destination increases.

Factors Influencing Population Growth

  • Population growth is the change that occurs in the number of people in a population over a given period of time.
  • Population may grow positively by number of people increasing in a population or negatively by having a decrease in the number of people.
  • The main factors influencing population growth are fertility, mortality and migration.

Fertility

  • Fertility-number of live births a woman has during her reproductive period.
  • Fecundity-ability of a woman to conceive and give birth to a child regardless whether alive or still born.
  • Infecundity/Sterility-inability of a woman to conceive and give birth to a child regardless whether alive or still born.
  • Primary Infertility-involuntary childlessness.
  • Involuntary Secondary Infertility-involuntary childlessness caused by a second factor e.g. when a woman has had a child/children and is unable to have more due to health factors.
  • Voluntary Secondary Infertility-voluntary childlessness where a woman who has had a child/children decides not to have any more e.g. by using contraception methods.
  • Fertility Rate- average number of children that a woman of child bearing age (15-49 years) will have in her lifetime.
  • High fertility rate leads to high population growth while low fertility rates lead to slow or negative population growth.
  • Population Growth-increase or decrease in the number of people.
    1. Natural Population Growth

Natural increase or decrease in population.

It’s calculated using Crude Birth Rate/estimated rate of births in a population (CBR) and Crude Death Rate/estimated rate of deaths in a population (CDR).

CBR=total number of births in a year ×1000/total population estimated at mid year=X births/1000population.

CDR=total number of deaths in a year×1000/total population estimated at mid-year=X deaths/1000population.

N.P.G=CBR-CDR×100/1000=X%.

For instance, in 1999 the CBR in Kenya was 41.3 while CDR was 11.7. Therefore the population growth was (41.3-11.7) ×100/1000=29.6%.

  1. Numerical population Growth

Actual or absolute increase in the number of people in an area within a given period of time.

=inter-censal increase×100/total population in the former census

For instance pop in 1989 was 2000 and in 1999 was 2500. Inter-censal increase was 500

=500×100/2000=25%.

Causes of High Fertility Rate in Kenya

Cultural Beliefs

  1. Early marriage of women which lengthens their fertile duration.
  2. Belief in large families as a source of prestige e.g. children are a source of labour and girls are a source of dowry.
  3. Polygamy which causes competition between wives leading to large number of births per woman.
  4. Sex preference when there is a high regard for a birth of a son/heir to ensure continuity of the family status which causes couples who are bearing girls to continue bearing girls until they get a boy.
  5. Naming of relatives whereby couples will continue to get children until they finish naming relatives of both sides e.g. fathers, mothers, uncles, aunts, etc.

Other Factors

  1. modernisation which leads to decline in social values leading to free interaction of young girls and men causing girls to become mothers at tender age.
  2. Availability of enough and better food ensuring people are healthy and live longer and are able to bear more children as they are able to feed them.
  3. Availability of health services for both mother and child which provide prenatal and post natal care.

Factors Which Have Caused Low Fertility Rates in Kenya/Slow population Growth

  1. Economic considerations where modern families prefer fewer children because it has become expensive to bring up a child.
  2. Increased use of birth control measures.
  3. More girls are attending school so they don’t get married early.
  4. Education making women to opt to remain single as they get employed and no longer look to marriage as a source of financial security.
  5. Modern career opportunities which have a limiting influence on the women’s fertility rate as most employees don’t want women who keep on going on maternity leave.

Mortality

Mortality refers to deaths among members of a population.

  • It reduces the population in a given area
  • It also affects its structure or composition of the population in terms of age and sex whereby if there is consistent death of a particular age or sex there will be marked change in the population because the other ages or sex will be more than the affected ones.

Causes of Mortality/ More Factors Which Cause Slow Population Growth

  1. Low nutritional standards which cause deficiency diseases reducing body’s ability to fight diseases which may kill many children below 5 years.
  2. Low hygiene standards which may cause diarrhoeal diseases such as cholera which kill young and old members of the population.
  3. Prevalence of natural calamities e.g. droughts, floods and earthquakes which also leads to deaths of many.
  4. Epidemics and disease outbreaks such as HIV/AIDS which has eliminated large numbers of people in communities where wife inheritance is practised and as was the case in S.W. Uganda.
  5. Human made calamities such as outbreaks of war and high crime rates which reduce population.
  6. Emigration i.e. movement of people from their country especially the youth to settle else where which reduces population at the area of origin.

Causes of Decline in Death Rates in Countries

  1. Immunisation of infants which has reduced infant mortality rate.
  2. High nutritional standards which have reduced incidents of deficiency diseases which kill children aged between 1-5 years.
  3. Improved hygienic standards which have reduced incidents of diarrhoeal diseases which used to kill many people.
  4. Advanced medical facilities which have ensured availability of drugs for some diseases which had no drugs which enables people to live longer.

Migration

-Movement of people from one place of residence to another.

It causes reduction of population in the place of origin and increase of population in the area of destination.

Emigrants-people who move out of a place.

Immigrants-people who move out of a place.

Causes of Migration

Push Factors

-Problems or circumstances which force out a person from his/her area of residence.

  1. Pressure on land due to increase in population which cause people to move to other areas where land is available e.g. from C. Kenya to R. Valley.
  2. Land becoming too poor to support crops which cause people to move to other areas where fertile land is available.
  3. Unemployment and underemployment which cause people to move to other areas to seek jobs or better paying ones.
  4. Insecurity such as tribal clashes and terror gangs which cause people to other safer places.
  5. Persecution of specific religious groups due to their faith which causes them to move to areas where they can practise their faith freely e.g. Jews from Europe to Israel.
  6. Political persecution e.g. many Ugandans moved to neighbouring countries during the reign of Iddi Amin.
  7. Occurrence of natural calamities such as diseases, floods and severe droughts forcing people out of their place of residence e.g. in monsoon Asia.
  8. Government policy where people are moved from one area to give room for development e.g. H.E.P. projects and mining such as of titanium at Kwale.

Pull Factors

-Positive conditions which attract a person to a new place.

  1. Attraction of urban life where there is electricity, piped water, entertainment and social amenities.
  2. Availability of employment such as in urban areas where there are many industries and businesses or in rural areas with estates and plantations.
  3. Opportunities for better education e.g. in urban areas with many education institutions.
  4. Security
  5. Plenty of land
  6. fertile land
  7. Higher standard of living e.g. in urban areas

Types of Migration

2 basic types namely:

Internal migration

Migration within a country.

Types of Internal Migration

Rural to urban Migration

-Movement of people from rural areas to urban areas.

It involves:

  1. Youth who have completed various levels of education moving to urban areas to seek employment in while collar jobs.
  2. People moving to urban areas in search of alternative ways of earning a living due to shortage of land in rural areas, unemployment and low prices for agricultural produce.
  3. Traders relocating to urban areas where there is a larger market as the people in rural areas have low purchasing power.
  4. People moving to urban areas where there is adequate social amenities such as hospitals, entertainment, electricity and generally exciting life.
  5. Youth seeking for further education who join universities and colleges many of which are located in urban areas.
  6. Transfer of people employed in rural areas to urban areas.

Rural to Rural Migration

-Movement of people from one rural area to another.

It involves:

  1. People moving to plantations and other large farms seeking employment e.g. tea pickers in Kericho from Kisii rural parts.
  2. Movement of nomadic pastoralists from one place to another in search of water and pasture.
  3. People moving to other parts of the country to buy land and settle there.
  4. Movement of people into settlement schemes e.g. Mwea, Nyandarua etc. to ease pressure on land.
  5. Movement of public and private employees on transfer from one rural area to another.

Urban to Rural Migration

-Movement of people from urban areas to rural areas.

It involves:

  1. Transfer of people employed in urban areas to rural areas.
  2. Movement of people from urban areas to search for jobs in rural areas.
  3. People moving from urban areas to rural areas to settle permanently after retirement.
  4. People moving away from stressful urban life to suburbs to be commuting daily to work.

Urban to Urban Migration

-Movement of people from one urban area to another or from one part of urban area to another.

It involves:

  1. Employed persons who are transferred from one town to another.
  2. people moving from one part of town to another due to:
    • transfer
    • in search of affordable housing
    • in search of better employment
    • in search of better business opportunity

External Migration

-Movement of people from one country to another.

 

It involves:

  1. People who seek employment abroad for a short period who end up settling permanently.
  2. Refugees who are forced out of their country by factors such as war.
  3. People seeking political asylum due to political persecution in their country.
  4. Government employees such as ambassadors who are in assignment abroad.

Effects of Migration

At the Place of Origin

Positive Effects

  1. Improved agricultural production in rural areas when people move out creating more room for cultivation.
  2. Increase in purchasing power in rural areas when migrants remit money back home.
  3. Relief to a country which is faced with unemployment when people get employed outside the country.

Negative Effects

  1. Lowering agricultural production when able bodied people go to town leaving the women, elderly and children who are unable to manage farms effectively.
  2. Underemployment in rural areas due to lowered agricultural productivity.
  3. Break up of families and lowering of social morals since majority of migrants are men which causes imbalance of female-male ratio.
  4. Lowering of population density in the area of origin.
  5. Lowering or fertility due to long separation between a man and wife.
  6. Lower rate of industrialisation due to transfer of skilled man power to other countries (brain drain).

Place of Destination

Positive Effects

  1. There is a gain in population.
  2. Development if the migrants are involved in gainful employment which results into increased production.
  3. Contributes to national peace when people from different parts of the country settle together.

Negative Effects

  1. Social evils such as crime, prostitution and drug peddling when people fail to secure employment.
  2. Shortage of housing and high house rents leading to growth and expansion of slums.
  3. Shortage of social amenities such as schools, hospitals, water and transport.

On the Individual

Positive Effects

  1. Improved living standard of the worker resulting from savings made from income gained after employment.
  2. Acquisition of skills and change in attitude due to exposure which may cause some town dwellers to change their way of life and become more sophisticated.

Negative Effects

  1. Lower fertility rates when some people who have migrated to towns take long time before marrying as they try to achieve various goals in their lives.
  2. Immorality may arise may arise when urban migrants lose touch with their cultural values.
  3. Marriage breakages may occur when spouses are separated for long periods of time.

Demographic/Population Trends

  • Various positive or negative changes (transition) which take place in the population of a given society, country or the world and their impact on social economic environment.
  • Demographic transition refers to the historical change in birth and death rates from high to low which causes population increase.

Demographic Transition Theory

-A theory compounded to explain this phenomenon.

There are 4 demographic transition phases namely:

Stage/phase 1

  • High birth rate and high death rate due to inadequate food supply, wars, diseases and insufficient medical facilities.
  • Little or no increase in population
  • Was experienced in Europe before 19th

Stage 2

  • High birth rate and a decline in death rate due to improved food supplies and medical facilities.
  • High population growth rate
  • Was experienced by European countries in the 19th Century during industrial revolution.
  • Kenya is in this stage.

Stage 3

Relatively low death rates and declining birth rate due family realisation of   the need to have small families due to pressure exerted on economic resources and social facilities, level of education attainment leading to use of birth control measures.

Moderate population growth rate.

Stage 4

  • Low birth and death rates.
  • Low population growth rate.
  • The population becomes static and can only reproduce to replace the dying ones (population replacement level).
  • It’s experienced in industrialised countries like Germany and Sweden where death rate is falling below death rate.

Population Structure

Composition of a given population in terms of age and sex.

The information on population structure is obtained in a census and presented using an age sex pyramid.

Characteristics of an Age Sex Pyramid

  • Vertical axis represents age ranges
  • Horizontal axis represents percentage of total population
  • Right hand side represents females proportion
  • Left hand side represents males proportion

Population Structure of a Developed Country

  • It’s broad at the base due to factors contributing to high fertility rates already discussed.
  • Hollows for ages 5-9 due to high mortality rate.
  • Thins towards the top due to the low life expectancy (average number of years a person is expected to live) as few people survive to 70 years.
  • Tapers towards the top due to relatively high death rates throughout age groups.

Population Structure of a Developed Country

  • Narrow at the base due to low birth rates causing low population of children and young people.
  • Broadens towards the top due to high life expectancy leading to a high population of old people (ageing population).
  • Broadens towards the top which is an indication of low mortality rate throughout age groups.

Significance of Population Structure

  1. For planning by enabling the government to know the percentage of available funds to allocate for various sectors e.g. if most of the people in the population are youth it will allocate more funds for education and health services and if most are elderly more funds will be allocated for health and social welfare.
  2. For calculation of dependency ratio (proportion of population which isn’t involved in production activities to the one that is.

DR=children <15+old people/working population (15-64)

  • High dependency ratio means the population is strained since population will devote most of its resources to consumption instead of investment.
  1. For calculation of sex ratio (number of males per 100 females.
    • If greater than 100 it means there are a greater number of males than females which is typical in urban areas.
    • Small sex ratio results in male deficiency which affects fertility which is typical in urban areas.

Consequence of Population Structure

  1. Strain on budget due to developing countries having a large population of young people whose health and education cost is high and developing countries having a large proportion of old people whose cost of health and social welfare is high.
  2. Low quality of education and health care in developing countries due high population leading to the high cost of those services.
  3. Better quality of health and education in developing countries due low population.
  4. Strain on working population in developing countries since most of the money is consumed leaving less for investment. Large population of old people does the same in developing countries.
  5. Boost in food production when there is a large proportion of males due to the availability of a large labour force.
  6. Heavy taxation of the working population when the dependency of young and old is high in order to avail funds for provision of social amenities.
  7. Large number of females than males leads to low birth rates and consequently slow growth of population.
  8. Increase in promiscuity when there are a large number of females than males.

Consequences of Population Growth

Overpopulation (Positive Population Increase)

Positive Effects

  1. A large population provides cheap labour due to a large number of people competing for jobs.
  2. Increased exploitation of natural resources and industrial development due to increased demand for goods and services causing those activities to be increased to meet the demand.
  3. Technological innovation due to pressing needs associated with a high population (necessity is the mother of invention).

Negative Effects

  1. Pressure on land leading to land fragmentation.
  2. Environmental degradation when people clear forests to make room for settlement and agriculture.
  3. Low investment and slow growth of industry as the government spends a lot of money on education and medical facilities leaving less for investment.
  4. Lowering GDP (aggregate value of goods and services that a country can produce) due to inability to save any money for investment.
  5. High rate of unemployment due to employment sector growing at a slower rate than population growth.
  6. Towns face problems of water shortage, pressure on social amenities and high cost of housing leading to development of informal settlements such as slums which expand covering agricultural land surrounding the towns.

Under population (Negative/Slow Population Growth)

-This is the case in developed countries.

  1. High government spending on health and social welfare as the population consists of a high proportion of old people due top low birth rates and low death rates.
  2. High cost of production since there is a small work force consisting of skilled people whose wages are high.
  3. Underutilisation of resources such as agriculture and mineral resources since there is shortage of labour due to sparse population and most of it being concentrated in urban areas.
  4. Inadequate market for goods and services due to a small population.
  5. Underdevelopment and low living standards in rural areas since a large percentage of people live in urban areas.
  6. Traffic congestion and atmospheric and noise pollution in urban areas due to continuous expansion of towns.
  7. Reduced food production as towns expand and engulf surrounding agricultural land.

Related Studies on Population in Kenya and Denmark

Sweden

  • One of the Scandinavian countries which also include Norway, Finland and Denmark.
  • It’s located in the N. Europe.
  • It’s in the 4th stage of the population transition trend. The birth and death rates are equal i.e. replacement level.
  • Natural and numerical population growth is 0.5%.

Factors Which Have Contributed To Slow Population Growth in Sweden

  1. Improvement of medical facilities.
  2. People have become more affluent and urbanised causing a tendency to have fewer children so as to maintain a high standard of living.
  3. Population has embraced birth control measures and as a result contraceptives are widely used.
  4. Move towards small families in response to economic realities.
  5. High rate of separation leading to low fertility rate and consequently low birth rates.
  6. Population is highly literate and understands the need for controlling population growth.
  7. Low death rates reducing the need to bear more children.

Factors Influencing Population Distribution in Sweden

  1. A large proportion of the country is mountainous whose cultivation isn’t easy due to steepness, stony soils and permafrost causing 60% of population to be found in the southern part (Skane) where there is fertile soils and warmth which favours cultivation.
  2. Chilly climate with cold winters especially in the northern lands (Norrland) which are not inhabited at all once again causing population to be concentrated in the south.
  3. Sweden is a forested country and areas under forests are more settles because they are more ideal for cultivation unlike plains which are permafrost.
  4. Lakes and rivers cover almost ½ of the country and the area with water bodies aren’t settled which causes the population to be scattered.
  5. Mining centres such as Grangesbery and Fennimore form islands of high population while the immediate neighbourhoods have high population.
  6. The largest number of people lives in urban areas the major one being Stockholm and villages forming nucleated and clustered type of settlement.

Comparison between Population Trends in Kenya and Sweden

Similarities

Both countries have uneven distribution of population dictated by factors such as relief, climate and presence of economic activities.

Both countries have low mortality due to improved medical care.

In both countries population density in urban areas is high.

In both countries there is use of family planning methods in effort to control population growth.

Both countries have parts which aren’t inhabited at all e.g. in the north of Sweden and Chalbi desert in Kenya.

In both countries there is high population in areas with mining activities e.g. Grangesbery in Sweden and Magadi in Kenya.

In both countries population distribution is influenced by drainage where areas with water bodies aren’t settled.

Differences

  • Kenya has a birth rate of 3.2% leading to high population growth while Sweden has 0.5%leading to slow growth rate.
  • Kenya has a population density of 36 persons per square km while Sweden has a population density of 19 P/km2.
  • Kenya has a larger population than Sweden.
  • Kenya has a large population of young people and a small proportion of old people while Sweden has a large population of old people and a small proportion of young people.
  • Kenya has relatively high death rates throughout age groups while Sweden has low.
  • Population distribution in Sweden is very uneven compared to Kenya’s.
  • In Sweden most of the population is found in urban areas while in Kenya most of it is found in rural areas.
  • Kenya has a high dependency ratio compared to Kenya.
  • Kenya has a low life expectancy (50 years) than Sweden (70 years).
  • The main factor contributing to population growth in Kenya is high birth rate while in Sweden it is Migration.
  • Kenya has high population density while Sweden has low.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

URBANISATION

Development of towns.

Process in which a population is transformed from a rural based agricultural lifestyle to an urban based non-agricultural lifestyle

Distribution of Major Urban Centres in E. Africa

Main categories of Urban Centres

  1. Capital towns-towns which are the main seat of the government or administrative centres of each country. These are Nairobi, Dodoma and Kampala.
  2. Cities-largest towns in E. Africa with city council status i.e. Nairobi, Dar and Kampala.
  3. Sea ports– are located in the Indian Ocean Coast and are Mombasa, Malindi, Dar, Tanga, Mtwara and Lindi.
  4. Lake Ports– are located on lake shores e.g. Kisumu, Mwanza, Kigoma, Bukoba, Jinja, etc.
  5. Mining towns-evolved due to mining activities e.g. Magadi, Kakamega, Shinyanga, Kilembe, etc.
  6. Industrial towns-whose main functions are industrial activities e.g. Thika, Athi River, Jinja, Tanga, etc.
  7. Collecting towns– whose functions are to collect agricultural produce for being located in rich agricultural areas e.g. Karatina, Nakuru, Eldoret, Mbalala and Kabale in Uganda and Mbeya and Songea in Tanzania.
  8. Gap towns- (Makutano towns) located at points of convergence of transport routes e.g. Voi, Moshi and Tabora in Tanzania and Hoima in Uganda.
  9. Administrative towns-whose main function is administration e.g. all provincial and district headquarters in Kenya, Dodoma and Morogoro in Tanzania and Gulu and Fort Portal in Uganda.

Factors influencing the Growth of Major urban Centres in E. Africa

  1. Rural to urban migration when young people complete formal schooling and migrate to major towns to look foe employment causing population to expand in those towns.
  2. Natural growth of urban population through births because most of migrants are young couples who are at their height of their reproductive years.
  3. advantages of well develop[ed transport and communication network since most of them are accessible by good roads, railway, air and some by waterways enabling goods to be imported easily and accelerates migration.
  4. Industrialisation which attracts people because industries attracts people because they offer employment opportunities.
  5. Some have emerged due to mining as it attracts workers who move and settle in the mining area.
  6. Tourism whereby influx of tourists to a town can cause demand for high class hotels, curio shops, entertainment etc which make the town to grow e.g. Malindi and Mombasa.
  7. Agriculture can make a town to grow by providing market for industrial products from urban centres and by providing raw materials foe industries established in urban areas.
  8. administration when there is set district or provincial headquarters and government employees are posted there to provide services to the people and houses, shops and service industries such as banking are established there to serve people.

Growth and Functions of Selected Towns in Kenya

Thika (An Industrial Town)

  • its one of the most industrialised towns in Kenya with industries such as flour milling, bread baking, vehicle assembly, fruit canning, etc.
  • Located at the edge of Kenyan Highlands.
  • Started as a small African village where the Akamba and Agikuyu traders met and exchanged goods.
  • A market developed and Asian traders set up shops to cater for the small African and European farmers from the surrounding areas.

Factors Which Have Contributed To Its Development as an Industrial Town

  1. It’s surrounded by districts which are agriculturally productive e.g. Kiambu, Thika, Maragua and Muranga.
  2. It’s situated near rivers Chania and Thika which supply water for domestic and industrial use.
  3. It’s located on Nairobi-Nanyuki railway and tarmac road which makes transport of raw materials to the town and that of finished products to the market easy.
  4. It’s near Nairobi which is a source of raw materials making many investors to prefer to establish industries there.
  5. High population from the surrounding districts which supply labour to the industries as well as market for some manufactured goods.
  6. Availability of expansive flat land for industrial growth.
  7. Congestion of Nairobi’s industrial area which made many investors to prefer Thika as it’s outside and at the same time near Nairobi.
  8. Availability of power from 7 Forks Power Project on R. Tana which provides electricity for industrial and domestic use.

Kisumu (A Lake Port)

  • It’s the largest port of E. Africa.
  • Located on the E. shores of L. Victoria on the Winam Gulf.
  • Third largest city after Nairobi and Mombasa.
  • Started as a small fishing settlement called Ugowe Bay.
  • Later, the settlement developed into a port called Port Florence after the completion of the railway from Kilindini to Mombasa.
  • Port Florence later came to be known as Kisumu

Factors Which Contributed To Its Development into a Leading Lake Port

  1. Settlement of Asians after the railway reached there who later built shops to cater for Africans needs (Bombay of Kenya).
  2. Location on the shores of L. Victoria which ensures adequate supply of water for domestic and industrial use.
  3. Availability of H.E.P. from Uganda which has enabled industries to grow and expand.
  4. Being a lake port which handles regional trade across the lake.
  5. Development of industries and trade which has attracted many job seekers thus increasing the population.
  6. Surrounding areas are highly populated thus acting as a pool of labour for industries and market for products.
  7. Fishing activities and processing of fish has contributed to its growth.
  8. Being surrounded by areas which are agriculturally productive e.g. Western Kenya which provide a base for potential development in industries in sugar and cotton in Kisumu.

Eldoret (An Agricultural Collecting Centre)

  • Located in the highlands on the western part of the R. Valley.
  • It started as a small post office from which the town grew.
  • It was started as an agricultural collecting and marketing centre for White farmers who were commercial wheat farmers and practised dairy farming.
  • It has acted as a collecting centre for agricultural produce from Uasin Gishu District.

Factors Which Made It to Be a Leading Agricultural Collecting Centre

  1. It’s easily accessible by the railway line from Mombasa to Kampala and the highway from Mombasa to Kampala.
  2. Location at the heart of one of the richest agricultural hinterlands for which it has acted as a collecting, processing and marketing centre.
  3. Availability of social amenities which has led to rapid increase from the surrounding areas.
  4. Availability of H.E.P. which has led to establishment of industries such as plywood making, manufacture of soft drinks, textile, milk processing, etc.
  5. High population in the surrounding regions which provides labour for industries and a ready market for manufactured products.
  6. Plenty of land for expansion of the town and industries.
  7. Establishment of service industries such as banking and insurance which has contributed significantly to its growth.

Related Studies on Selected Cities in the World

Nairobi and New York

Nairobi

  • Came into existence when Uganda Railway reached it in 1899.
  • It started as a railway camp before embarking on the rugged highlands and the steep descent into the R. Valley.
  • It’s located on Athi-Kapiti Plains.
  • The plains were unoccupied due to the tribal clashes between Kikuyu and Maasai.
  • The camp was temporarily relocated to Kiambu due to mosquitoes and wild animals which posed a danger.
  • Settlers later moved back to the present city centre.
  • Nairobi became the provincial headquarters of Ukamba Province.
  • It was in 1907 elevated to the administrative capital of British East Africa Protectorate.

New York

  • Located on the E. coast of U.S.A. at the mouth of R. Hudson.
  • A section of the city is situated on the mainland while part of it is made up of a group of islands-Long Island, Staten Island, Manhattan and Jersey.
  • Established after the Dutch bought the Manhattan Island from the Red Indians and renamed it New York.
  • Its growth is associated with the construction of New York State Barge Canal which links Hudson to L. Erie one of the great lakes of N. America which passes through regions which are highly industrialised and agriculturally productive.

Functions of Nairobi and New York/Similarities

  1. Both are industrial centres with Nairobi being the leading industrial town in E. Africa with industries such as brewing, steel rolling, motor vehicle assembly, etc. and New York has ship building, chemical industries, pharmaceutical industries and the largest industry being clothing followed by printing.
  2. Both are international centres with Nairobi having KICC and high class hotels where international meetings are held and New York is the Headquarters of U.N. World Bank, I.M.F. and other international organisations.
  3. Both are residential centres with Nairobi providing shelter to over 2m people in estates and slum areas and New York is also a residential centre for people of various races of European origin, West Indians, Jews, Chinese, Indians and Jews and the famous ghetto for blacks known as Harlem.
  4. Both are educational centres with Nairobi having educational institutions such as Kenyatta and Nairobi Universities and Kenya Polytechnic and various other colleges and New York has several junior schools, high schools, colleges and universities for people of all races.
  5. Both are transport and communication centres with Nairobi having JKIA and Wilson Airports and several highways leading to other major urban centres and Telcom Kenya and Mobile phone services which have headquarters there and New York is the largest sea port in the world, has J.F. Kennedy, New York and La Guardia airports and The New York State Barge Canal.
  6. Both are religious centres with religious centres including cathedrals, temples, mosques and Jewish synagogues.
  7. Both are financial and trade centres with C.B.K., commercial banks and N.S.E. and shops and New York is the world’s financial centre and the headquarters for I.M.F. and also has shops.
  8. Both are recreational and cultural centres with Nairobi having Kasarani and Nyayo stadiums, Gong Race Course etc. and N. York has Night clubs, cinema halls, Central Park, Madison Square Garden and it’s also the fashion and art centre.

Differences

  1. New York developed as a sea port while Nairobi developed as a town following construction of Uganda Railway.
  2. New York is a coastal city while Nairobi is an inland city.
  3. New York comprises of mainland and several islands while Nairobi is in the mainland.
  4. New York has an approximately 12 times larger population than Nairobi.
  5. New York is located in a developed country while Nairobi is located in a developing country.
  6. New York is an international city while Nairobi is a national city.
  7. New York is a sea port while Nairobi has an inland dry port at Embakasi.
  8. New York is the capital of the state of New York while Nairobi is a national capital.
  9. New York experiences the problem of racism while Nairobi experiences the problem of tribalism.

Mombasa and Rotterdam

Mombasa

  • It’s located at the coast of east Africa in a Ria at the mouth of R. Mwachi.
  • Started as a resting and calling port during the era of slave trade.
  • It was once a Portuguese town who built Fort Jesus in 1593.
  • Originally the town was located on the island surrounded by the creeks namely Tudor and Port Reitz.
  • Later the town expanded farther north, south and west to the mainland.

Factors Which Influenced Its Location

  1. Was a strategic calling port for early traders to and from the Far East.
  2. Provided a good defensive site against external aggression (Fort Jesus).
  3. Has flat land which is ideal for construction of buildings (coastal plains).
  4. Coral limestone rocks found in the sea were used as building stones for houses.
  5. River Mwachi and Kimbeni provided early settlers with fresh water for domestic use later Mzima Springs in Tsavo W. N. Park became the main source of water.
  6. The deep waters of Kilindini creek provide a good well sheltered natural harbour.
  7. Has a large and rich agricultural hinterland i.e. the whole of Kenya, N. Tanzania, Uganda, S. Sudan, Rwanda and DRC.

Rotterdam

  • Located in the province of s. Holland in Netherlands.
  • Located at the mouths of rivers Rhine and Meuse on the N. Sea.
  • Originated as a small port sandwiched between 2 other ports Antwerp in Belgium and Amsterdam.
  • Silting of the N. Sea led to the dwindling of the development of Rotterdam.
  • After the harbour was deepened it witnessed rapid growth at the 1st half of 19th
  • The growth was halted by the devastations during the 2nd World War.
  • It has since grown into the leading world port in terms of tonnage.
  • It’s the enterport to Europe.

Factors Which Have Led To Its Development as an Enterport

  1. Deepening of the harbour creating a new port known as Europoort which is deep enough to handle large vessels.
  2. Has an extensive hinterland for which it handles transit goods through the navigable R. Rhine comprising of Belgium, Netherlands, Germany, Austria, etc.
  3. Located at a strategic central point in Europe where sea routes converge from America, Africa and other parts of Europe giving it an advantage over the other ports of Europe.
  4. The port doesn’t freeze due to the warm Atlantic Drift Current which raises the temperature enabling it to operate throughout the year.
  5. Provision of modern port facilities.
  6. Its industrial function of its being the major industrial area in the Netherlands with industries such as engineering, food processing, oil refining etc.

Functions of Mombasa and Rotterdam/Similarities

  1. Both are sea ports with Mombasa being the gateway to E and C Africa and Rotterdam being the enterport to Europe.
  2. Both are transport and communication centres with Mombasa being well served by transportation routes such as Nairobi-Mombasa Highway, has Moi International Airport etc and Rotterdam is linked to other urban centres by modern roads, railway lines and waterways.
  3. Both are industrial centres with Mombasa having Changamwe oil refinery, Bamburi cement Factory, motor vehicle assembly, etc. and Rotterdam having being the major industrial centre in Netherlands having industries such as ship building, engineering, petrol chemical ,etc.
  4. Both are commercial centres with both having shops and businesses selling goods to citizens.
  5. Both are located at the mouths of rivers, Mombasa on the mouth of R. Mwachi and Rotterdam on the mouths of rivers Rhine and Meuse on the N. Sea.
  6. Both are in the coastal region.
  7. Both are open for use throughout the year due to favourable weather conditions.
  8. Both are the second largest towns in their respective countries.

Differences

  1. Mombasa handles much less volume of trade.
  2. Mombasa is frost free throughout the year while Rotterdam is sometimes affected by frost.
  3. Netherlands has more sophisticated port facilities than those of Mombasa.
  4. Mombasa is in a developing country while Rotterdam is in a developed country.
  5. Mombasa depends on roads, railways, air and pipeline transport while Netherlands has canal transport in addition to those means of transport.
  6. Mombasa mainly exports agricultural raw materials while Rotterdam exports manufactured goods.

Effects of Urbanisation

Positive effects

  1. Urbanisation encourages national unity as people of different ethnic backgrounds come together and interact.
  2. It creates employment opportunities through establishment of commercial and industrial activities through which peoples living standards are raised.
  3. Leads to development of infrastructure within urban centres and the surrounding areas.
  4. Provides a market for agricultural goods produced in the country.
  5. Encourages development of industrial and agricultural sector by providing market for manufactured goods and produce.

Negative Effects (Problems)

  1. Environmental degradation e.g. air pollution when the industries and motor vehicles emit smoke and other gases to the atmosphere which accelerates global warming, pollution of rivers through discharge of harmful effluents from industries into them and people throwing all types of wastes there and noise pollution from industrial machines, aircrafts and motor vehicles which causes loss of sleep and permanent loss of hearing.
  2. Unemployment because of the population growing at a higher rate than the employment sector.
  3. Crime and other social evils like prostitution which people engage into to earn a living due to high levels of unemployment.
  4. Strain on social amenities i.e. there is shortage of housing, health centres, sanitation, schools, transport etc due to increase in population.
  5. Traffic congestion especially in developing countries due to poorly planned roads which are unable to accommodate the ever increasing motor vehicles which causes wastage of time and fuel.
  6. Breakdown of family units as many men leave members of the extended family, their wives, children and get concubines leading to marriage breakages.
  7. Causes mental disorder to people due to stress and depression resulting from the high cost of living causing some people to abuse drugs in the process of stress management causing them to end up getting mad.
  8. Juvenile delinquency or tendency by the youth to break the law due to idleness resulting from lack of activities to keep them busy.
  9. Urban sprawl or expansion of towns into the surrounding agricultural land which lowers agricultural production.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MANAGEMENT AND CONSERVATION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Environmental conservation is protection and preservation of natural resources from destruction, wastage or loss while environmental management is effective planning and control of the processes and activities that could cause deterioration of environment.

Need For Environmental Conservation and Management/Why its Essential

  1. To sustain human life because it depends or resources from the environment e.g. soil, water, air, forests, wildlife, etc.
  2. So as to protect endangered species of plants and animals from becoming extinct e.g. Meru oak, white rhino and Sokoke Scops owl.
  3. So that the natural resources in the environment can continue sustaining the present and future generations.
  4. Because a lot of natural resources in the environment are of economic value by being consumed directly or by giving us an income.
  5. Because the features in the environment e.g. plants and animals are of aesthetic value i.e. they are beautiful to look at.
  6. For posterity i.e. to ensure a better life for future generations.
  7. To curb global warming by reducing the green house effect which is causing a lot of heat to be trapped in the earth’s atmosphere.

Environmental Hazards

Dangers or disasters within the environment due to natural causes or human activities.

  • Floods

-An overflow of a large amount of water over dry land.

Causes

  1. Spilling of excess water of a river over its banks into the surrounding areas.
  2. Rising of the level of the sea or lake due to increased rainfall.
  3. Exceptionally heavy rainfall like El Nino resulting in excess water on land collecting in shallow basins and flat areas causing flooding.
  4. Breaking of a dam making the water in the reservoir to drown the land on the downstream side of the valley.
  5. When an earthquake occurs in the ocean causing huge sea waves called Tsunami which travels to the land flooding it.

Control of Floods

  1. Construction of dams to reduce the speed and amount of water flowing down stream by excess water flowing into the reservoir.
  2. Construction of dykes or high walls some distance from the river bank, lake shoe or sea shore to protect low lying land from being flooded by water from the water body.
  3. Making piles of earth along the riverbanks to form a raised platform to keep flood waters within the river channel.
  4. Reforestation of land to reduce to increase infiltration by vegetation giving rain water ample time to percolate and thus reduce runoff meaning there will be less water in rivers and hence less incidents of flooding.
  5. Dredging of shallow river channels to increase their depth and hence the channels capacity.
  6. Straitening of rivers with meanders to enable the water to flow more swiftly.
  7. Diverting of some river tributaries to reduce the volume of water getting into the main river.
  • Lightning

-Flash of brilliant light in the sky produced by natural electricity passing between clouds or from the clouds to ground.

-Common where convectional rainfall occurs.

-Associated with cumulonimbus clouds.

-Common Kakamega, Kisii and Nyamira and around L. Victoria which experiences in the highest frequency.

-It starts forest fires e.g. in U.S.A and damages houses and electrical installations leading to loss of life and property.

Control

  1. Installing lightning arresters on buildings which are copper rod conductors which direct lightning electrical current into the ground.
  2. Educating the people on the dangers of lightning and precautions to take.
  3. Not taking shelters under trees or on verandas when it’s raining.
  4. Avoiding walking on open fields during thunderstorms.
  5. If possible people should remain indoors when it’s raining.
  • Windstorms

-Very strong winds that develop as a result of great differences in atmospheric pressure on the ground e.g. hurricanes, tornadoes and typhoons. Kenya experiences thermals.

Effects

  • In the deserts they transport sand which may burry houses and oasis.
  • Rip off roofs of buildings
  • Uproot trees and
  • Cause flooding and
  • Felling of crops e.g. cocoa pods.
  • Spreading bush fires

Control Measures

  1. Predicting and monitoring windstorms using satellites to know their development and advancement speed.
  2. Warning people through electronic media of advancing windstorms so that they can move away.
  3. Taking shelter in bankers.
  4. Planting of trees in open ground to break the speed of wind thus reduce its destructive effects.
  • Earthquakes
  • Droughts

-Condition whereby an area experiences a rainfall deficient season followe4d by a long dry period.

Causes

  1. Insufficient rainfall
  2. Global warming leading to high rates of evaporation which exceed precipitation.
  3. Encroachment of desert like conditions due to destruction of vegetation by deforestation and overgrazing.

Effects

  1. Crop failure leading to famines
  2. Deaths due to famines
  3. Shortage of water
  4. Closing of HEP stations
  5. Death of livestock and other herbivores due to shortage of water and pasture
  6. Migration of people to unaffected areas which may lead to conflict due to competition for resources (environmental refugees.
  7. Destruction of vegetation and animal life causes loss of biodiversity.
  8. Poverty as those who depend on agriculture lose their livelihoods.
  • Fires

Causes

  1. Kerosene stoves
  2. Candles electric faults
  3. Explosion of oil pipelines
  4. Explosion of oil tankers when people drawing fuel set the on fire accidentally e.g. when attempting to smoke e.g. Sachangwan.
  5. Lightning
  • Volcanic Eruptions

Effects

  1. Lava flows spread to nearby settlements burying and burning people.
  2. Set vegetation on fire.
  3. Heated water cause death of aquatic life.
  4. Emit poisonous gases which kill people when they inhale them.
  5. Damage and disrupt infrastructure.
  • Pests and Diseases

Pests- animals, insects and birds which are harmful to other animals and plants.

Effects

  • Locusts and army warms destroy vegetation resulting in shortage of pasture for herbivores.
  • Ticks, river flukes, tapeworms and fleas affect animals by transmitting their diseases and weakening them.
  • Jiggers cause woods in human feet through which infections may enter the body.
  • Parasitic plants feed on the host plant leading to its eventual death.
  • Cause problems in the provision of food and maintenance of human health.

Most diseases which affect plants and animals are viral, bacterial or fungal.

Control

  1. Use of chemicals e.g. fungicides, herbicides and pesticides.
  2. Developing plant species which are resistant to pests and diseases.
  3. Biological control e.g. control of tsetse flies by breeding sterile males which are released to mate with females which occurs once in a lifetime thus reducing their population.
  4. Educate people on the proper use of chemicals to prevent resistance and environmental degradation.
  • Pollution

Contamination of environment with harmful or poisonous substances.

Types

  1. Water Pollution

– Addition of harmful substances in water causing deterioration in the quality of water so that it no longer serves the purpose for which it is intended.

  1. Addition of materials like dust and salts to water through erosion and wind deposition.
  2. Disposal of wastes from houses e.g. sewage into rivers or lakes.
  3. Effluents from industries and factories.
  4. Oil spills from e.g. off shore oil drilling, tankers and burst oil pipes.
  5. Testing of nuclear weapons under the sea.
  6. Agricultural fertilisers and chemicals washed in to the river by rain water.

Effects

  1. Causes diseases such as cholera when drinking water is contaminated.
  2. Causes poisoning e.g. when mercury from industries is consumed by fish and is eventually consumed by human beings.
  3. Causes death of aquatic life like fish due to poisoning and suffocation.
  4. Makes introduction of fish into aquatic systems difficult.

Soil/Land pollution

-Addition of harmful substances in the soil land leading to deterioration of their state.

  1. Chemical fertilisers added to improve fertility.
  2. Pesticides, fungicides and herbicides to control pests and diseases.
  3. Chemicals and explosives which are used during mining.
  4. Nuclear testing and careless testing of nuclear wastes.
  5. Presence of garbage heaps which stinks, become breeding ground for disease vectors and make the land to look ugly.
  6. Open cast mining and quarrying of rocks which leaves open pets which people may fall into, water may collect in to them and become breeding ground for mosquitoes which transmit malaria.
  7. Heaping of the overburden on the land during mining.

Effects

  1. Causes poisoning and cancers when toxic chemicals are absorbed by crops then people consume them.
  2. Contaminates ground water as rain water aids the toxic chemicals to seep underground.
  3. Kills soil organisms.
  4. Affects the growth of crops by altering soil PH.
  5. Makes land derelict i.e. useless for other activities like agriculture.

Air pollution

-Addition of toxic and harmful substances in to the air which destroy its purity.

Causes

  1. Eruption of volcanoes which releases poisonous gases, dust and ash particles to the atmosphere.
  2. Natural fires started by lava flows and lightning which add a lot of smoke into the air.
  3. Industrial emissions e.g. sulphur dioxide, carbon dioxide, hydrocarbons etc.
  4. Dust and carbon particles added by quarrying and factories,
  5. Tanneries which release large quantities of hydrogen sulphide and ammonia into the atmosphere.
  6. Smoke and poisonous gases from motor vehicle emissions.

Effects

  1. Sulphur dioxide and nitrogen dioxide combine with water vapour forming acidic water which corrodes buildings.
  2. Sulphur dioxide also combines with oxygen forming a dilute mixture of sulphuric acid which damages forests, ancient buildings and sculptures.
  3. Lead released into the air from leaded fuels is absorbed by vegetables which are eaten by human beings and animals causing sickness resulting from poisoning.
  4. Large quantities of smoke contribute to formation of smog in industrial cities such as Beijing.
  5. Hydrocarbons cause depletion of ozone layer leading to excess UVR reaching the surface which accelerates global warming and causes problems such as skin cancers, deterioration of plastics etc.
  6. Air pollution also causes respiratory problems and also aggravates respiratory diseases such as asthma. respiratory

Noise Pollution

-Discordant sound which is excessive, unwanted and of a disturbing nature.

Causes

  1. Booming music in night clubs, shops or motor vehicles.
  2. Repeated hooting of motor vehicles.
  3. Revving of motor vehicles’ engines continuously.
  4. Defective exhausts of vehicles or without silencers.
  5. Sound from large aeroplanes and military aircraft.
  6. Loud noises from machines in factories.

 

Effects

  1. Headaches
  2. Stress leading to physical or mental illnesses such as neurosis.
  3. Cause people to become irritable.
  4. Raising blood pressure.
  5. Damaging of eardrums leading to impaired hearing or total deafness

Measures undertaken to Curb Pollution

  1. Not to cultivate on river banks to prevent silting of rivers, lakes and reservoirs.
  2. Sewage treatment before releasing it to the environment.
  3. Regular inspection of factories to ensure they don’t release toxic fumes to the atmosphere.
  4. Using unleaded fuels.
  5. Sorting garbage before disposing it into vegetative and non-biodegradable e.g. plastics and glass.
  6. Recycling wastes such as plastics, paper, glass and polythene bags and turning vegetative wastes into manure.
  7. Banning use of chemicals with residual effects in the soil e.g. DDT.
  8. Use of ear guards.
  9. Use of efficient energy saving stoves.
  10. Prohibiting playing of loud music in public service vehicles, clubs and etc.
  11. Use of pit latrines
  12. Use of alternative environmentally friendly sources of energy such as solar energy, hydropower, etc.

Environments Management and Conservation Measures

  1. Setting organisations and institutions to coordinate matters related to environmental conservation and management e.g. UNEP. Green Belt Movement, Environmental and wildlife clubs.
  2. The government has made laws governing environment conservation and management e.g. Wildlife Conservation and Management Act, The Water Act, Forest Act etc.
  3. Setting up of ministries to deal with various aspects of environment e.g. Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife, Ministry of Water, Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources, etc.
  4. Presidential decrees and directives e.g. declaration of “Kayas”, Protecting the aloe plant, etc.
  5. Educating people to create awareness on environmental issues through the mass media and seminars.
  6. Participating in environmental activities such as tree planting and construction of gabions during the environmental day.
  7. Research on development of crops that are resistant to certain pests and diseases and environmentally friendly methods of controlling pests (ICIPE).
  8. Setting up recycling factories to recycle scrub metal, paper, glass, plastics and make manure out of vegetative wastes.
  9. Rehabilitating land rendered derelict by mining by filling pits with waste rock and soil and planting vegetation.

Global efforts towards environmental Conservation and Management

  1. Signing of Kyoto Accord where countries agreed to reduce the amount of green house gases they emit.
  2. International law which binds the countries to protect the sea against pollution and overexploitation of its resources.
  3. Guidelines on the use of hazardous chemicals have been issued.
  4. Countries have greed to notify others when they restrict the use of a chemical.
  5. FAO collaborates on matters involving food additives and pesticide residue.
  6. Governments are required to notify others of chemical accidents.
  7. Governments are required to provide assistance when hazardous chemicals cross national frontiers by accident.

Grade Five CBC Home Work, Assignments Free Downloads

Grade Five CBC Home Work, Assignments Free Downloads

G5 SST ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 SCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 MAT ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 KIS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 IRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 HSCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 ENG ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 CRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 CA&MUS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 AGRIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf

G5 SST ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 SCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 MAT ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 KIS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 IRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 HSCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 ENG ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 CRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 CA&MUS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G5 AGRIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf

SCHEMES OF WORK FRENCH FORM 4

FRENCH SCHEMES OF WORK

QUATRIEME ANNEE-TROISIEME TRIMESTRE

SEM CRS CONTENU CONCEPT OBJECTIFS DOCUMENTS DIDACTIQUES ACTIVITES D’APPRENTISSAGE MANUEL REMAR-QUES
1 1-4   PREMIER CONTROLE CONTINU      
2 1-4 Révision L’examen  de fin du trimestre précédent Les  élèves seront capables de

répondre correctement aux questions de grammaire et de la compréhension écrite

Papiers de l’examen de fin du trimestre précédent. Questions/réponses

Lecture

Explication

Ecrit

Grille d’évaluation  
3 1-2 Révision ·       lecture à haute voix

·       dictée

 

Les élèves seront capables de :

1.     lire et prononcer correctement les mots français.

2.     écouter et écrire les textes sur des thèmes variés

Documents authentique

Dialogue/passages

Magnétophone/cassette/dvd/cd

Lecture

Discussion

Ecoute

Ecrit

Questions/réponses

 

 

Carte d’examens/cassettes de KCSE des années précédentes  
3 3-4 Révision ·       exposé

·       conversation

Les apprenants seront capables :

1.     présenter des exposés variés sur les sujets  différents

2.     parler et répondre aux questions sur des sujets/thèmes différents

Photos

Dessins

Dictionnaires

Cartes

Internet

Ecrit

Observation

Discussion

Recherche/travail en groupes

 

Cartes d’exposes des années précédentes  
4 1-4 Révision ·       exercices à trous.

·       faire correspondre

·       transformations grammaticales

Les apprenants seront capables de répondre correctement aux questions grammaticales. Cassette

Texte d’observation

Flash cards

Observation

Ecrit

Discussions

Ecrit

 

Papiers d’examens des années précédents  
4 3-4 Révision

 

·       rédactions

·       compréhension orale

Les apprenants seront capables d’écrire les rédactions et  répondre correctement  aux questions de la compréhension orale Exemplaire des rédactions

Sujet à discuter

Copie des questions de compréhension.

Ecrit

Discussion

Questions/réponses

Présentations

Papiers d’examens des années précédents  

 

Grade 4 CBC Lesson Plans

You can now download thousands of Free CBC Lesson Plans for  Grade 4 below and on this site:

Click here for grade-4-cre-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-knowing-god-cre-book-4.docx
Click here for grade-4-kiswahili-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-kiswahili-dadisi.docx
Click here for grade-4-kiswahili-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-kiswahili-dadisi-1.docx
Click here for grade-4-rationalised-creative-arts-and-sports-lesson-plans-term-2.docx
Click here for grade-4-music-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-foundation-music.docx
Click here for grade-4-rationalised-cre-lesson-plans-term-2.docx
Click here for grade-4-rationalised-ire-lesson-plans-term-2.docx
Click here for grade-4-science-and-technology-lesson-plans-term-2.docx
Click here for grade-4-science-and-technology-lesson-plans-term-2-1.docx
Click here for grade-4-social-studies-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-longhorn-social-studies.docx

free lesson plans – kenya,
free cbc lesson plans-grade 7 pdf,
CBC lesson plan sample pdf,
Free lesson plans,
Grade 4 NOTES(PDF),
Grade 4 Science and Technology Notes PDF,
Free CBC Lesson Plans for Grade 5,
Teachers arena Lesson Plans Grade 5,
Get free Grade Two (Grade 2) Schemes of Work, Notes, Revision Materials, Exams, Past Papers , Lesson Plans and Lesson Notes

Free cbc schemes of work term 2 Grade 3

Get free access to all the latest Grade 2 CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the cost as these schemes are absolutely free of charge. Visit the Teachers’ Resources Portal for limitless free teaching materials.

GRADE 3 TERM 2 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK.

Music Grade 3 Term 2 Schemes

Grade 3 Art and Craft

Kiswahili Language Activities 

Kiswahili Language Activities Schemes

English Language Activities

English Language Activities

Mathematical Activities

Environmental Activities

Hygiene and Nutrition Activities

Religious Education Activities

Movement and Creative Activities

HOT DOWNLOADS!!

Grade 2 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Free Primary School schemes of work for all schools (CBC and 8-4-4)

Form 3 Biology Latest Syllabus Free {Revised and Final}

FORM THREE BIOLOGY

By the end of form three work, the learner should be able to:

  • Classify common organisms into their main taxonomic units
  • Write scientific names of organisms correctly
  • List the kingdoms of organisms
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom monera
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom protoctista
  • Observe, draw and name parts of spirogyra, amoeba, paramecium and euglena
  • Describe the general characteristics of Kingdom fungi
  • List down all the members of kingdom fungi
  • Draw and name parts of bread mold (mucor), yeast and mushrooms
  • Describe the main characteristics of kingdom plantae
  • Describe the main characteristics of bryophyta
  • Identify examples of hyophyta
  • Observe draw and name parts of liverworts and moss plants
  • Identify examples of pleridophyta
  • Observe draw and name parts of fern plant
  • Identify examples of division spermatophyta
  • Identify major sub-division of spermatophyta
  • List main characteristics of angiospermae
  • Differentiate between angiospermae and gymnospermae
  • State the characteristics of angiospermapyta
  • Identify and state major characteristics of classes of angiospermapytaegdicotyledonae&monocotyledonoe
  • describe the general characteristics of kingdom animalia
  • describe the general characteristics of Phylum arthropoda
  • list down the classes of the Phylum arthropoda
  • describe the general characteristics of Class crustacean
  • describe the general characteristics of Class insect
  • describe the general characteristics of Class arachnida
  • list down the members of class arachnida and insect
  • Describe the general characteristics of Classeschilopoda and diplopoda
  • List down the members of class chilopoda and diplopoda
  • Describe the general characteristics of Phylum chordate
  • describe the general characteristics of Pisces and amphibian
  • describe the general characteristics of reptilian
  • describe the general characteristics of Class aves
  • Describe the general characteristics of Class Mammalia
  • Identify different types of members of Class Mammalia
  • Construct a simple dichotomous to identify given organisms
  • Use an already constructed dichotomous key to identify given organisms
  • Use an already constructed dichotomous key to identify given organisms
  • draw and label organisms correctly
  • Define the term ecology and identify terms used in ecology
  • Define the term ecology and identify terms used in ecology
  • Identify the types of ecosystems
  • State and explain how light determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Identify and describe how temperature determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Identify and describe how Rainfall and humidity determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • describe how Wind and atmospheric pressure determines distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Write down correct answers to questions asked in the test
  • describe how salinity affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystems
  • describe how waves, currents and tides affects the distribution of organisms in aquatic ecosystem
  • Describe how Edaphic factors affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Measure certain factors in samples of different soils
  • Describe how Geological factors affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describe how Abiotic factors affect the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describe how competition affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describe how Predation and Symbiosis affects the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem
  • Differentiate between Parasitism and saprophytism
  • Describe how Parasitism and saprophytism influence the distribution of organisms in an ecosystem e.g. Tick and cattle
  • Describe the interaction between organisms in an ecosystem
  • Describe the role of decomposers in Nitrogen cycle & carbon cycle
  • Define the terms food chain and food web
  • Construct food chains and food webs
  • Describe energy flow in a local ecosystem and Construct food chains and food webs
  • Define population
  • List down the characteristics of population
  • Explain the use of quadrants and transects as methods of Population estimation
  • Explain the capture –recapture method of population estimation
  • Use quadrant method to estimate population of named organisms within the compound
  • Describe total count, aerial count and aerial photography and other methods of population estimation
  • Relate to the adaptations of xerophytes to their habitats
  • Relate to the adaptations of mesophytes to their habitats
  • Relate to the adaptations of hydrophytes to their habitats
  • Observe, draw and label parts of named hydrophytes, mesophytes and xerophyte plants
  • Relate to the adaptations of halophytes to their habitats
  • Explain pollution and give examples of pollutants
  • Describe the various air pollutants
  • Discuss the effects of air pollution on the environment
  • Suggest methods of controlling air pollution
  • Describe various causes of Land/ soil pollution
  • Discuss the effects of Land/ soil pollution and human health in rural and urban centers
  • Suggest methods of controlling Land/ soil pollution
  • Describe the causes of Water pollution
  • Identify other causes of environmental pollution in rural and urban centers
  • Discuss the effects of water pollution on human health in rural and urban centers and other organisms
  • Suggest methods of controlling water pollution
  • Identify symptoms of cholera and typhoid fever
  • State methods of transmission
  • Suggest control measures
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of malaria
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission of amoebic dysentery
  • Suggest control methods of amoebic dysentery
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission of ascariosis
  • Identify the causes, symptoms and methods of transmission and control of schistomiasis
  • Define reproduction and state its importance
  • Differentiate between asexual and sexual reproduction
  • Describe the appearance and location of chromosomes
  • Define mitosis
  • Describe chromosomicmovement during mitosis
  • Describe e the movement of chromosomes in mitosis
  • Identify stages of mitosis
  • Identify and describe stages of mitosis
  • State the significance of mitosis in reproduction
  • Define meiosis
  • State the stages of meiosis
  • Describe the chromosome movement during meiosis
  • Observe the stages of meiosis
  • Describe the movement of chromosomes during meiosis
  • State the significance of meiosis in reproduction
  • Differentiate between mitosis and meiosis
  • State and describe the importance of Binary fission
  • Observe spore formation in bread mould (mucor) and binary fission in paramecium
  • State and describing the importance of budding in reproduction
  • Observing drawing and budding cells of yeast
  • Describe the external structure of a typical flower
  • Describe the internal structure of a typical flower
  • Observe, describe and draw different types of pollen grains
  • Describe the structure of ovules
  • Describe other characteristics of flowers
  • Describe and compare adaptations of wind and insect pollinated flowers
  • Describe the features and mechanisms that hinder self-pollination and self-fertilization
  • Describe the process of fertilization in flowering plants
  • Describe and explain how embryo and seeds are formed in flowering plants
  • Describe how fruits are formed in flowering plants
  • Differentiate between a fruit and a seed
  • Describe and explain how different seeds and fruits are dispersed
  • Classifying various types of fruits and describe their placentation
  • Differentiate between internal and external fertilization
  • Describe external fertilization in amphibians
  • Relate the structure of mammalian male reproductive system to its functions
  • Relate the structure of mammalian male reproductive organ and spermatozoa to its function
  • Relate the structure of mammalian female reproductive system to its function
  • Relate the structure of mammalian ovum to its function
  • Describe internal fertilization in mammals
  • Describe the fertilization process
  • Describe implantation and the role of the placenta in mammals
  • Define gestation in mammals
  • Identify different gestation periods in different mammals
  • Describe birth and explain parental care
  • Describe the role of hormones in reproduction of humans
  • Describe the role of hormones in the menstrual cycle
  • Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of gonorrhea and herpes simplex
  • Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of syphilis and trichomoniasis
  • Identify symptoms and explain the methods of transmission and prevention of candidiasis and hepatitis
  • Identify the causes and modes of transmission of HIV/AIDS and prevention of HIV and AIDS
  • Identify effects of HIV/AIDS in human economy
  • Identify the symptoms of HIV/AIDS and stages of HIV and AIDS
  • Explain ways of preventing and controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS
  • Discuss the social effects of HIV/AIDS
  • Explain the advantages and disadvantages of sexual and asexual reproduction
  • Define the terms growth and development
  • Describe the sigmoid growth curve
  • Describe the phases of sigmoid curve
  • Describe the intermittent growth curve
  • Analyze data on growth rate
  • Draw growth curves
  • Define seed dormancy
  • Identify factors affecting viability and dormancy of seeds
  • Identify factors affecting seed dormancy
  • Define seed germination
  • Differentiate between types of seed germination
  • Identifying Conditions necessary for germination – oxygen
  • Investigate the necessity of water and warmth
  • Describe the region of growth in seedlings
  • Identify the regions of growth
  • Determine the regions of growth in seedlings
  • Measure the aspect of growth in a given seedling
  • Describe growth in plants I.e. Primary and secondary growths
  • investigate primary and secondary growth in a seedling
  • Explain the role of hormones in regulation of growth and development in plants
  • Explain Apical dominance in plants
  • Define metamorphosis
  • Distinguish between complete and incomplete metamorphosis
  • Describe complete metamorphosis in housefly and anopheles mosquito
  • Describe incomplete metamorphosis in a cockroach
  • Describe and explain the Role of growth hormones in metamorphosis in insects
  • Observe metamorphosis in some insects

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification II

General Principles of Classification

  • Classification is the science that puts organisms into distinct groups to make their study easy and systematic.
  • Modern scientific classification is based on structure and functions.
  • Organisms with similar anatomical and morphological characteristics are placed in one group while those with different structures are grouped separately.
  • Modern studies in genetics and cell biochemistry are used to give additional help in classifying organisms.
  • There are seven major taxonomic groups.
  • The kingdom is the largest group.
  • Others are phylum (division for plants) class, order, family, genus and species, the smallest.

Binomial Nomenclature

  • Living organisms are named using Latin or Latinised names.
  • Every organism has two names.
  • This double naming is called binomial nomenclature.
  • This system of naming was devised by Carolus Linnaeus in the 18th Century.
  • The first name is the generic name – the name of the genus.
  • The second name is the name of the species.
  • The generic name starts with a capital letter while that of the species starts with a small letter.
  • The names are written in italics or are underlined in manuscripts.

Examples:

Bean =Phaseolus vulgaris.

  • Phaseolus is the generic name,
  • vulgaris is specific name.

Dog =Canis familiaris.

  • Canis is the generic name
  • ,familiaris the specific name.

General Characteristics of Kingdoms

Organisms are classified into five kingdoms.

  • Monera,
  • Protoctista,
  • Fungi,
  • Plantae

 

 

Viruses do not fit neatly into any of the above kingdoms.

  • They are simple and not cellular.
  • They are metabolically inactive outside the host cell.
  • Most of them can be crystallised like chemical molecules.
  • Therefore they do not exhibit the characteristics of living organisms.

 

 

Characteristic Monera Protoctista Fungi Plantae Animalia
Cell type Prokaryotic Eucaryotic Eucaryotic Eucaryotic Eucaryotic
U nicellularl Unicellular Unicellular and Unicellular and Multicellular Multicellular
Multicellular   multicellular multicellular    
Mode of Autotrophic or Autotrophic or Heterotrophism Autotrophism Heterotrophic
Feeding heterotrophic by heterotrophic by by absorption   by ingestion
  absorption absorption or      
    phagocytosis      
Reproduction Asexual by Asexual binary Asexual fission Asexual by Sexual
  binary fission fission, Fragmentation, sporulation  
    fragmentation, sporulation and  
    Sporulation   fragmentation,  
        Sexual  

Examples of Organisms in Each Kingdom and Their Economic Importance

Kingdom Monera

General Characteristics

  • Unicellular and microscopic
  • Some single cells ,others colonial
  • Nuclear material not enclosed within nuclear membrane-prokaryotic
  • Have cell wall but not of cellulose.
  • Have few organelles which are not membrane bound
  • Mitochondria absent
  • Mostly heterotrophic, feeding saprotrophically or parasitically,some are autotrophic.
  • Reproduction mostly asexual through binary fission
  • Most of them are anaerobes but others are aerobes
  • Most move by flagella

 

  • Examples include  Escherichia coli, Vibrio cholerae and Clostridium tetani.
  • Spherical known as Cocci.
  • Rod shaped – e.g. Clostridium tetani
  • Spiral shaped  e.g. sprilla
  • Coma shaped- Vibrios -e.g., Vibrio cholerae.

 

Economic importance of bacteria Benefits to man include:

  • They are used in food processing e.g., Lactobacillus used in processing of cheese, yoghurt.
  • Involved in synthesis of vitamin Band K, in humans and breakdown of cellulose in herbivores.

Genetic Engineering

  • Bacteria are easily cultured and are being used for making antibiotics, aminoacids and enzymes e.g. amylase, and invertase e.g., Escherichia coli.

     Nutrient cycling:

  • Saprophytes
  • They are involved in decomposition of dead organic matter.
  • They are useful in the nitrogen cycle.
  • Nitrogen fixing and nitrifying bacteria.
  • They increase soil fertility.
  • Modem sewage works use bacteria in treatment of sewage.
  • Cleaning oil spills in oceans and lakes.

Harmful Effects

  • Bacteria cause disease:
  • To humans (e.g. Cholera).
  • To animals (e.g. Anthrax).
  • Bacteria cause food spoilage.
  • Others cause food poisoning e.g. Salmonella.
  • Denitrifying bacteria reduce soil fertility e.g., Pseudomonas denitrificans.

Kingdom Protoctista

Examples include ;

  • Algae such as spirogyra, Chlamydomonas, euglena, Sargassum
  • And protozoa such as amoeba, paramecium and Trypanosoma.

General Characteristics

  • They are said to be eukaryotic since their nucleus is bound by a membrane
  • Most are mobile, and use flagella, cilia and pseudopodia.
  • Some are sessile.
  • They reproduce mainly asexually, by binary fission, fragmentation and sporulation.
  • Some reproduce sexually by conjugation.
  • Some are heterotrophic e.g. paramecium.
  • Others are autotrophic e.g. spirogyra.

Economic importance of protoctista

  • Algae are the primary producers in aquatic food chains.
  • They release a lot of oxygen to the atmosphere.
  • Some cause human diseases like malaria and amoebic dysentry ,sleeping sickness
  • Some are source of food for humans e.g. sargassum is a source of iodine
  • Skeletons of diatoms used in paint making.

Spirogyra: They have spiral chloroplast.

  • They are green, thread-like filaments

Chlamydomonas:

  • This is a unicellular green algae and has a cup shaped chloroplast.
  • They move towards light using the flagella
  • Cilia assist the organism to move.
  • The shape is due to the presence of a thin flexible pellicle.

 

Kingdom Fungi

  • Multicellular fungi are made of thread-like structures called hyphae (singular hyphae) that form a mycelium.
  • .e.g.Saccharomyces cereviseae(bread yeast).
  • Others include Penicillium, Rhizopus, and edible mushroom

Economic Importance of Fungi

Beneficial Effects

 

  • Some fungi are used as food e.g. mushrooms.

 

  • Some are decomposers which enhance decay to improve soil fertility – recycling of nutrients e.g., toadstools.

 

  • Some are useful in brewing and bread making e.g., yeast. Yeast is used as food – a rich source of Vitamin B.

 

  • Some are useful in production of antibiotics e.g., Penicillium griseofulvin.
  • Used in sewage treatment e.g., Fusarium spp.

Harmful Effects

 

  • Some cause food poisoning by producing toxic compounds e.g. Aspergillus flavus which produces aflatoxins.

 

  • Some cause food spoilage, fabric and wood spoilage through decomposition.

 

  • Some cause diseases to humans e.g., athlete’s foot and ringworms.

 

  • Others cause diseases to plants e.g., potato blight (Irish potatoes) rust in tomatoes and smuts in cereals.

 

Kingdom Plantae

 

General Characteristics

  • They are multicellular and eukaryotic.

 

  • They are photosynthetic and have a pigment chlorophyll.

 

  • Their cells have cellulose cell walls.

 

  • They reproduce sexually, others asexually.
  • Kingdom Plantae has three major divisions:
  • Bryophyta,
  • Pteridophyta

Division Bryophyta

These include mosses and liverworts.

 

  • Plant body is not differentiated into root, stem and leaves.
  • They have simple structures which resemble leaves and stems.
  • They have rhizoids for absorbing water and anchoring the plant to substratum.
  • Life cycle consists of two morphologically different plants, the gametophyte and sporophyte.
  • The two alternate.

 

  • They show alternation of generations.
  • The gamete producing gametophyte is the persistent plant.
  • The sporophyte is attached to the gametophyte and is nutritionally dependent on it.
  • They lack vascular system.
  • Sexual reproduction is dependent on water.

 

 

 

Division Pteridophyta:

These include ferns and horsetails.

     General Characteristics

 

  • They have root and shoot system.
  • Leaves are compound known as fronds, they have a vascular system.

 

  • They show alternation of generations whereby the spore bearing sporophyte is the main plant.
  • Spores are borne in clusters on the underside of leaves making sari.

 

  • The gametophyte is an independent minute structure called prothallus which is short lived.
  • Sexual reproduction is dependent on water.

 

Division Spermatophyta

  • These are the seed bearing plants.

General Characteristics

 

  • Plant body is differentiated into root, stem and leaves.

 

  • Vascular tissue consists of xylem and phloem.

 

  • Sexual reproduction is independent of water.
  • Male gametophyte (pollen grain) germinates and grows to reach female gametophyte.
  • They are divided into two sub-divisions:
  • Gymnosperms

Gymnosperms

  • These are cone-bearing plants.
  • Naked seeds.
  • They are trees and shrubs.
  • Xylem consists of tracheids only.
  • Examples; pine, cypress and spruce.
  • They show xerophytic characteristics like having needle-like leaves.

 

Angiosperms

 

  • Seeds are enclosed within a fruit.
  • They comprise trees, shrubs and herbs.
  • Xylem consists of vessels of tracheids.

 

  • These are the most advanced plants.
  • Angiosperms has two classes;
  • Monocotyledonae

 

Comparison of Dicotyledonae and Monocotyledonae

 

Dicotyledonae Monocotyledonae    
• Embryo has two cotyledons. • Embryo has one cotyledon.  
• Leaves are broad and have network of veins. • Leaves are long with parallel veins (have leaf
  sheath)    
• T.S. of root has no pith. • T.S. of root has pith.   ,
• Have tap root system. • Have fibrous root system.  
• Cross section of stem reveals vascular bundles • Cross section of stem reveals vascular
arranged in a ring. bundles scattered all over.  
• Vascular cambium present and have secondary • Vascular cambium absent and do not have
growth. secondary growth.    
• Flower parts in four, five or multiples of these. • Flower parts in three or multiples of three.
Examples: herbs e.g. tomatoe; shrubs e.g. tea, Examples: grass, wheat, sugar-cane.
hibiscus, lantana.      

 

 

Economic Importance of Spermatophyta

 

  • They are a source of food for humans and other animals.

 

  • Source of fue1- wood fuel and charcoal.

 

  • Source of timber for building and for paper.

 

  • Ornamental plants.

 

  • Useful in textile industry.

 

Kingdom Animalia

 

  • Most animals move from place to place in search of food.

Major phyla are:

  • Platyhelminthes (Tapeworm).

 

  • Nematoda (Ascaris).

 

  • Annelida (Earthworm).

 

  • Mollusca (Snails).

 

 

  • Arthropoda
  • chordata

 

Phylum Arthropoda

Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • They have jointed appendages, which are specialised for various functions.
  • Their body is covered by a hardened exoskeleton made of chitin.
  • It is shed at intervals to allow for growth.
  • They have jointed body parts.
  • Most are divided into head, thorax and abdomen.
  • Some have two body parts,

General Characteristics

  • Body is segmented.

 

  • They have bilateral symmetry.
  • Gaseous exchange is through tracheal system, book lungs or gills which opens to the outside through spiracles.
  • Aquatic forms use gills.

 

  • Reproduction is mainly sexual.

 

  • They have an open circulatory system.

 

Phylum Arthropoda divided into five classes;

  • Crustacea,
  • Arachnida,
  • Chilopoda,
  • Diplopoda
  • Insecta

This division is based on:

 

  • The number of limbs.

 

  • Presence and number of antennae.

 

  • Number of body parts.

Class Crustacea

 

  • Most of them are aquatic, a few are terrestrial found in moist places e.g., woodlouse.

 

Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • Two body parts head and thorax are fused to form cephalothorax and an abdomen .

 

  • They have two pairs of antennae; one is small and branched, the other is long.
  • They have five or more parts of limbs.

 

  • Some of these are modified for other functions e.g., locomotion, feeding and defence.
  • Exoskeleton hardened with deposits of calcium carbonate i.e. carapace.

Other Characteristics

  • Mouthparts include a pair of mandibles and two pairs of maxillae.
  • Gaseous exchange is through gills.

 

  • They have a pair of compound eyes.
  • Most crustaceans are free-living but a few are parasitic e.g., barnacles.
  • Examples are cray-fish and crab.

 

Class Arachnida

 

  • Members are carnivorous and paralyse prey using poison produced from poison claws.

 

Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • The body has two parts: cephalothorax and abdomen.
  • Cephalothorax is head fused to thorax.
  • A pair of chelicerae, on ventral side of cephalothorax.
  • They have four pairs of walking legs.

 

  • They have no antennae.
  • Instead they have a pair of short pedipalps which are sensitive to touch.
  • Most arachnids use book lungs for gaseous exchange.
  • Other characteristics include simple eyes.
  • Examples include garden spider, ticks, scorpions.

 

Class Chilopoda

 

 e.g. Centipede

 

Distinguishing Characteristics

  • The body has 2 body parts, a head and trunk.
  • The body is elongate, and has 15 or more segments.
  • Has a pair of legs on each segment.
  • The body is dorso-ventrally flattened.

 

 

Other characteristics include:

  • Head has a pair of antennae.
  • Gaseous exchange through tracheal system.
  • Are carnivorous.

Class Diplopoda e.g. Millipede

Distinguishing Characteristics

  • Has two parts: head, short thorax and a trunk .
  • Body elongate with 9-100 segments.
  • Has two pairs of legs on each segment.
  • They have a cylindrical body.
  • Gaseous exchange is by tracheal system.

     

Other characteristics:

  • Head has a pair of antennae.
  • Are herbivorous.

 

Class Insecta

Distinguishing Characteristics

  • Body is divided into three body parts head, thorax and abdomen.
  • They have three pairs of legs ..
  • Most insects have a pair or two of wings.

Other characteristics include:

  • A pair of antennae.
  • They breathe through spiracles, and gaseous exchange is through tracheal system.

  

 The class is divided into several orders based on:

  • Mouth parts- – type e.g. biting or piercing.
  • Position of mouthparts – ventral or anterior.
  • Wings – presence or absence; number of wing types, structure, texture.
  • Size of legs.

Order Orthoptera

  • Have biting and chewing mouthparts.
  • Hind legs longer than other legs e.g. fore wings, leathery and longer than hind legs .
  • g. locusts and grasshoppers .
  • Swarming – locusts are a menace to farmers and the environment as they destroy crops and vegetation.

Order Diptera

  • True flies e.g. houseflies, and mosquitoes have sucking and piercing mouthparts, 1 pair of wings.
  • The second pair is vestigial- acts as balancer.
  • Mouthparts are ventral.

 

  • These are disease vectors e.g., female anopheles mosquito transmits malaria.

 

Order Lepidoptera

  • Butterflies and moths have sucking mouthparts,
  • Two pairs of wings covered by scales.
  • This group is important to farmers in pollination.

 

Order Hymenoptera

  • Bees ,wasps, ants.
  • They have sucking mouthparts, two pairs of wings which are membranous.
  • Some are non-winged e.g. some ants.
  • Bees are important in pollination i.e. in production of honey.

Order Isoptera – Termites

  • They have biting mouthparts which are anterior.
  • Most are wingless,
  • Those with wings they are membranous and of the same size.
  • They are important in nutrient cycling as they feed on cellulose.

 

Order Coleoptera – Beetles

 

  • Have biting mouthparts,
  • Two pairs of wings,
  • Fore wing hardened enclosing membranous wings.

 

  • Destruction of stored grains and legumes (pulses)

 

 

 

Phylum Chordata

 

  • This name is derived from the term notochord.
  • This is a long flexible rod-like structure.
  • The more familiar chordates are known as vertebrates.
  • In vertebrates the notochord exists only in embryonic stages of development which in later stages is replaced by a vertebral column.

Main Characteristics of Vertebrates

 

  • Members of the phylum have a notochord in early stages of development.
  • They have visceral clefts – which are slits perforating the body wall at the pharynx.
  • In fish these slits become gills while in higher chordates these slits are only present in embryo.
  • They have a dorsal, hollow nerve cord.
  • It develops into a brain at the anterior and spinal cord at the posterior end.
  • The spinal cord is enclosed within the vertebral column.

 

  • They have segmented muscle blocks known as myotomes on either side of the body.
  • They possess a post-anal tail although rudimentary in some.
  • They have a closed circulatory system.
  • The heart is ventrally located.
  • They possess an internal skeleton.

 

 

   The main classes of phylum chordata are;

  • Pisces,
  • Amphibia,
  • Reptilia,
  • Aves
  • Mammalia.

Class Pisces

 

  • These are the fishes.
  • Some fish have a skeleton made of cartilage e.g. the shark.
  • Others like Tilapia have a bony skeleton.

     Distinguishing Characteristics

  • They are aquatic.
  • Movement is by means of fins.
  • They have a streamlined body.
  • They have a lateral line for sensitivity.
  • Their heart has two chambers, the auricle and ventricle – simple circulatory system.

  Other Characteristics

 

  • Their body temperature changes according to the temperature of the environment.
  • They are ectothermic (poikilothermic).
  • Body covered with scales.
  • They have gills for gaseous exchange.
  • Exhibit external fertilisation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class Amphibia

 

  • Larval forms are aquatic while adults are terrestrial.
  • Adults return to water for breeding e.g. frogs, toads, newts, salamanders.

Distinguishing Characteristics

  • Skin is soft and without scales.
  • They have four well developed limbs.

 

  • The hind limbs are longer and more muscular than forelimbs.
  • The limb can be used for walking, jumping and swimming
  • Gaseous exchange is through the skin, gills and lungs.
  • Middle ear is present.

Other Characteristics

 

  • They have a three-chambered heart with two atria and one ventricle.
  • Fertilisation is external.
  • They are ectothermic (poikilotherms).

 

Class Reptilia

 

 

  • Examples are snakes, crocodiles, lizards, chameleons, tortoises and turtles.

     Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • The skin is dry and is covered by horny scales.

 

  • Fertilisation is internal.
  • Some species eggs contain a lot of yolk and have either leathery or calcareous shells.
  • They have a double circulatory system.
  • The heart has three chambers – two atria and a partly divided ventricle.
  • However crocodiles have a four chamber heart.

     

Other Characteristics

  • They are ectothermic (poikilothermic).
  • Have 2 pairs of limbs.
  • They use lungs for gaseous exchange.

 

Class Aves

 

 

  • These are birds.
  • They are terrestrial and arboreal and others are aquatic
  • g. flamingo, goose, ostrich, penguin, hawk, dove.

     Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • Body is covered by feathers and legs with horny scales.

 

  • They have two pairs of limbs.
  • Fore limbs modified to form wings for flight.
  • Hind limbs are for walking or swimming.
  • The mouth is a protruding beak.
  • They have hollow bones.

 

  • They have double circulation with a four-chambered heart (2 atria, 2 ventricles).
  • They have lungs for gaseous exchange.
  • Lungs are connected to air sacs in bones.

 

  • Fertilisation is internal.
  • They lay eggs with calcareous brittle shell.
  • They have constant body temperatures hence are homoiotherms (endothermic ).

 

Class Mammalia

 

  • They are arboreal e.g. tree-squirrels,
  • Others terrestrial e.g. humans
  • Others are aquatic e.g. dolphins and whales.

    Distinguishing Characteristics

 

  • They have mammary glands hence name of the class.
  • Body is covered with fur or hair.
  • Their teeth are differentiated into four types (heterodont dentition).
  • They have external ear-pinna.
  • Most have sweat glands.

 

  • They have a diaphragm that separates the body cavity into thoracic and abdominal.

    Other Characteristics

  • Internal fertilisation – most give birth.

 

  • They have a double circulatory system with a four-chambered heart.
  • They are endothermic (homoiotherms) .

 

 Eg   Duck-billed Platypus (egg-laying mammal)

 

Eg.Kangaroo (pouched mammal)

 

  • The young are born immature and are nourished in a pouch with milk from mammary glands.

Placental Mammals

  • They give birth to fully developed young ones which are fed on milk from mammary glands.
  • Some are aquatic. e.g. dolphins, whale,
  • Others are flying e.g, bat;
  • Most are terrestrial e.g. rabbits, elephants, buffalo, giraffe, antelope, cow, human being.

 

 

Placental mammals are divided into various orders:

  • Rodentia: e.g. rats, mice – have one pair 9f upper incisors.
  • Insectivora: e.g. mole-they are like rodents:
  • Carnivora: e.g. dog; lion – flesh eaters, they have long pointed canines.
  • Cetacea: e.g. whales and dolphins ­Aquatic mammals. Forelimbs are flippers.
  • Chiroptera: e.g. bats – Forelimbs form wings.
  • Artiodactyla: e.g. antelopes, cattle – they are even toed with split hooves.
  • Perissodactyla: e.g. horse, donkey – they are odd toed with hooves.
  • Proboscidea: e.g. elephant – upper lip and nose elongated to form trunk.
  • Lagomorpha: e.g. rabbit, hare – mammals with upper and lower incisors. Have larger hind legs than forelegs.
  • Primata: e.g. gorilla, orang utang, chimpanzee, monkeys – some are arboreal, with hand and foot for grasping.
  • Human – Homo sapiens – upright gait, opposable thumb hence use of tools.

 

Construction and Use of Dichotomous Keys

  • Biological keys are sets of statements that act as clues leading to the identification of an organism.
  • By following the keys we can be able to place an organism in its group.
  • The most common key is the dichotomous key.
  • This is a biological tool for identification of unknown organisms.
  • The word dichotomous means branching into two.
  • A single characteristic is considered at a time.
  • Two contrasting statements are put forward to describe the characteristics in such a way as to separate the organisms.
  • This continues until all the organisms have been identified.

Rules Used to Construct a Dichotomous Key

  • Use morphological characteristics as far as possible e.g. type of leaf – simple or compound.
  • Select a single characteristic at a time and identify it by number. 1. Type of leaf. .
  • Use identical forms of words for two contrasting statements e.g.:
  1. Flowers scented.
  2. Flowers not scented.
  • Start with a major characteristic that divide the organisms into two large groups then proceed to lesser variations that would separate the organisms   further into smaller groups.
  • Use positive statements especially the first one.
  • Avoid generalizations e.g. short plants. Be specific in your description e.g.:
  1. plants above 1m tall.
  2. plants below 1m tall.

 

Some Common Features Used for Identification

In Plants

Leaves

  1. Type of leaf Leaf

(a) Compound leaves. (b) Type of venation.

 

  • Simple leaf

 

  • Trifoliate

 

  • Pinnate

 

  • Type ofleaf margin.
  • Type ofleaf arrangement on stem.
  • The colour of leaf.
  • The texture ofleaf; whether hairy or smooth.
  • Shape of the leaf e.g. palmate.

Stem

 

  • Type of stem – woody or herbaceous.
  • Shape of stem – cylindrical or rectangular.
  • Texture of stem smooth or spiny.

Infloresence

  • Are flowers terminal or lateral
  • For each flower:
  • Is the flower regular or irregular?

 

  • Number of floral parts for each whorl.

 

  • Are floral parts free or fused?

 

Roots

 

  • Type of root system- Taproot or fibrous?
  • Function of the root.

In Animals

 

Features used to identify animals:

  • Type of mouthparts.
  • Type of skeleton.
  • Presence or absence of antennae.
  • Body segmentation.
  • Body covering: scales, fur, hair or feathers.
  • Number of body parts.
  • Locomotory structures: legs, wings and fins.

 

  • Presence or absence of vertebral column.
  • Presence and type of eves.

 

Practical Activities

To examine Bryophyta

  • A mature moss plant is obtained.
  • The specimen is observed using a hand -lens.
  • A labelled drawing showing structures is made: rhizoids, set a capsule, gametophyte, sporophyte ..

To examine Pteridophyta

  • A mature fern plant is obtained.
  • It is observed using a hand lens.
  • Sori can be seen on the lower side of fronds.
  • A labelled drawing showing: frond, pinna, sorus, rhizome and adventitious roots.

To examine Spermatophyta

A mature twig of either cypress or pinus with cones is obtained.

  • Observation of Male and female is made using a hand-lens.
  • The naked seeds are noted.
  • The leaves show xerophytic characteristics e.g. they are rolled, or needle-like.

 

   A mature bean plant with pods is obtained,

  • Observation of the leaves, stem and roots is made.
  • Leaves are compound, broad arid have network of veins.
  • The Ieaf-has a leaf stalk.
  • They have a tap root system.
  • Floral parts are in five e.g. 5 petals.
  • A bean seed has two cotyledons.

   A mature maize plant is obtained.

  • Observation of the leaves, stems and roots is made.
  • Leaves are simple, narrow and long with parallel veins ..
  • The petiole is modified to form a leaf sheath.
  • They have a-fibrous root system.
  • Floral parts are in threes.
  • A maize gram has one cotyledon,

Examination of Arthropoda

  • Specimens of crayfish, millipede, centipede grasshopper and spider are obtained.
  • Where specimens are not available photographs are used.
  • External features of the specimens are observed.

     The differences in the following are noted:

  • Body parts.
  • Other appendages.
  •  Eyes.

 

Examination of Chordata

  • The following specimens are obtained:
  • Tilapia, frog, Lizard, bird and rabbit.
  • Using observable features each specimen is placed into its class.

Features used include:

  • Body covering.
  • Limbs.
  • Type of teeth.

END

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ECOLOGY

Introduction

  • Ecology is the study of organisms and their environment.
  • All organisms show interdependence on one another.
  • Organisms are affected by their environment, and they in turn affect the environment.
  • Green plants manufacture food by photosynthesis which other organisms obtain directly or indirectly.
  • Growth of plants is mainly affected by environmental factors such as soil and climatic factors.
  • On the other hand, organisms modify the environment through various activities.
  • This interrelationship comprises the study of ecology.
  • The study of ecology is important in several fields of study such as agriculture and environmental studies.

Concepts and Terms Used in Ecology

  • Habitat:
  • This is the place or “home” that an organism lives or is found,
  • g., forest or grassland.
  • Niche:
  • A niche is the functional unit in the habitat.
  • It includes not only the specific place in which an organism lives but also how the organism functions.
  • To avoid or reduce competition, organisms are separated or segregated by their niches,
  • for example, different species of birds make their nest on one tree, some at tips of terminal branches, and others feed on leaves, some on flowers and yet others on fruits of the same tree, i.e., food niche.
  • Yet others feed on same food, e.g., worms in the same place but at different times – time niche.
  • Population:
  • The term population refers to the total number of individuals of a species living in a given area at a particular time.
  • Density is the number of individuals of a population found in a unit area, i.e.,
    • Dispersion:
  • This is the distribution of individuals in the available space.
  • Dispersion may be uniform as in maize plants in a plantation;
  • random as in cactus plants in the savannah ecosystem or clumped together as in human population in cities.
  • Community:
  • This is the term used to describe all the organisms living together in an area.
  • During the development of an ecosystem, the species composition of a community changes progressively through stages.
  • Finally a steady state is reached and this is described as the climax community.
  • This development of an ecosystem is termed succession.
  • Each stage in development of an ecosystem is a sere.
  • Succession is primary when it starts with bare ground, and secondary when it starts in a previously inhabited area e.g. after clearing a forest.
  • The Ecosystem:
  • The community and the abiotic or non-living environment together make up an ecosystem or ecological system.
  • In this system energy flow is clearly defined from producers to consumers and nutrient cycling takes place in paths that links all the organisms and the non-living environment.
  • Biomass:
  • This is the mass of all the organisms in a given area.
  • Ideally, it is the dry mass that should be compared.
  • Carrying capacity:
  • This is the maximum sustainable density in a given area e.g. the number of herbivores a given area can support without overgrazing.

 

Factors in an Ecosystem

  • Abiotic factors (environmental factors)

Temperature

  • Is the hotness or coldness of an area or habitat.
  • It directly affects the distribution and productivity (yield) of populations and communities.
  • Most organisms are found in areas where temperature is moderate.
  • However, certain plants and animals have adaptations that enable them to live in areas where temperatures are in the extremes such as the hot deserts and the cold polar regions.
  • Temperatures not only influence distribution of organisms but also determine the activities of animals.
  • High temperature usually accelerates the rates of photosynthesis, transpiration, evaporation and the decomposition and recycling of organic matter in the ecosystem.

 

Light –

  • Light is required by green plants for photosynthesis.
  • Light intensity, duration and quality affect organisms in one way or another.

Atmospheric Pressure

  • The force per unit area of atmospheric air that is exerted on organisms at different altitudes.
  • Growth of plants and activity of animals is affected by atmospheric pressure
  • g., rate of transpiration in plants and breathing in animals.

Salinity

  • This is the salt content of soil or water.
  • Animals and plants living in saline conditions have special adaptations.

Humidity

  • This describes the amount of moisture (water vapour) in the air.
  • Humidity affects the rate of transpiration in plants and evaporation in animals.

 

pH

  • Is the measure of acidity or alkalinity of soil solution or water.
    • pH is very important to organisms living in water and soil.
    • Most prefer a neutral pH.

 

Wind:

  • Is moving air currents and it influences the dispersion of certain plants by effecting the dispersal of spores, seeds and fruits.
  • Air currents also modify the temperature and humidity of the surroundings.

Topography:

  • These are surface features of a place.
  • The topographical factors considered include altitudes, gradient (slope), depressions and hills.
  • All these characteristics affect the distribution of organisms in an area
  • g., the leeward and windward sides of a hill.

 

Biotic factors:

  • These are the living components in an ecosystem,
  • competition
  • predation,
  • symbiosis,
  • parasitism,
  • human activities.

Inter-relationships Between Organisms

  • The relationships between organisms in a given ecosystem is primarily a feeding one.
  • Organisms in a particular habitat have different feeding levels referred to as trophic levels.
  • There are two main trophic levels:

Producers:

  • These organisms that occupy the first trophic level.
  • They manufacture their own food hence are autotrophic.

Consumers:

  • These are the organisms that feed on organic substances manufactured by green plants.

 

They occupy different trophic levels as follows:

  • Primary consumers:
  • These are herbivores and feed on green plants.
  • Secondary consumers:
  • These are carnivores and feed on flesh.
  • First order carnivores feed on herbivores while second order carnivores feed on other carnivores, i.e., tertiary consumers.
  • Omnivores:
  • These are animals that feed on both plant and animal material.
  • They can be primary, secondary or tertiary consumers.

 

Competition:

  • This describes the situation where two or more organisms in the same habitat require or depend on the same resources.
  • Organisms in an ecosystem compete for resources like food, space, light, water and mineral nutrients.
  • Competition takes place when the environmental resource is not adequate for all.

Intraspecific competition.

  • This is competition between organisms of the same species.
  • For example, maize plants in a field compete for water and nutrients among themselves.

 

Interspecific competition.

  • This refers to competition between organisms of different species, e.g., different species of predators can compete for water and prey among themselves.

Predation

  • It is a relationship whereby one animal (the predator) feeds on another (the prey).

Saprophytism

  • Saprophytism is the mode of nutrition common in certain species of fungi and bacteria.
  • Such organisms feed on dead organic material and release nutrients through the process of decomposition or decay.
  • Saprophytes produce enzymes, which digest the substrates externally.
  • The simpler substances are then absorbed.
  • Saprophytes help in reducing the accumulation of dead bodies of plants and animals.
  • Harmful saprophytes cause rapid decay of foods such as fruits, vegetables, milk and
  • Others damage buildings by causing wood rot.
  • Some fungi produce poisonous substances called aflatoxins.
  • These substances are associated with cereal crops which are stored under warm, moist conditions.
  • If the infected grain is eaten, it may cause serious illness, and death.

Parasitism

  • This is an association between members of different species.
  • The parasite lives on or in the body of another organism, the host.
  • The parasite derives benefits such as food and shelter from the host but the heist suffers harm as a result.

Symbiosis

  • This is an association in which organisms of different species derive mutual benefit from one another.
  • Some symbiotic associations are loose and the two partners gain very little from each other.
  • Other symbiotic associations are more intimate and the organisms show a high degree of interdependence.

Nitrogen cycle

  • Is the interdependence of organisms on one another and the physical environment as nitrogen is traced from and back into the atmosphere
  • Although nitrogen is abundant in the atmosphere, most organisms are not able to utilise it directly.
  • Some bacteria are capable of converting atmospheric nitrogen into forms which can be used by other living
  • These bacteria are referred to as nitrogen fIxing bacteria.
  • Symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria live in the root nodules of leguminous plants such as beans and peas.
  • Non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria live in the soil.
  • Nitrifying’ bacteria convert ammonia into nitrites and nitrates.
  • Denitrifying bacteria convert nitrates into atmospheric

 

Energy Flow in an Ecosystem

  • Most of the energy used in an ecosystem is derived from the sun.
  • Solar energy is trapped by photosynthetic plants.
  • It flows through different trophic levels .
  • At each level energy is lost as heat to space and also through respiration.
  • Besides animals lose energy through excretion and defecation.
  • The amount of energy passed on as food from one trophic level to another decreases progressively.
  • The energy in the organisms is recycled back to plants through the various nutrient or material cycles.

 

Food Chains

  • A food chain is a linear relationship between producers and consumers.
  • It represents the transfer of food energy from green plants through repeated stages of eating and being eaten.

Types of Food Chain

  • Grazing food chain – starts with green plants.
  • Detritus food chain – starts with dead organic material (debris or detritus).

Detritivores:

  • Detritivores feed on organic wastes and dead matter derived from the grazing food chain.
  • Many different types of organisms feed on detritus.
  • They include fungi, protozoa, insects, mites annelids and nematodes.

 

Examples of Food Chains

Green plants~ aphids ~ lady-bird beetle

Green plants ~antelope -lion

Algae ~Tilapia ~ kingfisher

Plant debris ~bacteria -eprotozoa ~ mosquito larva

Phytoplankron-eZooplankton ~ Tilapia

~ Nile perch ~ Human

 

Food Web

  • In a natural community, several food chains are interlinked to form a food web.
  • Several herbivores may feed on one plant .
  • Similarly, a given herbivore may feed on different plants and may in turn be eaten by different carnivores.

Decomposers

  • These are mainly bacteria and fungi.
  • These organisms feed on dead organic matter thereby causing decomposition and decay and releasing nutrients for plants.
  • They form a link between the biotic and the abiotic components.

 

Pyramid of Numbers

  • Refers to the number of organisms in each trophic level presented in a graphic form and a pyramid shape is obtained.
  • The length of each bar is drawn proportional to the number of organisms represented at that level.
  • This is because a herbivore feeds on many green plants.
  • One carnivore also feeds on many herbivores.

 

  • In a forest the shape of the pyramid is not perfect.
  • This is because very many small animals such as insects, rodents and birds feed on one tree.

 

Pyramid of Biomass

  • This is the mass of the producers and consumers at each trophic level drawn graphically.

 

Population Estimation Methods

  • It is important to find or estimate the sizes of the different populations in a habitat.
  • Direct counting or head count which involves the counting of every individual, is not always applicable for all organisms .
  • g., it is impossible to count directly the numbers of grasshoppers in an area.
  • Different sampling methods are thus used.
  • A sample acts as a representative of the whole population. .

 

 

 

Sampling Methods

Quadrat Method

  • A Quadrat is a square, made of woos metal/hard plastic.
  • It can also be established on the ground using pegs, rope/permanent coloured ink, using metre rule or measuring tape.
  • The size is usually one square metre (1M2), in grassland.
  • In wooded or forest habitat it is usually larger, and can reach upto 20 m2 depending on particular species under investigation.
  • The number of each species found within the quadrat is counted and recorded.
  • Total number of organisms is then calculated by, finding the average quadrats and multiplying it with the total area of the whole habitat.
  • The number of quadrats and their positions is determined by the type of vegetation studied.
  • In a grassland, the quadrat frame can be thrown at random.
  • In other habitats of forest, random numbers that determine the locus at which to establish a quadrat are used.

Line Transect

  • A line transect is a string or rope that is stretched along across the area in which all the plants that are touched are counted.
  •  It is tied on to a pole or tent peg.
  • It is particularly useful where there is change of populations traversing through grassland, to woodland to forest land.
  • This method can also be used in studying the changes in growth patterns in plants over a period of time.

 

Belt Transect

  • Two line transects are set parallel to each other to enclose a strip through the habitat to be studied.
  • The width is determined by the type of habitat, i.e., grass or forest and by the nature of investigation.
  • In grassland it can be 0.5 m or 1 m.
  • Sometimes it can be 20 metres or more especially when counting large herbivores.
  • The number of organisms within the belt is counted and recorded.

 

Capture-recapture method

  • This is used for animals such as fish, rodents, arthropods and birds.
  • The animals are caught, marked, counted and released.
  • For example, grasshoppers can be caught with a net and marked using permanent ink.
  • After sometime, the same area is sampled again, i.e., the grasshoppers are caught again.
  • The total number caught during the second catch is recorded.

  The number of marked ones is also recorded:

  • Let the number caught and marked be a.
  • The total number in the second catch be b.
  • The number of marked ones in the second catch be c.
  • The total number of grasshoppers in the area be T.

 

The total number T can be estimated using the following formula:

Total Number =

The following assumptions are made:

  • No migration, i.e., no movement in and out of the study area.
  • There is even distribution of the organisms in the study area.
  • There is random distribution of the organisms after the first capture.
  • No births or deaths during the activity.
  • After the estimation, the results can be used to show anyone of the following population characteristics:

Density:

  • Density is calculated by dividing the number of organisms by the size of the area studied.

Frequency:

  • Frequency is the number of times that a species occurs in the area being studied.

 

Percentage Cover:

  • This is the proportion of the area covered by a particular species.
  • For example, a given plant species may cover the whole. of a given area.
  • In this case the plant is said to have 100% cover.

 

Dominance:

  • This is the term used to describe a species that exerts the most effect on others.
  • The dominance may be in terms of high frequency or high density.

Adaptations of Plants to Various Habitats

  • Organisms have developed structural features that enable them to live successfully in their particular habitats.
  • Plants found beneath the canopies of trees are adapted to low light intensities by having broad leaves.

Xerophytes

  • These are plants that grow in dry habitats,
  • e., in deserts and semi-deserts.
  • They have adaptations to reduce the rate of transpiration in order to save on water consumption.
  • Others have water storage structures.

     

Adaptations include:

  • Reduction of leaf surface area by having needle-like leaves, rolling up of leaves and shedding of leaves during drought to reduce water loss or transpiration.
  • Thick cuticle; epidermis consisting of several layers of cells;
  • leaves covered with wax or resin to reduce evaporation.
  • Sunken stomata, creating spaces with humid still air to reduce water holes.
  • Few, small stomata, on lower epidermis to reduce water loss.
  • Stomata open at night (reversed stomatal rhythm) to reduce water loss .
  • Deep and extensive root systems for absorption of water.
  • Development of flattened shoots and succulent tissue for water storage e.g.

Mesophytes

 

  • These are the ordinary land plants which grow in well-watered habitats.
  • They have no special adaptations.
  • Stomata are found on both upper and lower leaf surfaces for efficient gaseous exchange and transpiration.
  • However, those found in constantly wet places e.g. tropical rain forests, have features that increase transpiration.
  • These plants are called hygrophytes.
  • The leaves are broad to increase surface areas for transpiration and thin to ensure short distance for carbon (IV) oxide to reach photosynthetic cells and for light penetration.
  • The stomata are raised above the epidermis to increase the rate of transpiration.
  • They have grandular hairs or byhathodes that expel water into the saturated atmosphere.
  • This phenomenon is called guttation.

Hydrophytes (Water plants)

 

  • Water plants are either submerged, emergent or floating.

      Submerged Plants

 

  • The leaves have an epidermis with very thin walls and a delicate cuticle.
  • They have no stomata.
  • Water is excreted from special glands and pores at the tips.
  • Other adaptations include the following:
  • Presence of large air spaces and canals (aerenchyma) for gaseous exchange and buoyancy.
  • Some plants have filamentous leaves In order to increase the surface area for absorption of light, gases and mineral salts.
  • Some plants are rootless, hence support provided by water.
  • Mineral salts and water absorbed by all plant surfaces.
  • In some plants, the stem and leaves are covered with a waxy substance to reduce absorption of water. e.g. Ceratophyllum and Elodea

 

    

 

Floating Plants

  • Their structure is similar to that of mesophytes.
  • The leaves are broad to increase the surface area for water loss.
  • They have more stomata on the upper surface than on the lower surface to increase rate of water loss.
  • Examples are Pistia (water lettuce), Salvinia and Nymphea.

Halophytes (Salt plants)

  • These are plants that grow in salt marshes and on coastlines.
  • They have root cells that concentrate salts and enable them to take in water by osmosis.
  • They have salt glands which excrete salts.
  • Fruits have large aerenchymatous tissues for air storage that makes them float.
  • Some have shiny leaves to reduce water loss.
  • The mangrove plants have roots that spread horizontally, and send some branches into the air.
  • These aerial roots are known as breathing roots or pneumatophores.
  • They have lenticel-Iike openings called pneumatothodes through which gaseous exchange takes place.

 

Pollution

Effect of Pollution on Human Beings and other Organisms

Pollution

  • This is the introduction of foreign material, poisonous compounds and excess nutrients or energy to the environment in harmful proportions.
  • Any such substance is called a pollutant.

Effects and Control of causes of Pollutants in Air, Water and Soil

  • Industrialisation and urbanisation are the main causes of pollution.
  • As human beings exploit natural resources the delicate balance in the biosphere gets disturbed.
  • The disturbance leads to the creation of conditions that are un-favourable to humans and other organisms.

Sources of Pollutants

  • Motor vehicles release carbon (II) oxide, sulphur (IV) oxide, and nitrogen oxides and hydrocarbons.
  • Agricultural chemicals, fertilisers and pesticides.
  • Factories, manufacturing and metal processing industries.
  • They release toxic substances and gases as well as synthetic compounds that are bio-­undegradable.
  • They release solid particles or droplets of poisonous substances e.g. arsenic, beryllium, lead and cadmium.
  • Radioactive waste: Leakages from nuclear power stations and testing sites release radioactive elements like strontium-90 which can eventually reach man through the food chain.
  • Domestic waste and sewage are released raw into water bodies.
  • Oil spills from accidents in the seas and leakage of oil tankers as well as from offshore drilling and storage and processing.

 

Water Pollution.

  • In most cases, chex,pical wastes from industries are discharged into water.
  • Toxic chemicals such as mercury compounds may be ingested by organisms.
  • Insecticides like DDT, and weed­killers eventually get into the water and contaminate it.
  • Oil and detergents also pollute water.
  • Excess nitrates and phosphates from sewage and fertilisers cause overgrowth of algae and bacteria in
  • This is called
  • As a result there is insufficient oxygen which causes the deaths of animals in the water.

Air pollution:

  • Smoke from industries and motor vehicles contains poisonous chemicals like carbon (II) oxide, carbon (IV) oxide, sulphur (IV) oxide and oxides of nitrogen.
  • When sulphur (IV) oxide and oxides of nitrogen dissolve in rain, they fall as acid rain.
  • Accumulation of carbon (IV) oxide in the atmosphere causes the infrared light to be confined within the atmosphere, the earth’s temperature rises.
  • This is called the greenhouse effect.
  • Carbon particles in smoke coat the leaves of plants and hinder gaseous exchange and photosynthesis.
  • The particles also form smog in the air.
  • Lead compounds are from vehicle exhaust pipes.
  • All these have negative effects on man and the environment.

Soil/Land pollution:

  • Plastics and other man-made materials are biologically non-degradable i.e they are not acted upon by micro-organisms.
  • Scrap metal and slag from mines also pollute land.
  • Failure to rehabilitate mines and quarries also pollute land.

Effects of Pollutants to Humans and other organisms

  • Chemical pollutants e.g. nitrogen oxides, fluorides, mercury and lead cause physiological and metabolic disorders to humans and domestic animals.
  • Some hydrocarbons as well as radioactive pollutants acts as mutagens (cause mutations) and carcinogens induce cancer.
  • Radioactive pollutants like strontium, caesium and lithium are absorbed into body surface and cause harm to bone marrow and the thyroid gland.
  • Communicable diseases like cholera are spread through water polluted with sewage.
  • Thermal pollution result in death of some fish due to decreased oxygen in the water.
  • Oil spills disrupt normal functioning of coastal ecosystems.
  • Birds that eat fish die due to inability to fly as feathers get covered by oil.
  • Molluscs and crustaceans on rocky shores also die.

Control of Air Pollution

  • Use of lead-free petrol and low sulphur diesel in vehicles.
  • Use of smokeless fuels e.g electricity or solar.
  • Filtration of waste gases to remove harmful gases.
  • Liquid dissolution of waste gases.
  • In Kenya, factories are subjected to thorough audits to ensure that they do not pollute the environment.
  • Factories should be erected far away from residential areas.
  • Reduce volume or intensity of sound.
  • Use of ear muffs.
  • Vehicle exhaust systems should be fitted with catalytic oxidisers.
  • Regular servicing of vehicles to ensure complete combustion of fuel.

Water Pollution

  • Treatment of sewage.
  • Treatment of industrial waste before discharge into water.
  • Use of controlled amounts of agrochemicals.
  • Organic farming and biological control.
  • Avoid spillage of oils and other chemicals into water.
  • Good water management.
  • Stiff penalties for oil spillage.
  • Use of Pseudomonas bacteria that naturally feed on oil and break it up.

Soil Pollution

  • Addition of lime to farms to counteract the effect of agrochemicals.
  • Recycling of solid waste.
  • Compacting and incineration of solid waste.
  • Use of biodegradable materials and chemicals.
  • Good soil management to avoid soil erosion.

Human Diseases

  • The term disease denotes any condition or disorder that disrupts the steady state of well being of the body.
  • Health is a state of physical, mental and emotional well being in the internal environment of the body.
  • Some of the causes of diseases are due to entry of pathogens and parasites.
  • Pathogens include bacteria, viruses, protozoa and fungi.
  • Parasites are organisms which live on or in the body of another organisms.
  • Vectors are animals that carry the pathogen from are person to another.
  • Most are ectoparasites that transmit the disease as they feed.

Bacterial Diseases

Cholera

  • Causative agent a bacterium Vibrio cholerae.
  • Transmission – It is spread through water and food contaminated by human faeces containing the bacteria.

  The bacteria produce a powerful toxin, enterotoxin, that causes inflammation of the   wall of the intestine leading to:

  • Severe diarrhoea that leads to excessive water loss from body.
  • Abdominal pain
  • Vomiting
  • Dehydration which may lead to death.

Prevention and Control

  • Adequate sanitation such as water purification sewage treatment and proper disposal of human faeces.
  • Public and personal hygiene e.g washing hands before meals and washing fruits and vegetables, boiling drinking water.

Vaccination

  • Carriers should be identified, isolated and treated during outbreaks.

Treatment

  • Use of appropriate antibiotics.
  • Correcting fluid loss by injecting fluids or by administration of oral rehydration solutions.

Typhoid

  • Causative agent.
  • The disease is caused by Salmonella typhi.
  • Transmission is through contaminated water and food.
  • It is also transmitted by certain ‘e.g foods, e.g. oysters, mussels and shell fish.

     Symptoms

  • Fever
  • Muscle pains
  • Headache
  • Spots on the trunk of the body
  • Diarrhoea
  • In severe cases mental confusion may result and death.

     Prevention

  • Boil drinking water.
  • Proper sewage treatnient.

 

  • Proper disposal of faeces, if not flushed use deep pit latrines.

 

  • Observe personal hygiene e.g. washing hands before meals.
  • Washing fruits and vegetables.

Treatment

  • Use of appropriate antibiotics.

 

Protozoa

Malaria

 

  • Malaria is caused by the protozoan plasmodium.
  • The most common species of plasmodium are falciparum, P. vivax, P. rnalariae and P. ovale with varying degree of severity.

      Transmission

  • Is by female anopheles mosquito as it gets a blood meal.

       Symptoms

 

  • Headache, sweating, shivering, high temperature (40-41 0C) chills and joint pains.
  • The abdomen becomes tender due to destruction of red blood cells by the parasites .

 

    Prevention

 

  • Destroy breeding grounds for mosquitoes by clearing bushes and draining stagnant water.

 

  • Kill mosquito larvae by spraying water surfaces with oil.
  • Use insecticides to kill adult mosquitoes

 

  • Sleeping under a mosquito net.

 

  • Take preventive drugs.

 

     Treatment

 

  • Use appropriate anti-malarial drugs.

 

 

Amoebic dysentry (Amoebiasis)

     Cause

 

  • This disease is caused by Entamoeba histolytica.
  • The parasites live in the intestinal tract but may occasionally spread to the liver.
  • Transmission – They are transmitted through contaminated water and food especially salads.  

Symptoms –

  • Abdominal pain, nausea and diarrhoea.
  • The parasites cause ulceration of the intestinal tract, which results in diarrhoea.

 

       Prevention and control

  • Proper disposal of human faeces.
  • Boiling water before drinking.
  • Personal hygiene e.g. washing hands before meals.
  • Washing vegetables and steaming particularly salads and fruits before eating.

 

         Treatment

  • Treatment of infected people with appropriate drugs.

 

Parasitic Diseases

 

Ascaris lumbricoides

 

  • Ascaris lumbricoides lives in the intestines of a man or pig, feeding on the digested food of the host.
  • The body of the worm is tapered at both ends.
  • The female is longer than the male.

        Mode of transmission

 

  • The host eats food contaminated with the eggs, the embryo worms hatch out in the intestine.
  • The embryo worms then bore into the blood vessels of the intestine.
  • They are carried in the bloodstream to the heart and then into the lungs.
  • As they travel through the bloodstream, they grow in size.
  • After sometime, the worms are coughed out from the air passages and into the oesophagus.
  • They are then swallowed, eventually finding their way into the intestines where they grow into mature worms.

       Effects of Ascaris lumbricoides on the host

  • The parasites feed on the host’s digested food.
  • This results in malnutrition especially in children.
  • If the worms are too many, they may block the intestine and interfere with digestion.
  • The worms sometimes wander along the alimentary canal and may pass through the nose or mouth.
  • In this way, they interfere with breathing and may cause serious illness.
  • The larvae may cause severe internal bleeding as they penetrate the wall of the intestine.

     

Adaptive Characteristics

  • The female lays as many as 25 million eggs.
  • This ensures the continuation of the species.
  • Eggs are covered by a protective cuticle that prevents them from dehydration.
  • The adult worms tolerate low oxygen concentration.
  • Have mouth parts for sucking food and other fluids in the intestines.
  • Has a thick cuticle or pellicle to protect it from digestive enzymes produced by the host.

         Control and Prevention

  • Personal hygiene e.g. washing hands before eating.
  • Proper disposal of faeces.
  • Washing of fruits and vegetables.

          Treatment

  • Deworm using appropriate drugs ­ant-helmintics.

 

Schistosoma

  • Schistosoma or bilharzia worm is a flat worm, parasitic on human beings and fresh water snails. (Biomphalaria and Bulinus.)
  •  The snail act as intermediate host.

 

Mode of Transmission

  • Schistosomiasis also known as a bilharsiasis is caused by several species of the genus schistosoma.
  • Schistosoma haematobium ­infects the urinary system mainly the bladder
  • S. japonicum and S. mansoni both infect the intestines.
  • Schistosoma haemotobium is common in East Africa where irrigation is practised and where slow moving fresh water streams harbour snails.
  • It is spread through contamination of water by faeces and urine from infected persons.
  • The embryo (miracidium) that hatch in water penetrates into snails of the species Biompharahia and Bulinus.
  •  Inside the snail’s body, the miracidium undergoes development and multiple fission to produce rediae.
  • The rediae are released into the water and develop to form cercariae which infect human through:
  • Drinking the water
  • Wading in water;
  • Bathing in snail-infested water.
  • The cercaria burrows through the skin and enters blood vessel.

 

   Effects on the host

  • Inflammation of tissues where egg lodge.
  • Ulceration where eggs calcify.
  • Egg block small arteries in lungs leading to less aeration of blood.
  • The body turns blue – a condition known as cyanosis.
  • If eggs lodge in heart or brain, lesions formed can lead to death.
  • Bleeding occurs as the worms burrow into blood vessels (faeces or urine has blood).
  • Pain and difficulty in passing out urine.
  • Nausea and vomiting.
  • When eggs lodge in liver ulceration results in liver cirrhosis.
  • Death eventually occurs.

   Adaptive Characteristics

  • The female has a thin body and fits into small blood vessels to lay eggs.
  • Eggs are able to burrow out of blood vessel into intestine lumen.
  • Many eggs are laid to ensure the survival of the parasite.
  • Large numbers of cercariae are released by snail.
  • The miracidia and cercariae larvae have glands that secrete lytic enzymes which soften the tissue to allow for penetration into host.
  • The male has a gynecophoric canal that carries the female to ensure that eggs are fertilised before being shed.
  • Has suckers for attachment.

    Prevention and Control

  • Drain all stagnant water
  • Boil drinking water.
  • Do not wade bare feet in water.
  • Wear long rubber boots and gloves (for those who work in rice fields).
  • Eliminate snails, by spraying with molluscides.
  • Reporting to doctor early when symptoms appear for early treatment.

 

 

 

Practical Activities

  • Ecology is best studied outdoors.
  • Students identify a habitat within or near the school compound, e.g. a flower bed.
  • The quadrat method is used.
  • Observation and recording of the various animals as well as their feeding habits is done.
  • Birds that feed on the plants or arthropods in the area studied are noted through observation of habitat at various times of the day.
  • Food chains are constructed e.g green plants ~ caterpillar ~ lizard and many others involving all organisms in the area.
  • The numbers of animals in 1 m2 is counted directly or estimated e.g small arthropods like black ants.
  • The number of plants is easily counted and recorded and ratio of consumers to producers calculated.
  • It will be noted that in terms of numbers where invertebrates are involved, there are very many consumers of one plant.
  • Several other quadrats are established and studied and averages calculated.

 

Adaptions to Habitat

      Hydrophytes

  • Specimen of hydrophytes e.g water lily is observed.
  • Students should note the poorly developed root systems and broad leaves.
  • Stomata distribution on leaf surface is studied through microscopy or by emersing a leaf in hot water and counting number of bubbles evolved.

     Mesophytes –

  • Ordinary plants e.g bean hibiscus and zebrina can be studied.
  • Size of leaves is noted and stomata distribution studied.

Xerophytes

  • Specimen include Euphorbia, cactus and sisal which are easily available.
  • The root system e.g in sisal is noted as shallow but extensive.
  • It will be noted that sisal has fleshy leaves and stem while cactus and Euphorbia have fleshy stem but leaves are reduced to small hair-like structures.

Comparison of Root nodules from fertile and poor soils

Root nodules

  • Are swellings on roots of leguminous plants.
  • Soil fertility determines number of root nodules per plant.
  • Bean plants are best used in this study.
  • One plot can be manured while the other is not.
  • Similar seeds are planted in the two plots.
  • The plants are uprooted when fully mature (vegetatively) i.e any time after flowering and before drying.
  • The number of nodules per plant is counted.
  • An average for each plot is calculated.
  • It is noted that the beans from fertile soil have more and large nodules than those grown in poor soils.

Estimation of Population using Sampling Methods

  • The number of organisms both producers and the various consumers is recorded in each area studied e.g. using a quadrat.
  • The total area of the habitat studied is measured.
  • The average number of organisms per quadrat (1 m2) is calculated after establishing as many quadrats as are necessary to cover the area adequately.
  • Total population of organisms is calculated from the area.
  • Abiotic environment is studied within the area sampled.
  • Air temperature soil surface temperature are taken and recorded.
  • This is best done at different times of day, i.e., morning afternoon and evening.
  • Any variations are noted.
  • pH of the soil is measured using pH distilled water to make a solution.
  • Litmus papers can be used to indicate if soil is acidic or alkaline, but pH paper or meter gives more precise pH values.
  • Humidity is measured using anhydrous blue cobalt chloride paper which gives a mere indication of level of humidity.
  • A windsock is used to give an indication of direction of wind.
  • As all the abiotic factors are recorded observations are made to find the relationships between behaviour of organism and the environmental factors for example:
  • The temperature affects the behaviour of animals.
  • The direction of wind will affect growth of plants.
  • The level of humidity determines the type, number and distribution of organisms in an area.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REPRODUCTION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS

Introduction

  • The process by which mature individuals produce offspring is called reproduction.
  • Reproduction is a characteristic of all living organisms and prevents extinction of a species.
  • There are two types of reproduction: sexual and asexual reproduction.
  • Sexual reproduction involves the fusion of male and female gametes to form a zygote.
  • Asexual reproduction does not involve gametes.

Cell Division

  • Cell division starts with division of nucleus.
  • In the nucleus are a number of thread-like structures called chromosomes, which occur in pairs known as homologous chromosomes.
  • Each chromosome contains-genes that determine the characteristics of an organism.
  • The cells in each organism contains a specific number of chromosomes.

There are two types of cell division:

Mitosis

  • This takes place in all body cells of an organism to bring about increase in number of cells, resulting in growth and repair.
  • The number of chromosomes in daughter cells remain the same as that in the mother cell.

Meiosis –

  • This type of cell division takes place in reproductive organs (gonads) to produce gametes.
  • The number of chromosomes in the gamete is half that in the mother cell.

Mitosis

  • Mitosis is divided into four main stages.
  • Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase and Telophase.
  • These stages of cell division occur in a smooth and continuous pattern.

 

Interphase

  • The term interphase is used to describe the state of the nucleus when the cell is just about to divide.
  • During this time the following take place:
  • Replication of genetic material so that daughter cells will have the same number of chromosomes as the parent cell.
  • Division of cell organelles such as mitochondria, ribosomes and centrioles.
  • Energy for cell division is synthesised and stored in form of Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) to drive the cell through the entire process.
  • During. interphase, the following observations can be made:
  • Chromosomes are seen as long, thin, coiled thread-like structures.
  • Nuclear membrane and nucleolus are intact.

Prophase

  • The chromosomes shorten and thicken.
  • Each chromosome is seen to consist of a pair of chromatids joined at a point called centromere.
  • Centrioles (in animal cells) separate and move to opposite poles of the cell.
  • The centre of the nucleus is referred to as the equator.
  • Spindle fibres begin to form, and connect the centriole pairs to the opposite poles.
  • The nucleolus and nuclear membrane disintegrate and disappear.

Metaphase

  • Spindle fibres lengthen.
  • In animal cells they attach to the centrioles at both poles.
  • Each chromosome moves to the equatorial plane and is attached to the spindle fibres by the centromeres.
  • Chromatids begin to separate at the centromere.

 

Anaphase

  • Chromatids separate and migrate to the opposite poles due to the shortening of spindle fibres .
  • Chromatids becomes a chromosome.
  • In animal cell, the cell membrane starts to constrict.

 

Telophase

  • The cell divides into two.
  • In animal cells it occurs through cleavage of cell membrane.
  • In plants cells, it is due to deposition of cellulose along the equator of the cell.(Cell plate formation).
  • A nuclear membrane forms around each set of chromosome.
  • Chromosomes later become less distinct.

Significance of Mitosis

  • It brings about the growth of an organism:
  • It brings about asexual reproduction.
  • Ensures that the chromosome number is retained.
  • Ensures that the chromosomal constitution of the offspring is the same as the parents.

Meiosis

  • Meiosis involves two divisions of the parental cell resulting into four daughter cells.
  • The mother cell has the diploid number of chromosomes.
  • The four cells (gametes) have half the number of chromosomes (haploid) that the mother cell had.
  • In the first meiotic division there is a reduction in the chromosome number because homologous chromosomes and not chromatids separate.
  • Each division has four stages Prophase, Metaphase, Anaphase and Telophase.

 

Interphase

  • As in mitosis the cell prepares for division.
  • This involves replication of chromosomes, organelles and build up of energy to be used during the meiotic division.

First Meiotic division

Prophase I

  • Homologous chromosomes lie side by side in the process of synapsis forming pairs called bivalents.
  • Chromosomes shorten and thicken hence become more visible.
  • Chromosomes may become coiled around each other and the chromatids may remain in contact at points called chiasmata (singular chiasma).
  • Chromatids cross-over at the chiasmata exchanging chromatid portions. Important genetic changes usually result.

Metaphase I

  • Spindle fibres are fully formed and attached to the centromeres.
  • The bivalents move to the equator of the spindles.

Anaphase I

  • Homologous chromosomes separate and migrate to opposite poles.
  • This is brought about by shortening of spindle fibres hence pulling the chromosomes.
  • The number of chromosomes at each pole is half the number in the mother cell.

Telophase I

  • Cytoplasm divides to separate the two daughter cells.

Second Meiotic Division

  • Usually the two daughter cells go into a short resting stage (interphase)
  • but sometimes the chromosomes remain condensed and the daughter cells go straight into metaphase of second meiotic division.
  • The second meiotic division takes place just like mitosis.

Prophase II

  • Each chromosome is seen as a pair of chromatids.

Metaphase II

  • Spindle forms and are attached to the chromatids at the centromeres.
  • Chromatids move to the equator.

Anaphase II

  • Sister chromatids separate from each other
  • Then move to opposite poles, pulled by the shortening of the spindle fibres.

Telophase II

  • The spindle apparatus disappears.
  • The nucleolus reappears and nuclear membrane is formed around each set of chromatids.
  • The chromatids become chromosomes.
  • Cytoplasm divides and four daughter cells are formed.
  • Each has a haploid number of chromosomes.

Significance of Meiosis

  • Meiosis brings about formation of gametes that contain half the number of chromosomes as the parent cells.
  • It helps to restore the diploid chromosomal constitution in a species at fertilisation.
  • It brings about new gene combinations that lead to genetic variation in the offsprings.

Asexual Reproduction

  • Asexual reproduction is the formation of offspring from a single parent.
  • The offspring are identical to the parent.

   Types of asexual reproduction.

  • Binary fission in amoeba.
  • Spore formation in Rhizopus.
  • Budding in yeast.

Binary fission

  • This involves the division of the parent organism into two daughter cells.
  • The nucleus first divides into two and then the cytoplasm separates into two portions
  • Binary fission also occurs in bacteria, Paramecium, Trypanosoma and Euglena.

Spore formation in Rhizopus

  • Rhizopus is a saprophytic fungus which grows on various substrate such as bread, rotting fruits or other decaying organic matter.
  • The vegetative body is called mycelium which has many branched threads called hyphae.
  • Horizontal hyphae are called stolons.
  • Vertical hyphae are called sporangiophore.
  •  The tips of sporangiophore become swollen to form sporangia, the spore bearing structure.
  • Each sporangium contains many spores.
  • As it matures and ripens, it turns black in colour.
  • When fully mature the sporangium wall burst and release spores which are dispersed by wind or insects.
  • When spores land on moist substratum, they germinate and grow into a new Rhizopus and start another generation.

 

Spore formation in ferns

 

  • The fern plant is called a sporophyte.
  • On the lower side of the mature leaves are sari (Singular: sorus) which bear spores.

 

Budding in Yeast

 

  • Budding involves the formation of a protrusion called a bud from the body of the organism.
  • The bud separates from the parent cell, in yeast budding goes on so fast and the first bud starts to form another bud before the separation.
  • A short chain or mass of cells is formed.

 

Sexual Reproduction in Plants

  • In flowering plants, the flower is the reproductive organ which is a specialised shoot consisting of a modified stem and leaves.
  • The stem-like part is the pedicel and receptacle, while modified leaves form corolla and calyx.

 

Structure of a flower

  • A typical flower consists of the following parts:

 

Calyx –

  • made up of sepals.
  • They enclose and protect the flower when it is in a bud. Some flowers have an outer whorl made of sepal-like structures called epicalyx.

 

Corolla –

  • consists of petals. The petals are brightly coloured in insect – pollinated flowers.

 

Androecium

  • Is the male part of the flower. It consists of stamens.
  • Each stamen consists of a filament whose end has an anther.
  • Inside the anther are pollen sacs which contain pollen grains.

 

Gynoecium (pistil)

  • Is the female part of the flower.
  • It consists of one or more carpels.
  • Each carpel consists of an ovary, a sty le and a stigma.
  • The ovary contains ovules which become seeds after fertilisation.
  • A monocarpous pistil has one carpel e.g.  beans.
  • A polycarpous pistil has many carpels.
  • If the carpes are free, it is called apocarpous as in rose and Bryophyllum,
  • In carpels that are fused it is called syncarpous as in Hibiscus.
  • A complete flower has all the four floral parts.
  • A regular flower can be divided into two halves by any vertical section passing through the centre. e.g. morning glory.
  • Irregular flower can be divided into two halves in only one plane e.g. crotalaria.

 

Pollination

  • This is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther to the stigma.

Types of pollination

  • Self pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of the same flower.
  • Cross-pollination is the transfer of pollen grains from the anther of one flower to the stigma of a different flower, of the same species.

 

Agents of pollination

 

  • Agents of pollination include wind, insects, birds and
  • Insect pollinators include bees, butterflies and mosquitoes.

 

Mechanisms that hinder self-pollination

  • Stamens ripen early and release their pollen grains before the stigma, mature. This is called protandry e.g. in sunflower.
  • The stigma matures earlier and dries before the anthers release the pollen grains.
  • This is called protogyny and is common in grasses.
  • Self sterility or incompatibility
  • Pollen grains are sterile to the stigma of the same flower, e.g. in maize flower.
  • Shorter stamens than pistils.

 

Fertilisation in Plants

  • The pollen grain contains the generative nucleus and a tube nucleus.
  • When the pollen grain lands on the stigma, it absorbs nutrient and germinates forming a pollen tube.
  • This pollen tube grows through the style pushing its way between the cells.
  • It gets nourishment from these cells.
  • The tube nucleus occupies the position at the tip of the growing pollen tube.
  • The generative nucleus follows behind the tube nucleus, and divides to form two male gamete nuclei.
  • The pollen tube enters the ovule through the micropyle.
  • When the pollen tube penetrates the ovule disintegrates and the pollen tube bursts open leaving a clear way for the male nuclei.
  • One male nucleus fuses with the egg cell nucleus to form a diploid zygote which develops into an embryo.
  • The other male gamete nucleus fuses with the polar nucleus to form a triploid nucleus which forms the primary endosperm.
  • This is called double fertilisation.

 

After fertilisation the following changes take place in a flower:

  • The integuments develops into seed coat (testa).
  • The zygote develops into an embryo.
  • The triploid nucleus develops into an endosperm.
  • The ovules become seeds.
  •  The ovary develops into a fruit.
  • The ovary wall develops into pericarp.
  • The style, dries up and falls off leaving a scar.
  • The corolla, calyx and stamens dry up and fall off.
  •  In some the calyx persists.

Fruit formation

 

  • Fruit development without fertilisation is called parthenocarpy
  • g. as in pineapples and bananas.
  • Such fruits do not have seeds.

 

Classification of fruits

 

  • False fruits develops from other parts such as calyx, corolla and receptacle,
  • e.g. apple and pineapple which develops from an inflorescence.
  • True fruits develop from the ovary, e.g. bean fruit (pod).
  • True fruits can be divided into fleshy or succulent fruits e.g. berries and drupes and dry fruits.
  • The dry ones can be divided into Dehiscent which split open to release seeds and indehiscent which do not open.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Types of fruits

Type of fruit Structure Example
Berry Fleshy-succulent Ovary fleshy, thin skinned juicy with many seeds Tomato, orange, Sodom apple
Drupe fleshy-succulent Outer layer fleshy, inner layer hard, endosing one or Mango, plum
  more seeds  
Pod Dehiscent (dry) Ovary wall thin, contains many seeds. Splits when ripe Bean, pea
Schizocarp Dehiscent The ripe fruit breaks up into small one seeded parts Castor oil
(dry)    
Caryopsil Dry Pericarp and seed coat are fused to form thin covering Maize grain
Cypsela Dry One seeded fruit. The calyx persists Bidens, Tridax
indehiscent    
Pome Outer fleshy layer develops from calyx and receptacle Pear, apple
Multiple fruit Formed from several flowers in a cluster Pineapple
Achene Ovary wall separated from seed Sunflower
    .—1

 

 

Placentation

  • This is the arrangement of the ovules in an ovary.

Marginal placentation:

  • The placenta appears as one ridge on the ovary wall e.g. bean.

Parietal placentation:

  • The placenta is on the ridges on ovary wall.
  • Ovules are in them e.g. pawpaw.

Axile placentation:

  • The placenta is in the centre.
  • Ovary is divided into a number of loculi. e.g. orange.

Basal placentation.

  • The placenta is formed at the base of the ovary e.g. sunflower.

Free Central placentation.

  • Placenta is in the centre of the ovary.
  • There are no loculi e.g. in primrose.

 

Methods of fruit and seed dispersal

Animal dispersal

  • Fleshy fruits are eaten by animals.
  • Animals are attracted to the fruits by the bright colour, scent or the fact that it is edible.
  • The seeds pass through the digestive tract undamaged and are passed out with faeces. E.g. tomatoes and guavas.
  • Such seeds have hard, resistant seed coats.
  • Others have fruits with hooks or spines that stick on animal fur or on clothes.
  • Later the seeds are brushed of or fall off on their own e.g. Bidens pilosa (Black jack).

 

Wind dispersal

  • Fruits and seeds are small and light in order to be carried by air currents.
  • A fruit that is a capsule e.g. tobacco split or has pores at the top e.g. Mexican poppy.
  • The capsule is attached to along stalk when swayed by wind the seeds are released and scattered.
  • Some seeds have hairy or feather-like structures which increase their surface area so that they can be blown off by the wind e.g. Sonchus.
  • Others have wing-like structures e.g. Jacaranda and Nandi Flame.
  • These extensions increase the surface area of fruits and seeds such that they are carried by the wind.

 

Water dispersal

  • Fruits like coconut have fibrous mescocarp which is spongy to trap air, the trapped air make the fruit light and buoyant to float on water.
  • Plants like water lily produce seeds whose seed coats trap air bubbles.
  • The air bubbles make the seeds float on water and are carried away.
  • The pericarp and seed coat are waterproof.

 

Self dispersal (explosive) Mechanism

  • This is seen in pods like bean and pea.
  • Pressure inside the pod forces it to open along lines of weakness throwing seeds away from parent plant.

Reproduction in Animals

  • Sexual reproduction involves the fusion of gametes.
  • In animals two individuals are involved, a male and a female.
  • Special organs known as gonads produce gametes.
  • In males testes produce sperms while in females ovaries produce ova.

 

  • The fusion of male gamete and female gamete to form a zygote is called fertilisation.

There are two types of fertilisation. External and internal.

 

External fertillsation

  • Example in amphibians takes place in water.
  • The male mounts the female and shed sperms on the eggs as they are laid.
  • Eggs are covered by slippery jelly-like substance which provides protection.
  • Many eggs are released to increase the chances of survival.

 

 

 

 Internal fertilisation

  • This occurs in reptiles, birds and mammals.
  • Fertilisation occurs within the body of the female.
  • Fewer eggs are produced because there are higher chances of fertilisation since sperms are released into the female body.

 

Reproduction in Humans

 

Structure of female reproduction system

 

The female reproduction system consist of the following:

Ovaries

  • Are two oval cream coloured structures found in lower abdomen below the kidneys.

Oviducts.

  • They produce the ova.
  • Are tubes which conduct the ova produced by the ovaries to the uterus.
  • Fertilisation occurs in the upper part of the oviduct.

 

Uterus

  • The uterus is a hollow muscular organ found in the lower abdomen.
  • The embryo develops inside the uterus.
  • The inner lining endometrium supplies nutrients to embryo.
  • The embryo is implanted into the inner uterine wall- the endometrium which nourishes the embryo.
  • The thick muscles of the uterus assist in parturition.

Cervix

  • Has a ring of muscles that separates the uterus from the vagina.
  • It forms the opening to the uterus

Vagina

  • Is a tube that opens to the outside and it acts as the copulatory and birth canal through the vulva.

Structure of male reproductive system

 

The male reproductive system consists of the following:

Testis:

  • Each testis is a mass of numerous coiled tubes called semniferous tubules.
  • Each is enclosed within a scrotal sac that suspends them between the thighs.
  • This ensures that sperms are maintained at a temperature lower than that of the main body.

Seminiferous tubules

  • The lining of seminiferous tubules consists of actively dividing cells which give rise to sperms.
  • Between the seminiferous tubules are interstitial cells which produce the male hormones called androgens e.g. testosterone.
  • The seminiferous tubules unite to form the epididymis, which is a coiled tube where sperms are stored temporarily .
  • Vas deferens (sperm duct) is the tube through which sperms are carried from testis to urethra.
  • Seminal vesicle produces an alkaline secretion which nourishes the spermatozoa.

 

Prostate gland

  • Produces an alkaline secretion to neutralise vaginal fluids.

Cowpers’ gland

  • Secretes an alkaline fluid.
  • All these fluids together with spermatozoa form semen.

Urethra

  • Is a long tube through which the semen is conducted during copulation.
  • It also removes urine from the bladder.

Penis

  • Is an intro-mittent organ which is inserted into the vagina during copulation .

 

Fertilisation in Animals

  • Fertilisation is preceded by copulation in which the erect penis is inserted into the vagina.
  • This leads to ejaculation of semen.
  •  The sperms swim through the female’s genital tract to the upper part of the oviduct.
  •  The  head of the sperm penetrates the egg after the  acrosome_ releases lytic enzymes t dissolve the egg membrane.
  • The tail is left  behind.
  •  Sperm nucleus fuses with that of the ovum and a zygote is formed.
  • A fertilisation membrane forms around the zygote which prevents other sperms from penetrating the zygote.

 

Implantation:

  • After fertilisation the zygote begins to divide mitoticaly as it moves towards the uterus.
  •  It becomes embedded in the wall of the uterus a process called implantation.
  • By this time the zygote is a hollow ball of cells called blastocyst or embryo.
  • In the uterus the embryo develops villi which project into uterus for nourishment later the villi and endometrium develop into placenta.

 

 

 

Embryonic membranes

  • Embryonic membranes develop around the embryo.
  • The outermost membrane is the chorion which forms the finger-like projections (chorionic villi) which supply nutrients to the embryo.
  • The amnion surrounds the embryo forming a fluid filled cavity within which the embryo lies.
  • Amniotic cavity is filled with amniotic fluid.
  • This fluid acts as a shock absorber and  protects the foetus against mechanical injury.
  • It also regutates  temperature.
  • The chorionic villi, allantois together with the endometrium from the placenta.
  • The embryo is attached to the placenta by a tube called umbilical cord which has umbilical vein and artery.
  • The maternal blood in the placenta flows in the spaces lacuna and surrounds capillaries from umbilical vein and artery.
  • The umbilical cord increase in length as the embryo develops.

 

Role of placenta

 

    Protection

  • Maternal blood and foetal blood do not mix.
  • This ensures that the pathogens and toxins from maternal blood do not reach the foetus.
  • The placenta allows maternal antibodies to pass into the foetus, providing the foetus with immunity.

     Nutrition

  • The placenta facilitates the transfer of nutrients from maternal blood to foetus.

     Excretion

  • Placenta facilitates the removal of nitrogenous wastes from the foetus’ blood to maternal blood.

      Gaseous exchange

  • Oxygen from the maternal blood diffuses into the foetal blood while carbon (IV) oxide from foetal blood diffuse into maternal blood.

      Production of hormones

  • Placenta produces progesterone and oestrogen.

Gestation period

  • The period between conception and birth is called gestation.
  • In humans gestation takes nine months (40 weeks).
  • The embryo differentiates into tissues and organs during this period.

Week 1 to 3:

  • Zygote divides to form blastocyst.
  •  Implantation takes place.
  • The three germ layers form endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm.
  • Nervous system starts to form.

Week 4 to 7:

  • Development of circulating and digestive systems.
  • Further development of nervous system, formation of sensory organs,
  • All major internal organs are developed.
  • At week 5, heartbeat starts .

Week 8 to 24:

  • All organs well developed including sex organs.
  • Hair, finger and toe nails grow.
  • Foetus move and eyelids open.

Week 25- 30:

  • The fully developed foetus responds to touch and noises and moves vigorously.
  • The head turns and faces downwards ready for birth.

Week 31-40:

  • Foetus increases in size.
  • Birth occurs.

 Reproductive Hormones

Hormone Source Functions
Follicle Stimulating Pituitary gland Development of ovarian follicle; stimulates secretion
Hormone (FSH) of oestrogen by the ovary
    Causes ovulation; causes development of Graafian
Luteinising Hormone (LH) Pituitary gland follicle into the corpus luteurn; causes secretion of
    progesterone by the ovary
Prolactin Pituitary gland Initiates production and secretion of milk by the
mammary glands
Oxytocin Pituitary gland Causes contraction of the uterus during parturition
(birth)
Progesterone Corpus luteum in Causes contraction of wall of the uterus to thicken
the ovary after ovulation
    Causes changes in the uterine wall in preparation for
Oestrogen Ovary implantation; initiates development of secondary
    sexual characteristics
Androgens-Testosterone Interstitial cells of Stimulates the development of secondary sexual
testis characteristics
Interstitial Cell Stimulating Pituitary gland Stimulates the interstitial cells of testis to release
Hormone (lCSH) androgens
Human Chorionic   Stops the degeneration of the corpus luteum for
Gonadotrophin (HCG) Chorionic villi production of oestrogen and progesterone

Secondary Sexual Characteristics

Male

  • Testerone is the main androgen that stimulates the development of secondary sexual characteristics.
  • Broadening of the shoulders.
  • Deepening of the voice due to enlargement of larynx.
  • Hair at the pubic area, armpit and chin regions.
  • Penis and testis enlarge and produce sperms.
  • Body becomes more masculine.

Female

  • Enlargement of mammary glands.
  • Hair grows around pubic and armpit regions.
  • Widening of the hips.
  • Ovaries mature and start producing ova.
  • Menstruation starts.
  • Oestrogen triggers the onset of secondary sexual characteristics.

 

Sexually transmitted infections (STl)

 

Disease Causative agent Method of Symptoms Prevention/control
    transmission    
Gonorrhoea Bacterium -Sexual contact -Itching of urethra A void indiscriminate sex.
  Neiseeria – during birth for -yellowish discharge Treat both partners
  Gonorrhoea infants pain as males infected A void sharing
    -Sharing towels urinate, vaginal linen
      discharge. with odour  
      in females  
Syphilis Bacterium -Sexual contact Solitary painless Treat at primary infection
  Treponema – During birth for ulcer-on genital or stage
  Palladium infants. mucous -Rashes, -Avoid indiscriminate
    – Sharing towels muscles and papules sex. – A void sharing linen
    and linen on hands, feet lips,  
      genital areas  
Trichomoniasis Protozoan -Sexual contact Itching of urethra or A void sharing linen
  Trichomonas -contaminated vagina in females, -Avoid indiscriminate sex
  Vaginalis linen, underwear smelly, yellow -personal hygiene
    and toilet seats discharge  
Hepatitis Virus -Sexual contact Fever, nausea, -Avoid indiscriminate sex
  Hepatitis B -blood transfusion – jaundice, loss of -use disposable needles
    contaminated appetite, yellow and syringes
    needles and urine – strict personal hygiene
    syringes    
Candidiasis Fungus Candida -spread through ltching and burning -Avoid indiscriminate sex
  Albicans sexual contact sensation and white – Treat both partners
    – sharing linen and discharge from  
    towels genitals  
Herpes Virus -sexual contact Lesions on skin and – A void indiscriminate
(Simplex) Herpes Simplex kissing, mucous membranes sex and contaminated
    contaminated of buccal cavity needles and syringes.
    needles vagina or head of  
      penis  
HIV and Aids Virus -sexual contact -chronic diarrhoea -Avoid indiscriminate
  Human Immuno -blood transfusion -weight loss (more sex.
  Deficiency virus -contaminated than 10% body -Use screened blood
    instruments weight lost in a – No sharing of tooth
    -Through breast month) brushes, razors
    milk and body – constant, persistent – Use disposable needles
    fluids. -Through cough, skin  
    birth canal for infectious (herpes  
    infants zoster)  

 

 

Menstrual Cycle

  • This is characterized by discharge of blood and tissue debris (menses) from the uterus every 28 days.
  • This is due to the breakdown of the endometrium which occurs when the level of progesterone falls and the girl starts to menstruate.
  • The follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) causes the Graafian follicle to develop and also stimulate the ovary to release oestrogen.
  • Oestrogen hormone triggers the onset of secondary sexual characteristics.
  • Luteinising hormone (L.H) causes the mature ovum to be released from the Graafian follicle – a process called ovulation.
  • After ovulation progesterone hormone is produced.
  • After menstruation, the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland starts secreting the follicle stimulating hormone (FS.H) which causes the Graafian follicle to develop in the ovary.
  • It also stimulates the ovary tissues to secrete oestrogen.
  • Oestrogen brings about the repair and healing of the inner lining of the uterus (endometrium) which had been destroyed during menstruation.
  • Oestrogen level stimulates the pituitary gland to produce (Luteinising Hormone (L.H).
  • This hormone makes the mature Graafian follicle to release the ovum into the funnel of oviduct, a process called ovulation.
  • After releasing the ovum, the Graafian follicle changes into a yellow body called corpus luteum.
  • The luteinising hormone stimulates the corpus luteum to secrete a hormone called progesterone which stimulates the thickening and vascularisation of endometrium.
  • This prepares the uterine wall for implantation of the blastocyst.
  • If fertilisation takes place, the level of progesterone increases and thus inhibits FSH from stimulating the maturation of another Graafian follicle.
  • If fertilisation does not occur, the corpus luteum disintegrates and the level of progesterone goes down.
  • The endometrium, sloughs off and menstruation occurs.

 

Advantages of Reproduction Asexual

  • Good qualities from parents are retained in the offspring without variation.
  • New individuals produced asexually mature faster.
  • Process does not depend on external factors which may fail such as pollination.
  • New individuals obtain nourishment from parent and so are able to survive temporarily under unsuitable conditions.
  • No indiscriminate spreading of individuals which can result in wastage of offspring.
  • Takes a shorter time and leads to rapid colonization.

 

Disadvantages of asexual reproduction

  • New offspring may carry undesirable qualities from parents.
  • Offspring may be unable to withstand changing environmental conditions.
  • Faster maturity can cause overcrowding and stiff competition.
  • Reduced strength and vigour of successive generations.

 

Advantages of sexual reproduction

  • Leads to variations.
  • Variations which are desirable often show hybrid vigour.
  • High adaptability of individuals to changing environmental conditions.
  • Variations provide a basis for evolutionary changes.

Disadvantages of sexual reproduction

  • Fusion is difficult if two individuals are isolated.
  • Some variations may have undesirable qualities.
  • Population growth is slow.

Practical Activities

Examining the stages of mitosis

  • About 2 mm of a root tip of onion bulb is cut off and placed on a microscope slide.
  • A stain e.g. aceto-orcein is added and the root tip macerated using a scapel.
  • A cover slip is added and observations made.
  • Different stages of mitosis can be observed.

Examining the stages of meiosis

  • An unopened bud of Tradescantia is obtained
  • The anther is removed and placed on a microscope slide.
  • A few drops of hydrochloric acid and acetic-orcein stain are added.
  • A cover slip is placed on the anther.
  • Pressing the cover slip gives a thin squash, which is observed under the microscope.
  • Different stages of meiosis are observed.

To observe the structure of Rhizopus

  • Rhizopus grow on moist bread left under suitable temperature
  • A piece of moist bread is placed on a petri­-dish or enclosed in a plastic bag and observe daily for four days.
  • Under a low power microscope the sporangia and stolons can be observed.

To examine spores on sori of ferns

  • Obtain the fern plant.
  • Detach a frond from the plant and observe the under-side using a hand lens to see the raised brown patches – the sori.
  • Open up the sorus to observe the sporangia.

Examine insect and wind pollinated flowers

  • Obtain insect pollinated flowers e.g. crotalaria, hibiscus/Ipomea, Solanum, incunum.
  • Note the scent, colour and nectar guides.
  • A description of the calyx, corolla, androecium and gynoecium is made.
  • Obtain a wmd pollinated flower e.g,’ maize, star-grass, sugar-cane, Kikuyu grass.
  • Observe the glumes, spikes and spikelet.
  • Examine a single floret, and identify the androecium and gynoecium.

 

Classifying fruits

  • Obtain different fruits – oranges, mangoes, maize, castor oil, bean pod, black jack .
  • Observe the fruits, classify them into succulent, dry-dehiscent or indehiscent.

Dissection of Fruits

  • Obtain an orange and a mango fruit.
  • Make a transverse section.
  • Observe the cut surface and draw and label the parts.
  • Note that the fruit is differentiated into epicarp, mesocarp and endocarp.
  • Obtain a pod of a legume.
  • Open up the pod and observe the exposed surface.
  • Draw and label the parts.
  • Note that the fruit wall is not differentiated.

Dispersal of fruits and seeds

  • Obtain animal dispersal fruits, like oranges, tomatoes, black jack, sodom apple.
  • Identify the way by which each is adapted to dispersal by animals.
  • Obtain wind dispersed fruit/seed

e.g. Nandi flame, Jacaranda Sonchus, cotton seed, Tecoma.

 

 

END

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT

 

 Concept of Growth and Development

  • Growth is a characteristic feature of all living organisms.
  • Most multicellular organisms start life as a single cell and gradually grow into complex organisms with many cells.
  •  This involves multiplication of cells through the process of cell division.
  • This quantitative permanent increase in size of an organism is referred to as growth. For growth to take place the following aspects occur
  • Cells of organisms assimilate nutrients hence increase in mass.
  • Cell division (mitosis) that lead to increase in the number of cells.
  • Cell expansion that   leads   to enlargement an increase in the volume and size of the organism. It is therefore possible to measure growth using such parameters as mass, volume, length, height, surface area.
  • On the other hand development is the qualitative aspect of growth which involves differentiation of cells and formation of various tissues in the body of the organism in order for tissues to be able to perform special functions.
  • It is not possible to measure ac aspects of development quantitative.
  • Therefore development can be assessed terms of increase in complexity of organism e.g. development of leaves, flowers and roots.
  • A mature human being has millions of cells in the body yet he or she started from; single cell, that is, a fertilised egg.
  • During sexual reproduction mammals an ovum fuses with a sperm form a zygote.
  • The zygote divides rapidly without increasing in size, first into 2, 4, 8, 16,32, 64 and so on, till it forms a mass cells called morula.
  • These first cell division is called cleavages.
  • The morula develops a hollow part, resulting into a structure known as a blastula (blastocyst).
  • Later, blastocyst cells differentiate into an inner layer (endoderm) and the outer layer (ectoderm).
  • The two-layered embryo implants into the uterine wall and, by obtaining nutrients from the maternal blood, starts to grow and develop.

 

Blastocoel

 

 

  • BlastocoeJ

 

Fertilised egg      2-celled stage     4-celled stage

{zygote)                                                                  Morula                    Blastula

(mass of cells)

  • As the embryo grows and develops, changes occur in cell sizes and cell -types.
  • Such changes are referred to as growth and development respectively.
  • These processes lead to morphological and physiological changes in the developing young

organism resulting into an adult that is more complex and efficient.

  • In the early stages, all the cells of the embryo look alike, but as the development process

continues the cells begin to differentiate and become specialised into different tissues to

perform different functions.

  • Growth involves the synthesis of new material and protoplasm.
  • This requires a continuous supply of food, oxygen, water, warmth and means of removing

waste products.

  • In animals, growth takes place all over the body but the rates differ in the various parts of the body and at different times.
  • In plants however, growth and cell division mostly take place at the root tip just behind the root cap and stem apex.
  • This is referred to as apical growth which leads to the lengthening of the plant.
  •  However, plants do not only grow upwards and downwards but sideways as well.
  • This growth leads to an increase in width (girth) by the activity of cambium cells.
  • The increase in girth is termed as secondary growth.

Study Question 1-State two major differences between growth and development

Measurement of growth

  • Growth can be estimated by measuring some aspect of the organism such as height, weight, volume and length over a specified period of time.
  • The measurements so obtained if plotted against time result into a growth curve.

 

Study Question 2

  • The following results were obtained from a study of germination and early growth of maize.
  • The grains were sown in soil in a greenhouse and.at two-day intervals. Samples were taken, oven dried and weighed. See table .

Table

 

Time after sowing (days) Drymass of embryo (g)
0 0.002
2 0.002;
4 0.008
6 0.016
8 0.024
10 0.034
.   -12- 0.034
  • Plot a graph of dry mass of embryo against time after sowing.
  • Describe the shape of the graph.

 

For most organisms when the measurements are plotted they give an S-shaped graph called a sigmoid curve such as in figure .

    • Time
  • Fig. 4.2: TSie sigmoid growth curve
  • This pattern is due to the fact that growth tends to be slow at first and then speeds up

 

and finally slows down as adult size is reached.

A sigmoid curve may therefore be divided into four parts.

Lag phase (slow growth)

  • This is the initial phase during which little growth occurs.
  • The growth rate is slow due to various factors namely:

(i)   The number of cells dividing are few.

(ii)   The cells have not yet adjusted to the surrounding environmental factors.

Exponential phase (log phase)

  • This is the second phase during which growth is rapid or proceeds exponentially.
  • During this phase the rate of growth is at its maximum and at any point, the rate of growth is proportional to the amount of material or numbers of cells of the organism already present.
  • This rapid growth is due to:

(i) An increase in number of cells dividing,2-4-8-16-32-64 following a geometric progression,

(ii) Cells having adjusted to the new environment,

(iii)  Food and other factors are not limiting hence cells are not competing for resources,

(iv)   The rate of cell increase being higher than the rate of cell death.

Decelerating Phase

  • This is the third phase during which time growth becomes limited as a result of the effect of some internal or external factors, or the interaction of both.
  • The slow growth is due to: (
  1. i) The fact that most cells are fully

(ii)   Fewer ceils still dividing,

(iii)  Environmental factors (external and internal) such as:

  • shortage of oxygen and nutrients due to high demand by the increased number of cells.
  • space is limited due to high number of cells.
  • accumulation of metabolic waste products inhibits growth.

limited acquisition of carbon (IV) oxide as in the case of plants.

Plateau (stationary) phase

  • This is the phase which marks the period where overall growth has ceased and the

parameters under consideration remain constant.

This is due to the fact that:

  • The rate of cell division equals the rate of cell death.
  • Nearly all cells and tissues are fully differentiated, therefore there is no further increase in the number of cells.
  • The nature of the curve during this phase may vary depending on the nature of the parameter, the species and the interns! factors.
  • In some cases, the curve continue to increase slightly until organism dies as is the case monocotyledonous plants, man invertebrates, fish and certain reptiles. indicates positive growth.
  • In some ot cases the curve flattens out indicating change in growth while other growth curv may tail off indicating a period of negat growth rate.
  • This negative pattern characteristic of many mammals includi humans and is a sign of physical senesee associated with increasing age.

 

    • Study Question 3
  • What happens during the following; log and stationary phases of growth?
  • However, the sigmoid curve does not to all organisms, for example, arthropods.
  • I insects, growth takes place at intervals-volume changes are plotted against time., different curve is obtained.
  • This is cal intermittent growth curve. See figure 43,
  • The intermittent growth in insects is due to the fact that they have an exoskeleton and hence growth is possible only when it is shed.
  • This shedding process is known as moulting or ecdysis.
  • However, cell division continues to take place during the inter-moult phase but the expansion of tissues is limited by the unshed exoskeleton.
    • Practical Activity I: Project

 

 

To measure the growth of a plant

Requirements

  • Small plots/boxes, meter rule and seeds of beans (or green grams, peas, maize),

Procedure

  • .
  • Place some soil in the box or prepare a small plot outside the laboratory.

 

Plant some seeds in the box and place it in a suitable place outside the laboratory (or plant the

             seeds in your plot).

  • Water the seeds daily.
  • Observe the box/plot daily and note the day the seedlings emerge out of the soil.
  • .Measure the height of the shoot from the soil level up to the tip of the shoot. Repeat this with four other seedlings. Work out the average height of the shoots for this day.
  • Repeat procedure 5 every three days for at least three weeks.
  • Record the results in a table form.
  • On the same seedlings measure the length of one leaf from each of the five
    seedlings (from leaf apex to itsattachment on the stem).
  • Calculate the average length of the leaves and record in the table.
  • Plot a graph of the height of the shoot against time. On the same axes plot
    length of leaf against time.
  • Compare the two graphs drawn.

4.2 Growth and Development in Plants

  • The main growth and development phase in plants begins with the germination of the mature seed.

 

    • Seeds are of two kinds depending on the number of cotyledons or embryo leaves.

Practical Activity 2

 

To investigate structural differences between monocotyledonous and dicotyledonous seeds

 

  • S   ‘
  • -Z 4.5
  • £4.0 qa
  • 3 3.5
  • 3.0
  • 2.5
  • 2.0
  • 1.5
  • Adult
  • moulting
  • 2ndinstar>/^grawth phase
  • ^^tf^_/ jntermoult phase
    j_____ i—i—i—i—i i—l__
  • 246 8101214161820222426283032343638404244
  • Time in days 4.3: Growth curve showing increase in length of the short homed grasshopper

 

Requirements

  • Bean seeds and maize grains which have been soaked overnight. Scalpel or razor blades, iodine solution, Petri-dish and hand lens.

Procedure

  • Using a scalpel or razor blade make longitudinal sections (LS) of both the bean seed and the maize grain.
  • Observe the LS of the specimens using a hand lens.
  • Note any structural difference between the specimens.
  • Draw the LS of each specimen and label.
  • Puta drop of iodine solution on the cut surfaces of both specimens.
  • Note any differences in colouration with iodine on the surfaces of the two specimens.
  • On your  diagrams  indicate  the distribution of the stain.
  • Account for   the   difference   in distribution of the colouration with iodine in the two specimens.

Structure of the Seed

    • A typical seed consists of a seed coat enclosing an embryo.
    • The seed coat is the outer covering which, in most seeds, is made
  • -Remains of style
  • Position of plumule
  • Position of radicle Scutellum
  • Attachment to External Parent plant

 

  • Position of radicle
  • Micropyle Hilum

 

  • Testa

 

  • Structure of monocotyledonous seed (maize grain)
•        External (bj Structure of dicotyledonous seed
  • Fig. 4.4: Structure of seeds

 

 

  • up of the two layers, an outer testa and inner one, the legmen.
  • The testa is thick; the tegmen is a transparent membrane tissue.
  • The two layers protect the seed bacteria, fungi and other organisms whk may damage it.
  • There is a scar called hilurn on one part of the seed.
  • This is point where the seed had been attached the seed stalk or funicle.
  • Near one end of 1 hilum is a tiny pore, the micropyle.
  • This allows water and air into the embryo, embryo is made up of one or two seed leavi or cotyledons, a plumule (embryonic sh( and a radicle (the embryonic root).
  • The of the radicle is opposite the micropyle.
  •  In some seeds the cotyledons swollen as they contain stored food for growing plumule and radicle. Such seeds, called non-endospermic seeds.
  • In ot cases, the seeds have their food stored in: endosperm.
  • Such   seeds   are   call endospermic seeds. Seeds with one cotyk are referred to as monocotyledonous wi those   with   two   are   referred   to dicotyledonous.
  • This is the major basis i differentiation between the two large cb of plants, the monocotyledonae aa dicotyledonae.
  • Scutellum

 

  • Cotyledon
  • Coieoptile
  • Plumule

 

  • Radicle
  • Coleorhiza

 

  • Internal

 

 

  • Plumule

 

  • Radicle

 

  • Cotyledon

 

  • Internal

 

  • Fused pericaT and testa

 

 

 

 

Dormancy in Seeds

  • The embiyo of a dry, fully developed seed usually passes through a period of rest after ripening period.
  • During this time the seed performs all its life (physiological) processes very slowly and uses up little food. This is a period of dormancy.
  • Even if all the favourable environmental conditions for germination are provided to the seed during this period of dormancy, the seed will not germinate.
  • This is due to the fact that the seed embryo may need to undergo further development before germination.
  • Some seeds can germinate immediately after being_shed from the parent plant (e.g. most tropical plants) while others must pass through dormancy period, lasting for weeks, months or even years before the seed can germinate.
  • Dormancy provides the seeds with enough time for dispersal so that they can germinate in a suitable environment.
  • It also enables seeds to survive during adverse environmental conditions without depleting their food reserves.
  • The embryo has time to develop until favourable conditions are available e.g. availability of water.

Factors that Cause Dormancy

  • Embryo may   not   yet   be   fully
  • Presence of chemical inhibitors that inhibit germination in seeds e.g.abscisic acid.
  • Very low concentrations of hormones e.g. gibberellins and enzymes reduces the ability of seeds to germinate.
  • Hard and impermeable seed coats prevent entry of air and water in some seeds e.g. wattle.
  • In some seeds the absence of certain wavelengths of light make them remain dormant e.g. in some lettuce plants.
  • Freezing of seeds during winter lowers their enzymatic activities rendering them dormant.

Ways of Breaking Dormancy

  • When the seed embryos are mature then the seed embryos can break dormancy
    and germinate.
  • Increase in concentration of hormones g. cytokinins and gibberellins stimulate germination.
  • Favourable environmental factors such as water,   oxygen   and   suitable
  • Some wavelengths of light trigger the production of    hormones    like gibberellins leading to breaking of
  • Scarification i.e. weakening of the testa is needed before seeds with hard impermeable seed coats can germinate.
  • This is   achieved   naturally   by saprophytic bacteria and fungi or by passing through the gut of animals.
  • In agriculture the seeds of some plants are weakened by boiling, roasting and cracking e.g. wattle.

Seed Germination

  • The process by which the seed develops into a seedling is known as germination.
  • It refers to all the changes that take place when a seed becomes a seedling.
  • At the beginning of germination water is absorbed into the seed through the micropyle in a process known as imbibition and causes the seed to swell.
  • The cells of the cotyledons become turgid and active.
  • They begin to make use of the water to dissolve and break down the food substances stored in the cotyledons.
  • The soluble food is transported to the growing plumule and radicle.
  • The plumule grows into a shoot while the radicle grows into a root.
  • The radical emerges from the seed through micropyle, bursting the seed coat as it does so.

Conditions Necessary for Germination

  • Seeds can easily be destroyed by unfavourable conditions such as excessive heat, cold or animals.
  • Seeds need certain conditions to germinate and grow.
  • Some of these conditions are external, for example water, oxygen and suitable temperature while others are internal such as enzymes, hormones and viability of the seeds themselves.

Water

  • A non-germinating seed contains very little water.
  • Without water a seed cannot germinate.
  • Water activates the enzymes and provides the medium for enzymes to act and break down the stored food into soluble form.
  • Water hydrolyses and dissolves the food materials and is also the medium of transport of dissolved food substances through the various cells to the growing region of the radical and plumule.
  • Besides, water softens the seed coat which can subsequently burst and facilitate the emergence of the radicle.

Oxygen

  • Germinating seeds require energy for cell division and growth.
  • This energy is obtained from the oxidation of food substances stored in the seed through respiration thus making oxygen an important factor in seed germination.
  • Seed in water logged soil or seed buried deep into the soil will not germinate due to lack of oxygen.

Temperature

  • Most seeds require suitable temperature before they can germinate.
  • Seeds will not germinate below 0°C or above 47° C.
  • The optimum temperature for seeds to germinate is 30°C.
  • At higher temperature the protoplasm is killed and the enzymes in the seed are denatured.
  • At very low temperatures the enzymes become inactive.
  • Therefore, the protoplasm and the enzymes work best within the optimum temperature range.
  • The rate of germination increases with temperature until it reaches an optimum.
  •  This varies from plant to plant.

             Enzymes

  • Enzymes play a vital role during germination in the breakdown and subsequent oxidation of food.
  • Food is stored in seeds in form of carbohydrates, fats and proteins which are in insoluble form.
  • The insoluble food is converted into a soluble form by the enzymes.
  • Carbohydrates are broken down into glucose by the diastase enzyme, fats into fatty acids and glycerol by lipase, and proteins into amino acids by protease.
  • Enzymes are also necessary for the conversion of hydrolysed products to new plant tissues.

Hormones

  • Several hormones play a vital role in germination since they act as growth stimulators.
  • These include gibberellins and cytokinins.
  • These hormones also counteract the effect of germination inhibitors.

Viability

  • Only seeds whose embryos are alive and healthy will be able to germinate and grow.
  • Seeds stored for long periods usually lose their viability due to depletion of their food reserves and destruction of their embryo by pests and diseases.

Study Question 4

  • In an experiment to investigate the effect of neat on germination of seeds, ten bags each containing 60 pea seeds were placed in a water-bath maintained at 85°C .
  • After every two minutes a bag was removed and  seeds contained in it planted.
  • The number                that germinated was recorded.
  • The procedure used for pea seeds was repeated for wattle seeds.

The results obtained were as shown in the table 4,2,

 

  Number of seeds that germinated
Time (Min) Pea seeds Wattle seeds
0 60 0
2 60 0
4 48 0
6 42 2
8 34 28
10 10 36
12 2 40
14 0 44
16 0 46
18 0 48
20 0 49
22 0 49
  • (a)Using a suitable scale and on the same axes, draw graphs of time in hot water against number   of   seeds   that germinated for each    Use horizontal axis for time and the vertical
    axis for the seeds that germinated.
    • Explain why the ability of pea seeds to germinate declined with time of exposure to heat.
    • Explain why the ability of the wattle seeds to germinate improved with time of exposure to heat.

 

 

 

 

Practical Activity 3

To investigate conditions necessary for seed germination

 

Requirements

  • Cotton wool, seeds, water, six fiat bottomed flasks, 2 corks, 2 test-tubes, blotting paper, incubator, refrigerator, thermometer, pyrogallic acid and sodium hydroxide.

Procedure

  • Prepare three set-ups as shown in figure 4.5.
  • Leave the set-ups to stand for five days.
  • Record all the observable changes that have taken place in the flasks hi each set­ up in a table form as shown

 

 

Setup
  • Observations

 

  • In flask A
In flask B
I    
II    
  • iii
._. _  

Study Question 5

  • Which condition was being investigated in set-up I, II and III?
  • For each set-up explain the results
  • What was the role of flask B in each set-up?

Types of Germination

  • The nature of germination varies in different seeds.
  • During germination the cotyledons may be brought above the soil surface.
  • This type of germination is called epigeal germination.
  • If during germination the cotyledons remain underground the type of germination is known as hypogeal.
    • SET UP 1

 

  • Pyrogallic acid + NaOH
  • Cotton wool
    • Seeds Moist

 

  • Water

 

    • SET UP 2

 

  • Moist cotton wool
  • Dry cotton wool

 

    • SETUPS

 

 

  • Fig. 4.5: Set-up for investigating conditions necessary for germination

 

 

 

Epigeal Germination

  • During the germination of a bean seed, the radicle grows out through the micropyle.
  •  It grows downwards into the soil as a primary root from which other roots arise.
  • The part of the embryo between the cotyledon and the radicle is called the hypocotyl.
  • This part curves and pushes upwards through the soil protecting the delicate shoot tip.
  • The hypocotyls then straightens and elongates carrying with it the two cotyledons which turn green and leafy.
  • They start manufacturing food for the growing seedling.
  • The plumule which is lying between two cotyledons, begins to grow into first foliage leaves which start manufacturing food.

Hyopgeal Germination

  • In maize, the endosperm provides food to the embryo which begins to grow.
  • The radicle along with a protective covering(c(?/eorfci2a) grows out of the seed.
  • The epicotyl is the part of the embryo between the cotyledon and the plumule.
  • The epicotyl elongates and the plumule grows out of the coleoptile and forms the first foliage leaves.
  • The seedling now begins to produce its own food and the endosperm soon shrivels.
  • This type of germination in which the cotyledon remains below the ground is known as hypogeal germination.

 

 

 

Practical Activity 4

 

To investigate epigeal and hypogeal germination

Requirements

  • Tin or box, soil, water, maize grains and bean seeds.

Procedure

  • Place equal amounts of soil into two containers labelled A and B.
  • In A, plant a few maize grains.In B, plant a few bean seeds.
  • Water the seeds and continue watering daily until they germinate.
  • Place your set-ups on the laboratory
  • Observe daily for germination.
  •  On the first day the seedlings emerge from the soil, observe them carefully with

regard to the soil level.

Carefully uproot one or two seedlings from each set.

  • Observe and draw the seedlings from each set Label the parts and indicate the soil level on your diagram.
  •  On the fifth day since emergence, again uproot another seedling.
  • Observe and draw.
  • Indicate the soil level on your diagram..
  •   Tabulate the differences between the two types of germination studied.

 

  • Cotyledon Plumule
  • Radicle
  • Root
  • Cotyledon Hypocotyf

 

  • Fig. 4.6 (a): Epigeal germination for castor seeds

 

  • Plumule
  • Coleoptile
  • Scutellum
  • Coleorhiza

 

Primary and Secondary Growth

  • The region of growth in plants is found in localised areas called meristems as shown .
  • A meristem is a group of undifferentiated cells in plants which are capable of continuous mitotic cell division.
  • The main meristems in flowering plants are found at the tips of shoots and roots, in young leaves, at the bases of the inter-nodes, and in

 

 

 

  • Apicai meristem
  • Leaf primordium
  • Vascular tissues
  • ” beginning to form
  • Epidermis xylem Phloem Pericycte
  • Cortex
  • Medulla Cambium
  • (c)      Epidermis
  • Node
  • Phloem
  • Xylefti Epidermis
  • Cortege
  • Endodermis
  • Root cap
  • Zone of cell division
  • Zone of cell elongation (expansion)
  • Zone Trf cell
  • differentiation
  • Permanent tissues

 

  • Fig. 4.7(a) and (b): Longitudinal section of the root tip and apex    Fig. 4.7(c) and (d): Transverse section of the stem and rooi
  • zone

 

  • vascular cambium and cork cambium. T
  • he meristems at the tips of the shoots and the roots are known as apical meristems and are responsible for primary growth. The cambium meristems are responsible for secondary growth.
  • Primary Growth
  • Primary growth occurs at the tips of roots and shoots due to the activity of apical meristems. These meristems originate from the embryonic tissues. In this growth there are three distinctive regions, the region of cell division, cell ejpngarion and eel] differentiation. See figure 4.7.
  • The regipn of cell division is an area of actively dividing meristematic cells. These cells have thin cell walls, dense cytoplasm and no vacuoles. In the region of cell elongation, the cells become enlarged to their maximum size by the stretching of their walls. Vacuoles start forming and enlarging. In the region of ceH differentiation the cells attain their permanent size, have large vacuoles and thickened watt cells. The cells also differentiate into tissues specialised for specific functions.
  • Primary growth results into an increase in the length of shoots and roots.
  • Study Question
  • ;:Mgure;4-S indkate the appearance of cells at different regions at the apical meristems.Nudeus -Cytoplasm
  • Fig. 4.8
  • Rearrange them into three regions:
  • Zone of cell division.
  • Zone of cell elongation.; -,
  • Zone of cell differentiation. (jb) Name specialised tissues formed at tl
  • zone of cell differentiation.
  • Region of Growth in a root
  • This is determined by taking a young germinating seedling whose radicle is then marked with the Indian ink at intervals of 2 mm. The seedling is left to grow for sometime (about 24 hours or overnight) and then the ink marks are examined. When the distance between successive ink marks are measured, it is found that the first few ink marks, especially between the 2nd and 3″1 mark above tip of root have increased significantly. This shows that growth has occurred in the region just behind the tip of the root. The difference between the length of each new interval and the initial interval of 2 mm gives the increase in the length of that interval during that period of time. From this the rate of growth of the root region can be calculated. See figure 4.9.
  • „ Increase in length     . „_
  • Growth = ^ . .—            ^— X 100
      • Original length

 

      • Practical Activity 5 To determine the region of growth in roots
    • Requirements
    • Germinating bean seeds with radicle of about 1cm in length, cork, pin, beaker or gas jar, water, Indian ink, blotting paper or filter paper, marker and ruler marked in mm.
    • Procedure

 

  • Bent wire

 

  • Ruler

 

  • Take the germinating been seed, and
    using a blotting paper, dry the radical
    taking care not to damage the root.
  • Using a marker and ruler make light ink
    marks 2mm apart along the length of
    the root. See figure 4.10(a).

 

 

    • 4.
  • 5
      • Make a drawing of the marked root. Pin the seedling onto the cork and place it in the beaker containing a little water. See figure 4.10(b). Leave it overnight. Take out the seedling and examine the ink marks.
  • 6.
  • 7.
        • Measure the distances between the successive ink marks and record. Make a well labelled drawing of the seedling at the end of the experiment and compare with the drawing of the. seedling at the start of the experiment.
        • Study Question 7
  • What part of the radicle has the ink
    marks moved further apart?
  • Give an explanation for your answers
    in (a) above.
  • What is the increase in length within
    each interval?
  • Work out the rate of growth for the
    root
        • Secondary Growth
        • Secondary growth results in an increase in width or girth due to activity of the cambium. In secondary growth new tissues are formed by vascular cambium and cork cambium. In monocotyledons plants there are no cambium cell in the vascular bundles.The growth in diameter is due to the enlargement of the primary cells.
        • Secondary growth in dicotyledonous pjants begins with the division of vascular cambium to produce new cambium cells between the vascular bundles. This forms a continuous cambium ring. These cambium cells divide to form the new cells that are added to the older ones. The cambium cells have now become meristematic.
        • The new cells produced to the outer side of cambium differentiate to become secondary phloem and those to the inner side differentiate to become the secondary xylem. More secondary xylem is formed than secondary phloem. The interfascuiar cambium a/so cuts orTparenchymatous cells which form secondary medullary rays as seen in figure 4.11 (a), (b) and (c).
        • As a result of the increase in the volume of the secondary tissues, pressure is exerted on the outer cells of the stem. This results in stretching and rupturing of the epidermal cells. In order to replace the protective outer layer of the stem, a new band of cambium cells are formed in the cortex. These cells, called cork cambium orphellogen originate from the cortical cells. The cork cambium divides to produce new cells on either side. The cells on the inner side of the cork cambium differentiate into secondary cortex and those produced on the outer side become cork cells. Cork cells are dead with thickened walls. Their walls become coated with a waterproof substance called suberin. The cork cells increase in number and become the bark of the stem. This prevents loss of water, infection from fungi and damage from insects. The corky bark is also resistant to fire and thus acts as an insulatory layer.
        • The bark is normally impermeable to water and respiratory gases. Periodically the cork cells, instead of being tightly packed, they form a loose mass. This mass is known as Jenticel. The lenticles make it possible for
  • Transverse section of dicotyledonous stem
    • Epidermis Primary phloem
    • Secondary phloem
    • Secondary xylem
    • Primary xy/em
  • Cortex
·
  • Beginning of secondary growth in dicot stem
    • Primary phloem
    • Secondary ph/oem
      • Secondary xylem Primary xylem
      • Epidermis Medullary ray
    • Cambium ring
·

 

  • Epidermis

 

  • Cork cell Cork cambium Secondary cortex Primary cortex

 

    • Fig. 4.12: Section through a lenticel
    • The rate of secondary growth in a stem varies with seasonal changes. During rainy season, xylem vessels and tracheids are formed In large numbers. These cells are large, have thin walls and the wood has a light texture. In the dry season, the xylem and trancheids formed are few in number. They are small, thick-walled and their wood has a dark texture. This leads to the development of two distinctive layers within the secondary xylem formed m a year, called annual rings. See figure 4.13. It is possible to determine the age of a tree by counting the number of annual rings. Furthermore climatic changes of the past years can be infered from the size of the ring.
  • Primary phloem Secondary phloem
    • Cambium ring Medullary ray Pith
    • Primary xylem Cortex
  • Fig. 4.13: Annual rings

 

  • Cork
        • Role of Growth Hormones in Plants
        • Plant hormones are chemicals produced in very small amounts within the plant body, and play a very important part in regulating plant growth and development. Most growth hormones are produced at the tip of a shoot and transported downwards to the root. The root tip produces very small quantities of the hormones.
        • There are many different types of plant hormones and one well-known group is the auxins. Indoie acetic acid (IAA) is one best known auxin. Auxins are produced at the shoot and root tips. Maximum influence on growth in plants occurs when auxins are produced simultaneously with other plant hormones e.g. gibberellins. Maximum growth response in stems requires more IAA than tn roots.
        • Auxins are known to have various effects on the growth and development in plants. They stimulate cell division and cell elongation in stems and roots leading to primary growth. Auxins cause tropic responses, which are growth responses in plants due to external stimuli acting from a given direction.
        • On the other hand IAA stimulates the growth of adventitious roots which develop from the stem rather than tbe main root. Cuttings can be encouraged to develop roots with the help of IAA. If the cut end of a stem is dipped into IAA, root sprouting is faster. IAA is also used to induce parthenocarpy. This is the growth of an ovary into a fruit without fertilisation. This is commonly u^ed by horticulturalists to bring about a good crop of fruits particularly pineapples.
        • Auxins are known . to inhibit development of side branches from lateral buds. They therefore enhance apical dominance. During secondary growth auxins Play an important role by initiating cell division in the cambium and differentiation of these cambium cells into vascular tissues.
        • Auxins in association with other plant hormones such as the cytokinins induce the formation of callus tissue which causes the healing of wounds. When the concentration of auxins falls in the plant, it promotes formation of an abscission layer leading to leaf fall. A synthetic auxin, 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D) induces distorted growth and excessive respiration leading to death of the plant. Hence it can be used as a selective weed killer.
        • GibbereHins are another important group of plant growth hormone. GibbereHins are a mixture of compounds and have a very high effect on growth. The most important in growth is gibberellic acid. Gibbereilins are distinguished from auxins by their stimulation of rapid cell division and cell elongation in dwarf varieties of certain plants. Dwarf conditions are thought to be caused by a shortage of gibberellins due to a genetic deficiency.
        • Gibberellins are important in fruit formation. They induce the growth of ovaries into fruits after fertilisation. They also induce parthenocarpy. Gibberellins also promote formation of side branches from lateral buds and breaks dormancy in buds. This is common in species of temperate plants whose buds become dormant in winter. In addition, this hormone also inhibits sprouting of adventitious roots from stem cuttings, it retards formation of abscission layer hence reduces leaf fall. Gibberellins also break seed dormancy by activating the enzymes involved in the breakdown of food substances during germination.
        • Cytokuuns also known as kinetins, are growth substances which promote growth in plants when they interact with auxins. In the presence of auxins, they stimulate cell division thereby bringing about growth of
        • roots, leaves and buds. They also stimulate formation of the callus tissues in plants. The callus tissue is used in the repair of wounds in damaged parts of plants.
        • Cytokinins promote flowering and breaking of seed dormancy in some plant species. They also promote formation of adventitious roots from stems and stimulate lateral bud development in shoots. When in high concentration cytokinins induce cell enlargement of leaves but in low concentration they encourage leaf senescence and hence leaf fall.
        • Ethylene is a growth substance produced in plants in gaseous form. Its major effect in plants is that it causes ripening and falling of fruits. This is widely applied in horticultural farms in ripening and harvesting of fruits. It stimulates formation of abscission layer leading to leaf fall, induces thickening of stems by promoting cell division and differentiation at the cambium meristem. But it inhibits stem elongation. Ethylene promotes breaking of seed dormancy in some seeds and flower formation mostly in pineapples.
        • Abscisic acid is a plant hormone whose effects are inhibitory in nature. It inhibits seed germination leading to seed dormancy, inhibits sprouting of buds from stems and retards stem elongation. In high concentration, abscisic acid causes closing of the stomata. This effect is important in that it enables plants to reduce water loss. It also promotes leaf and fruit fall. Another hormone, florigen is produced in plants where it promotes flowering.
        • Apical Dominance
        • Although auxins, particularly IAA are important stem and root elongation, they are known to exert profound effects on other aspects of plant growth and development. If an apical bud which normally contains high concentrations of auxins is removed, it is
        • observed that more lateral buds lower down the stem sprout, producing many branches. This shows that high concentrations of auxins have an inhibitor}’ effect on sprouting of lateral buds and therefore hinders growth of many branches. This forms the basis of pruning in agriculture where more branches are required for increased harvest particularly on crops like coffee and tea.
        • The failure of lateral buds to develop in the presence of an apical bud is due to the diffusion of auxins from the shoot apex downwards in concentrations higher than that promoting lateral bud development.
            • Practical Activity 6
          • To investigate apical dominance in plants
          • Requirements
          • Tomato seedlings growing in a tin.
          • Procedure
  • Cut off the terminal buds from 3
    seedlings in the tin, leaving the other
    seedlings with the terminal buds intact,
  • Leave the seedlings to continue
    growing for five more days.
          • Study Questions 8
  • list the differences noticed between
    the two groups of seedlings? Explain
    how the differences come about.
  • From your observations, explain the
    basis for pruning tea and coffee.

Growth and Development in Animals

          • In higher animals, most cells with the exception of the nerve cells, retain their power of division.
          • Thus, there is a continued breakdown and replacement of cells.
          • Animal cells undergo rapid cell division and cell differentiation but, unlike plant cells, they undergo very little cell enlargement.
          • In most animals growth occurs through: their life till they die.
          • This type of growth called continuous growth.
          • Arthropods e.g. insects show rapid growth immediately after moulting with  periods when no growth increase occurs.
          • This is called discontinuous growth.
          • Insects exhibit two types of reproducti processes.
          • In some insects, the ova in t female are fertilised by the spermatozoa frc the male.
          • This is a typical example of sexi reproduction, common in butterflies ai moths.
          •  In other insects like the black and t green aphids, the eggs are usually product without being fertilised and are able to — into adult insects.
          • This type of asexual reproduction is referred to ; parthenogenesis.

Growth and Development in Insects

          • Majority of insects lay eggs that hatch int larvae, which is an immature stage, usual! quite different from the adults in morpholog and behaviour.
          • Depending on the insec species a larva is referred to as a grub, maggot or a caterpillar.
          • Generally the larv eats a lot, grows rapidly and sheds its cuticl several times until it reaches full size t< become a pupa.
          • The pupa is an inactive, non feeding stage during which extensivi breakdown and re-organisation of body tissui occur, eventually giving rise to the imago o adult   form.
          •   Such    changes,   callec metamorphosis, do occur in butterflies moths, bees, wasps and flies.
          • Insects which pass through these stages, namely, egg-larva-pupa, into imago/adult in their developmenl are     said     to     undergo     complete metamorphosis.

Development in a Housefly(An example of complete metamorphosis)

          • When the egg of a housefly is laid, it measures about 1mm in length.
          • The eggs are laid in batches of between 100 to 150.
          • The larvae which hatch from the eggs grow and feed on decaying matter.
          • After several moults and increase in size, a Jarva reaches about 1cm in length.
          • This takes about 5 days.
          • After this, the larva changes into a pupa encased in a pupal case called die puparium, from which the adult fly later emerges.
          •  After emergence, the adult tgkes about two weeks of feeding and growing to attain sexual maturity, i.e. the males can mate and the females are able to lay eggs.
          • Figure 4.14 summarises the life cycle of a housefly.

Incomplete Metamorphosis

          • Development in some insects like the locust and cockroaches, involves the.egg hatching into a nymph which e!cie!y resembles the adult in every form, except for size and lack of sexual maturity.

 

  • Pupa case Adult pushes out against the case

 

 

            • For such insects to reach the adult, stages, they undergo a series of moults. before fully acquiring  the adult size and attaining the sexual maturity.
            • These insects are said to undergo incomplete  metamorphosis.

 

Development in a Cockroach(An example of incomplete metamorphosis)

            • Cockroaches produce eggs enclosed in a case in groups of between 10 – 15.
            • The case known as ootheca is made up of cfaitm.
            • The ootheca is usually deposited in moist dark and warm places, for example in cracks of furniture or crevices in walls.
            • It takes about a month before the small wingless nymphs emerge.

 

              • The nymphs feed, and moult about ten times with the total nymphal period lasting about 16 days for all the adult structure to become fully developed.

 

Role of Hormones in InsectMetamorphosis

            • In insects metamorphosis is controlled by hormones.
            • The hormones are produced in three glands namely;
            • Neurosecretory cells in the brain ganglia, a pair of corpora allata (singular Corpus allatum) located in the mandibular segment and prothoracic glands in the thorax.
            • During larval stages of the insect the corpora ailata produces juvenile hormone,
            • This leads to formation of larval cuticle., therefore moulting does not go beyond the larval stage.
            • When the larva matures, the corpus allatum disintegrates-
            • At this time the neurosecretory cells stimulate the prothoracic glands to produce moulting hormone (ecdysone).
            •  Ecdysone is responsible for moulting in insects leading to the laying of the adult cuticle.
           BRAIN

Corpus Neurosecretory allatum cells

 

 

 

 

Prothoracic gland

 

 

Moulting hormone(Ecdysone)

 

Juvenile hormone
Larval cuticle
Adult cuticle(metamorphosis)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 4 free exams 2021-2022 with marking schemes

In need of Form 4 Exams for all Subjects? You can now download full papers plus their marking schemes and confidentials. These exam papers are available at no cost. Get more education materials here; TEACHERS’ RESOURCES PORTAL.

FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOADS.

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD AGRICULTURE PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HISTORY PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BUSINESS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE INSTRUCTIONS

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEMES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BUSINESS PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FORM FOUR FULL EXAM PAPERS & ANSWERS FOR ALL SUBJECTS: OVER 1,000 KCSE REVISION PAPERS

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD AGRICULTURE PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER 3 PHOTOGRAPHS

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD GEOGRAPHY MARKING SCHEMES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER 3 CONFIDENTIALS

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI INSHA MARKING SCHEMES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER TWO

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEMES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEMES

FORM 4 EXAMINATIONS AND MARKING SCHEMES: ALL SUBJECTS FOR KCSE CANDIDATES- OVER 1,000 PAPERS

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER 3

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD MATHS PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD AGRICULTURE PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI FASIHI MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD COMPUTER STUDIES PAPER ONE 

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD MATHEMATICS PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD ENGLISH PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD GEOGRAPHY PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

FREE UPDATED FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HISTORY PAPER 1

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER 3

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD GEOGRAPHY PAPER 1

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEMES

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD ENGLISH PAPER 3

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER 3

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI LUGHA MARKING SCHEME

Form 4 free exams with marking schemes

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HISTORY PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER 3

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD ENGLISH PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI LUGHA

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI INSHA

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD GEOGRAPHY CONFIDENTIAL

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BUSINESS PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER 2

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER 1

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD ENGLISH PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD MATHEMATICS PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BUSINESS PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD MATHEMATICS PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY CONFIDENTIAL

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD AGRICULTURE PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD BIOLOGY PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD HOME SCIENCE PAPER ONE

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD KISWAHILI PAPER THREE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD ENGLISH PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY CONFIDENTIAL

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD PHYSICS PAPER ONE 

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD GEOGRAPHY PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

FREE FORM 4 EXAM PAPERS DOWNLOAD CHEMISTRY PAPER ONE MARKING SCHEME

Egerton University Student Portal, E-learning Portal Login and Link

Egerton University Student Portal, E-learning Portal Login and Link

E-learning Portal

 

Welcome to Egerton University E-Campus

Before logging on for the first time make sure that you have a valid email address, as you will be asked for this during registration. Each student will have access to all course materials in the Learning Management System with the help of online module facilitators.
____________________________________________________________________

 Is this the first time you are using our online self-service portal?

If Yes, then click on the box Sign Up. Then use the sign up email and password to log on the system.
If No, then enter your email and password and click Login button.
LOGIN

I have an existing account that I previously signed up

Please enter your login details
 
Forgot Password? Click here for a quick login
YES

This is my first time to use this System

Your Prime Online News Magazine.

Exit mobile version